Agenda packet — Burbank City Council, June 16, 2026 (part 2 of 5)

3/27/2026
Contractor's Price Proposal - Detail
ATTACHMENT 3 - Page 42
173
Contractor's Price Proposal - Detail Continues..

W
ork Order Title:

Work Order Number: 152592.00
PD Forensic Service Area Modernization
$13,988.23Subtotal for Section - 27
Section - 28
28 16
11 00 0005 Exit Push Button, Push Button Controls, Interior Stand-Alone Access ControlsControls mount into a single gang electrical box. Excludes electrical box.
380 $593.49
EA
Installation =x x 593.49
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
159.13 1.2432 3.00
A-2.0 – PROVIDE AND INSTALL REQUEST-TO-EXIT PUSH BUTTON FOR ACCESS CONTROLLED DOORS 351, 352 AND 353.
28 16 11 00 0063 Request To Exit Motion Detector (Bosch Security Systems DS160)381 $582.53 EA
Installation =x x 582.53
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
156.19 1.2432 3.00
A-2.0 - REQUEST-TO-EXIT MOTION DETECTOR AT INTERIOR SIDE OF EACH ACCESS CONTROLLED DOOR
28 16 11 00 0109 Up To 4-1/4" Read Range, 5-12 Volt DC, HID iClass Contactless Smart Card Reader, Wiegand Output Access Controls (HID R40)For mullion mounting. 382 $3,043.69
EA
Installation =x x 3,043.69
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
816.09 1.2432 3.00
A-2.0 –CARD READER AT DOORS 351, 352 AND 353. INTEGRATE WITH ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM. 28 16 11 00 0143 Recessed Contact For Steel Doors, Door Monitor Switch (Sentrol 1078C)383 $341.33EA Installation =x x 341.33
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal

91.52 1.2432 3.00
A-2.0 - DOOR POSITION SWITCH FOR ACCESS CONTROL
28 16 11 00 0144 Access Control Systems Power Supply (Altronix AL400ULACMCB)384 $3,015.27EA Installation =x x 3,015.27
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
808.47 1.2432 3.00
A2.0 - PROVIDE ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY FOR THREE KEYCARD DOORS 28 16 11 00 0146 Door Strike Relay (Altronix RBSN-TTL)385 $320.45EA Installation =x x 320.45
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal

85.92 1.2432 3.00
A-2.0 – DOOR STRIKE RELAY MODULE TO INTERFACE ACCESS CONTROL CONTROLLER WITH ELECTRIFIED DOOR LOCKING HARDWARE AT DOORS 351, 352 AND 353 28 16 11 00 0162 Smarterm Four Reader Processing Panel (Continental Instrument CICP1400)Card capacity up to 2,500. Includes 16 alarm inputs, tamper alarm, and 9 relay outputs. Complete in a lockable steel enclosure with battery standby for memory and system operation.
386 $7,626.35
EA
Installation =x x 7,626.35
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
6,134.45 1.2432 1.00
A2.0 - FOUR-READER ACCESS CONTROL PANEL TO SERVE DOORS 351, 352 AND 353. INCLUDE PROGRAMMING AND COMMISSIONING.
28 16 11 00 0201 1,200 Lb., Single Door, Surface Mount, Magnetic Door Lock387 $3,853.46 EA
Installation =x x 3,853.46
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
1,033.21 1.2432 3.00
A-2.0 – MAGNETIC LOCK FOR ACCESS CONTROLLED DOORS 351, 352 AND 353. 28 46 13 31 0080 Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector (EST3 SIGA2-PS)388 $2,209.71EA Installation =x x 2,209.71
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
296.24 1.2432 6.00

PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW SMOKE DETECTOR LAB RECONFIGURATION 28 46 13 31 0090 Duct Smoke Detector Test Station, 2-Gang Plastic Plate With Key Switch, 2 Keys, Use With Duct Detector Only (EST3 SIGA-DTS)
389 $244.66
EA
Installation =x x 244.66
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
196.80 1.2432 1.00

DUCT DETECTOR TEST STATION

Page 39 of 40 ends

3/27/2026
Contractor's Price Proposal - Detail
ATTACHMENT 3 - Page 43
174
Contractor's Price Proposal - Detail Continues..

W
ork Order Title:

Work Order Number: 152592.00
PD Forensic Service Area Modernization
Section - 28
28 46 13 31 0598 Addressable Single
Action Manual Pull Station (Simplex 4099-9001)390 $1,696.74EA Installation =x x 1,696.74
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
227.47 1.2432 6.00

PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW PULL STATION FOR LAB RECONFIGURATION 28 46 13 31 0911 Ceiling Mounted Multi-Candela Horn/Strobe (Siemens SE-MC-CR)391 $2,030.25EA Installation =x x 2,030.25
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
272.18 1.2432 6.00

PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW HORN/STROBE FOR LAB RECONFIGURATION 28 46 13 31 1549 Intelligent Addressable Relay Module (Notifier NC-100R)392 $298.62EA Installation =x x 298.62
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
240.20 1.2432 1.00

RELAY MODULE FOR ADDED DEVICES
28 46 13 31 1562 Six Zone Intelligent Addressable 2-Wire Detector Monitor Module (Notifier NZM-100-6)
393 $2,948.17EA
Installation =x x 2,948.17
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
1,185.72 1.2432 2.00

FA MM - MONITOR MODULE FOR FUME HOODE AND EF
28 46 13 31 1595 Intelligent Addressable Laser Duct Smoke Detector (Notifier FSL-751D)394 $1,853.61EA Installation =x x 1,853.61
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
1,491.00 1.2432 1.00

FA DUCT DETECTOR
28 46 13 31 2060 Addressable Duct Detector Test Switch (Silent Knight SD505-DTS)395 $253.56EA Installation =x x 253.56
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
203.96 1.2432 1.00

PROVIDE AND INSTALL DUCT DETECTOR TEST SWITCH
28 46 13 31 2809 Test And Certification Of Fire Alarm System396 $6,463.45HR Installation =x x 6,463.45
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
324.94 1.2432 16.00
EXISTING FA SYSTEM TESTING/CERTIFICATION 2EA X 1 DAY = 16 HOURS 28 46 13 31 2811 Fire Alarm Techanician For Programming Of Existing Fire Alarm System397 $7,756.08HR Installation =x x 7,756.08
FactorUnit PriceQuantity T
otal
259.95 1.2432 24.00

PROGRAMMING/INTEGRATION EXISTING FA SYSTEM FOR (N) DEVICE TIE INS 2EA X 1 DAY FOR PRETECT
1 EA X 1 DAY FOR FINAL TEST
$45,131.42Subtotal for Section - 28
Proposal Total
This total represents the correct total for the proposal. Any discrepancy between line totals, sub-totals and the proposal total is due to rounding.
$987,030.57
The Percentage of NPP on this Proposal: % Page 40 of 40 3/27/2026
Contractor's Price Proposal - Detail
ATTACHMENT 3 - Page 44
175
1 RESOLUTION NO. 26-29,713

A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

BURBANK APPROVING A COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT
WITH VINCOR CONSTRUCTION, INC. AND AUTHORIZING

THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR OR HIS DESIGNEE TO

APPROVE ANY CHANGES TO FINAL PLANS AND

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE P OLICE DEPARTMENT

FORENSIC SERVICES AREA MODERNIZATION PROJECT

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK FINDS:

A. Section 1205 of the Burbank City Charter and Burbank Municipal Code section 2-2-116 provide that the City Council may waive formal competitive bidding by resolution and approve alternate project delivery methods such as a “cooperative agreement” to award public works construction projects when it is in the best interests of the City.

B. The cooperative agreement delivery method allows the City to utilize another public agency’s bid, which includes language that the public agency is bidding on behalf of the member s of the Cooperative, nationwide. This reduces the cost of goods and services by aggregating the purchasing power of public agencies nationwide, thus eliminating much of the time needed for a bid solicitation process and thereby streamlining the project timeline.

C. The cooperative agreement delivery method is optimal for small building improvement projects because it provides the City with maximum flexibility to obtain construction services and goods, materials, and equipment at a reduced cost.

D. It is in the best interests of the City to utilize the selected cooperative agreement delivery method for the P olice Department Forensic Services Area Modernization Project to save time and cost.

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK RESOLVES:

1. Pursuant to Burbank Municipal Code Section 2- 2-116(I) and (J), the City Council hereby approves performing the P olice Department Forensic Services Area Modernization Project (“Project”) using the cooperative agreement project delivery method. Accordingly, the City Council hereby waives the traditional competitive bidding process as outlined in Burbank Municipal Code § 2- 2-116 as it is determined that the cooperative agreement delivery method accompanied by a competitive proposal solicitation process is in the best interests of the City.

2. The design plans for the Project, on file at the City Council Office and the Purchasing Division , are approved with such modifications as may be deemed appropriate by the City Manager or his designee. The Public Works Director or his 176
26-29,713
2 designee is authorized to approve the final plans and specifications.

3. This Project is categorically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), pursuant to the California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Section 15302, pertaining to the replacement or reconstruction of existing structures and facilities where the new structure will be located on the same site as the structure replaced and will have substantially the same purpose and capacity as the structure being replaced.

4. The total construction budget for the Project is estimated at $1,184,436.68.

An additional 20% contingency, in the amount of $197,406.11 , is included to address unforeseen utility conditions, including but not limited to rerouting, repair, or relocation.

The total construction budget may be adjusted by the City Manager or his designee, up to the total budgeted amount for the Project.

5. The cooperative agreement and related amendment are approved with minor modifications as may be deemed appropriate by the City Manager or his designee and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

6. The City Manager or his designee is authorized to execute an agreement with Vincor Construction, Inc. for the Project, including approval of change orders when within existing budgeted resources.

7. The cooperative agreement shall be retained as a permanent record.

APPROVED and ADOPTED this 16th day of June 2026.

_s/Tamala Takahashi_________
Tamala Takahashi
Mayor

Approved as to Form:

Attest: Office of the City Attorney

_s/Linda Thai_________________ By: _s/Catherine Kim__________ Linda Thai, Assistant City Clerk Catherine Kim Senior Assistant City Attorney

177
26-29,713
3 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF BURBANK )

I, Linda Thai, Assistant City Clerk of the City of Burbank, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Burbank at its regular meeting held on the 16th day of June 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: Perez, Rizzotti, and Takahashi.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: Mullins.

ABSTAIN: Anthony.

_s/Linda Thai_________________
Linda Thai, Assistant City Clerk
178
1 STAFF REPORT
DATE: June 16, 2026
TO: Justin Hess, City Manager
FROM: Patrick Prescott, Community Development Director
BY: David Kriske, Assistant Community Development Director SUBJECT: Adoption of a Resolution Approving an Entry and Construction Agreement with Burbank Empire Center, LLC to Construct Public Sidewalk Improvements Near Empire Interchange and Dispensing with Competitive Bidding

RECOMMENDATION
Adopt A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK APPROVING

AN ENTRY AND CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT WITH BURBANK EMPIRE CENTER,

LLC TO CONSTRUCT PUBLIC SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS NEAR EMPIRE INTERCHANGE AND DISPENSING WITH COMPETITIVE BIDDING (Attachment 1).

BACKGROUND
The Empire Interchange Project (Empire Interchange) is a regional transportation project undertaken by Caltrans, Metro, and the City of Burbank to construct a new interchange with Interstate 5 at Empire Avenue, along with constructing two elevated railroad grade separations, reconstructing the Burbank Boulevard interchange, and constructing high- occupancy vehicle lanes and other freeway improvements. The project was completed in 2023.

In addition to being a necessary local and regional transportation improvement, the Empire Interchange is also a mitigation measure for the Empire Center Planned Development and was identified in the project’s Environmental Impact Report as necessary to address transportation impacts. Due to this, the Empire Center ’s owner, Burbank Empire Center, LLC (BEC), dedicated property to the City of Burbank along the project’s northern frontage with Empire Avenue to construct the Empire Interchange and

COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT
Consent Calendar
Item #7
to relocate sewer and storm drain lines. This property was conveyed to the City, and then 179
2 the City made the property available to Caltrans to construct the interchange.

Construction began in 2012 and was substantially complete in 2019.

When Caltrans constructed the interchange, they were required to demolish private property improvements on BEC’s property and restore them in kind once construction was completed. However, restoration of this area was delayed while Caltrans, BEC, and the City negotiated how to restore the public and private property improvements near the interchange improvements. The parties have now finalized the plans for improving this area and BEC wishes to commence with constructing the improvements.

DISCUSSION
When the Empire Interchange was constructed, Caltrans disturbed a portion of public and private property located between the new Empire Interchange south retaining wall and the north side of the Empire Center near the Sharkey’s Restaurant and Starbucks. The project construction left an unsightly, ungraded condition adjacent to the Empire Center and a partially demolished public patio for these establishments. The project also required the temporary relocation of a public art piece in the patio area and demolition of a pedestrian access point to the Empire Center from Empire Avenue and Victory Place.

Approving an Entry and Construction Agreement would allow BEC to restore the public and private property by regrading the area, reconstructing the private patio area, installing lighting and landscaping, and replacing the public art . In addition, B EC will construct a retaining wall, public sidewalk, and lighting improvements to restore pedestrian access between Empire Avenue, Victory Place, and the Empire Center. Improving this disturbed area and providing pedestrian improvements were identified as items on a list of project “unmet needs” improvements that were not properly addressed by Caltrans but nonetheless are needed to complete the project properly. Once completed, the public sidewalk and several pedestrian lights will be owned and maintained by the City as public improvements (Public Improvements). The location of the Public Improvements is shown on Attachment 2.

To authorize BEC to construct the Public Improvements on City property, City Council approval is required for an Entry and Construction Agreement (Agreement) and to dispense with competitive bidding, finding it is in the best interests of the City (City Charter § 1205; Burbank Municipal Code § 2-2-116(K)). The Agreement does the following:
• Defines the terms and conditions by which BEC will construct the improvements; • ensures the improvements are constructed to City standards; • requires BEC to comply with all legal requirements for public works construction (such as paying prevailing wages); and
• allows BEC and its contractors access to City property to construct the improvements on behalf of the City.
180
3 Dispensing with competitive bidding and authorizing BEC to construct the Public Improvements are in the City’s best interests because BEC is completing similar private improvements immediately adjacent to the Public Improvements. Authorizing BEC will ensure consistent design and construction quality, overall construction efficiency, and cost control for the Public Improvements. The Public Improvements are partially funded by Caltrans to restore the public and private property in this area.

The Pu
blic Improvements are expected to cost $500,111 . Pursuant to a separate settlement agreement between Caltrans, the City, and BEC, $403,854 will be paid by Caltrans in recognition of the fact that a majority of the Public Improvements are restoration work arising from the Empire Interchange. The remaining $96,257 will be paid by the City . In addition, staff requests the City Council authorize staff to spend up to $50,000 in additional funds (or 10 % of the construction cost) as a construction contingency should construction change orders be required to address conditions not readily apparent during the design of the Public Improvements.

ENVI

RONMENTAL REVIEW
Caltrans was the lead agency for the overall Empire Avenue Interchange Project and conducted environmental review pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and the National Environmental Policy Act. A Mitigated Negative Declaration / Finding of No Significant Impact was made by Caltrans for the HOV -carpool lane and freeway widening portion of the project in 2000, and a Mitigated Negative Declaration / Finding of No Significant Impact was made for the Empire Avenue Interchange and railroad grade separation in 2002. Environmental re -evaluations were subsequently conducted in 2005 and 2008 to evaluate changes to the project design which both concluded that there w ere no changes in environmental circumstances as a result of these project adjustments.

The C
ity determines that no subsequent or supplemental review is required to analyze the minor sidewalk, retaining wall, and pedestrian lighting that will be performed for this restorative work because CEQA Guidelines Section 15162 and 15163 do not trigger any additional review. Specifically the proposed minor modifications: i) do not propose substantial changes that result in new significant environmental effects, nor a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant effects; and ii) there have not been substantial changes with respect to the circumstances under which the project is undertaken which will require major revisions of the previous Mitigated Negative Declaration due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant effects; and further, iii) no new information of substantial importance has surfaced since the approval of the Mitigated-Negative Declaration, which was not known at the time of that CEQA approval, which adds or contributes to significant effects or significantly affects prior mitigation 181
4 measures. Therefore, the City determines that no further CEQA documentation is required.

SCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact to approve the Resolution and the Entry and Construction Agreement. The City contribution of $96,257 and the construction contingency of $50,000 will be paid from Transportation Development Impact Fee funds earmarked for the Empire Avenue Interchange Project, already included in the Fiscal Year 2025- 26 Adopted Budget.

CONCL
USION
Staff recommends that Council adopt the Resolution approving the Entry and Construction Agreement with BEC , and find that it is in the best interest of the City to dispense with competitive bidding for the construction of the Public Improvements.

The P
ublic Improvements will complete one of the City’s “un-met” project needs that was not addressed with the main freeway project construction. Additionally, the Public Improvements will enhance overall pedestrian access to the Empire Center, restore a public property area that is currently unsightly and un-maintained, and provide additional public pedestrian improvements connecting Empire Avenue and Victory Place.

ATT

ACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – Resolution
Attachment 2 – Location of Proposed Public Improvements Attachment 3 – Entry and Construction Agreement
182
ATTACHMENT 1 – 1

1 RESOLUTION NO. ____________

A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

BURBANK APPROVING AN ENTRY AND

CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT WITH BURBANK

EMPIRE CENTER, LLC TO CONSTRUCT PUBLIC

SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS NEAR EMPIRE

INTERCHANGE AND DISPENSING WITH COMPETITIVE
BIDDING.

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK FINDS:

A. The Empire Interchange Project was a regional transportation project completed by Caltrans, Metro, and the City of Burbank (“City”) in 2023 to construct a new interchange with Interstate 5 at Empire Avenue, along with constructing two elevated railroad grade separations, reconstructing the Burbank Boulevard interchange, and constructing high-occupancy vehicle lanes and other freeway improvements.

B. During construction of the Empire Interchange Project, certain public and private property adjacent to the project was demolished and restoration was delayed while the City, Caltrans, and the private property owner (Burbank Empire Center, LLC (“BEC”)), negotiated how to restore the public and private improvements near the Empire Interchange Project. The parties finalized the plans for the restoration work, which includes construction of certain public and private improvements on portions of City - owned property.

C. The public improvements include public sidewalk and several lighting improvements that will be owned and maintained by the City (collectively, “Public Improvements.”)

D. BEC plans to construct the private improvements, which consist of a retaining wall, lighting improvements, private outdoor patio improvements, landscaping, garden walls, and related grading, (collectively, “Private Improvements”) immediately adjacent to the Public Improvements.

E. In recognition of the fact that a majority of the restoration work arises out of Caltrans’ Empire Interchange Project, Caltrans is paying for a majority of the construction costs to fund the Public Improvements pursuant to a separate settlement agreement .

Under the settlement agreement, Caltrans will pay $403,854 and the City will pay the remaining $96,257 for construction of the Public Improvements.

F. To ensure consistent design and construction quality, as well as overall construction efficiency and cost control, the City desires to hire BEC to construct the Public Improvements as part of the overall restoration work.

183
ATTACHMENT 1 – 2

2 THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK RESOLVES:

1. Pursuant to Charter Section 1205 and Burbank Municipal Code Section 2- 2-116(K), the City Council hereby waives competitive bidding for the construction of the Public Improvements, finding it is in the best interest of the City to directly engage Burbank Empire Center, LLC (“BEC”) to construct the Public Improvements as part of the overall restoration work arising out of the Empire Interchange Project.

2. The Entry and Construction Agreement between the City and BEC (“Contract”), for the construction of the Public Improvements is hereby approved. The City Manager, or the City Manager’s designee, is authorized to execute the Contract on behalf of the City and approve and execute any amendments or extensions thereto, but only to the extent that applicable funds are available and budgeted for the Public Improvements. A complete copy of the Contract is on file in the City Council Office.

3. The total City budget for the construction of the Public Improvements shall be $146,257.00, which includes a $50,000.00 construction contingency (equal to approximately 10 percent of the total construction cost for the Public Improvements).

4. The City Council hereby delegates authority to the Public Works Director, or his designee, to review, and in his discretion, to approve, the final plans and specifications for the Public Improvements.

5. The Public Improvements were evaluated under the Mitigated Negative Declarations/Findings of No Significant Impact issued in 2000 and 2002 in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) for the Empire Avenue Interchange Project, including the environmental re- evaluations conducted in 2005 and 2008. Construction of the Public Improvements does not require any subsequent or supplemental CEQA review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15162 and 15163.

The Public Improvements i) do not propose substantial changes that results in new significant environmental effects, nor a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant effects; and ii) there have not been substantial changes with respect to the circumstances under which the project is undertaken which will require major revisions of the previous Mitigated Negative Declaration due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant effects; and further, iii) no new information of substantial importance has surfaced since the approval of the Mitigated- Negative Declaration, which was not known at the time of that CEQA approval, which adds or contributes to significant effects or significantly affects prior mitigation measures. Therefore, the City Council determines that no further CEQA documentation is required.

184
ATTACHMENT 1 – 3

3 PASSED and ADOPTED this ______day of_________________, 2026.

__________________________
Tamala Takahashi
Mayor

Approved as to Form
Attest: Office of the City Attorney

____________________________ By: _______________________ Kimberley Clark, City Clerk Lisa Kurihara Senior Assistant City Attorney

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF BURBANK )

I, Kimberley Clark, City Clerk, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Burbank at its regular meeting held on the ____day of_______________, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

____________________________
Kimberley Clark, City Clerk

185
Empire Avenue
Victory Place
Valpreda Street
Burbank Empire Center
Entry and Construction Agreement
Location of Improvements
!"#$5
Burbank Empire Center Entry and Construction Agreement - Location of Public Improvements ATTACHMENT 2-1
186
ATTACHMENT 3-1
187
ATTACHMENT 3-2
188
ATTACHMENT 3-3
189
ATTACHMENT 3-4
190
ATTACHMENT 3-5
191
ATTACHMENT 3-6
192
ATTACHMENT 3-7
193
ATTACHMENT 3-8
194
ATTACHMENT 3-9
195
ATTACHMENT 3-10
196
ATTACHMENT 3-11
197
ATTACHMENT 3-12
198
ATTACHMENT 3-13
199
ATTACHMENT 3-14
200
ATTACHMENT 3-15
201
ATTACHMENT 3-16
202
ATTACHMENT 3-17
203
ATTACHMENT 3-18
204
ATTACHMENT 3-19
205
ATTACHMENT 3-20
206
ATTACHMENT 3-21
207
ATTACHMENT 3-22
208
ATTACHMENT 3-23
209
ATTACHMENT 3-24
210
ATTACHMENT 3-25
211
ATTACHMENT 3-26
212
ATTACHMENT 3-27
213
ATTACHMENT 3-28
214
ATTACHMENT 3-29
215
ATTACHMENT 3-30
216
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - i Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1 – GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADDITIONS/MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS .................... SP1-1 INTENT ................................................................................................................. SP1-1 WORK TO BE DONE ............................................................................................ SP1-1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................... SP1-2 SEQUENCE OF WORK ........................................................................................ SP1-2 WARRANTY .......................................................................................................... SP1-2 UTILITY NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION .................................................. SP1-3 General ........................................................................................................ SP1-3 Utilities Contact List ..................................................................................... SP1-3 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION .................................................. SP1-4 General ........................................................................................................ SP1-4 Payment ...................................................................................................... SP1-5 INSPECTION ......................................................................................................... SP1-5 MOBILIZATION ..................................................................................................... SP1-5 STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ................................................... SP1-6 Storage in Public Streets ............................................................................. SP1-6 Storage on Private Property ......................................................................... SP1-6 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................. SP1-6 CONTRACTOR'S CONDUCT ............................................................................... SP1-7 RECORD AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ................................................................ SP1-7 TRAFFIC CONTROL, PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, AND SAFETY .......................... SP1-7 General ........................................................................................................ SP1-7 Installation and Maintenance ....................................................................... SP1-8 Pedestrian Access ..................................................................................... SP1-10 Lane Closure, Road Closure, Crosswalk Closure, and Sidewalk Closure Requirements ...................................................................................................... SP1-11 Payment .................................................................................................... SP1-12 TEMPORARY "NO PARKING" SIGNS POSTING AND NOTIFICATION ........... SP1-12 General ...................................................................................................... SP1-12 SURVEYING, SURVEY MARKERS, AND CORNER RECORDS ........................ SP1-13 Construction Survey .................................................................................. SP1-13 Survey Markers and Corner Records ......................................................... SP1-13 ATTACHMENT 3-31
217
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - ii Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Payment .................................................................................................... SP1-14 UTILITIES............................................................................................................ SP1-14 Location ..................................................................................................... SP1-14 Protection .................................................................................................. SP1-15 Backfill and Pavement Resurfacing ........................................................... SP1-16 Payment .................................................................................................... SP1-17 MAINTENANCE, PROTECTION, DAMAGE REPAIR AND RESTORATION ...... SP1-17 Maintain and Protect Existing Facilities ...................................................... SP1-17 Repair and Restore Landscape and Irrigation ............................................ SP1-17 NPDES COMPLIANCE ....................................................................................... SP1-19 General ...................................................................................................... SP1-19 Water Pollution Control .............................................................................. SP1-19 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) ........................................ SP1-19 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................... SP1-23 General ...................................................................................................... SP1-23 Shop Drawings .......................................................................................... SP1-24 Required Submittals .................................................................................. SP1-25 Approval Process ...................................................................................... SP1-27 BID ITEM DESCRIPTION AND PAYMENT FOR ITEMS ..................................... SP1-28

ATTACHMENT 3-32
218
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 1 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1 – GENERAL

ADDITIONS/MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
The Standard Specifications referenced in Section 1 (SP1) and Section 2 (SP2) of the Special Provisions is the 2021 edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, including all supplements and accompanying Standard Plans, written and promulgated by Public Works Standards, Inc. These Standard Specifications shall control the construction materials and construction methods for this Contract, except as amended by the Contract Documents.

The 2018 edition of the State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, 2014 Edition, are incorporated herein by reference and are hereby accepted as Reference Specifications. These Reference Specifications are intended to govern certain construction materials, methods, and details except as modified herein or are inconsistent with the provisions herein.

The following Special Provisions are supplementary and in addition to the provisions of the Standard Specifications and Reference Specifications, unless otherwise noted. In the case of conflict between the Standard Specifications, the Reference Specifications, and these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions shall take precedence over, and shall be used in lieu of, such conflicting provisions.

INTENT
It is the intent of these Special Provisions and any related Contract Documents that work performed under the Contract shall result in a complete operating system in satisfactory working condition with respect to the functional purpose of the installations. Any work shown on the Contract Documents including construction plans but not called for in the Special Provisions, or vice versa, is to be furnished or performed as if indicated in both. Should a conflict arise, these Special Provisions shall have precedence. All Referenced Specifications are part of the Contract Documents controlling the Work.

WORK TO BE DONE
The Work to be done consists of furnishing all labor, materials, supplies, methods or processes, implements, tools, and machinery necessary for and appurtenant to the construction and completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and to leaving the construction site in a neat, clean, and orderly condition upon completion of the Work.

The estimated quantities of work and materials to be performed, constructed, or furnished by the Contractor under this Contract are as shown in the Bidder’s Proposal. The quantities listed in the Bidder’s Proposal documents are estimated only and it is understood that payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantities of Contract items listed in the Bidder’s Proposal and/or delete items from the Contract without any adjustment in the unit price.

The costs for items not specifically listed in the Bidder’s Proposal, but necessary to complete ATTACHMENT 3-33
219
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 2 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
the Work are considered to be included in the unit cost of items listed in the Bidder’s Proposal .

The Contractor shall perform a field review of the site prior to bidding the Work. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the existence of any and all latent surface conditions affecting the cost of the Work which could be identified during a field review.

Upon identifying any latent surface condition not indicated on the Plans or provided for in the Special Provisions, the Contractor, at no additional cost to the City, shall either protect in place or remove the item, as directed by the Engineer.

The work to be done under this Contract shall be performed in accordance with the following plans and specifications:

 Approved Change Orders
 Special Provisions
 Construction Plans included in Permit No. PW2304952
 City of Burbank Standard Plans, 1992 Edition, as amended  2010 Caltrans Standard Plans (signal standards only)
 2018 Caltrans Standard Plans, including all supplements.  2018 Caltrans Standard Specification, including all supplements.  Standard Plans for Public Works Construction 2012 Edition, including all supplements.  Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2012 Edition, including all supplements.
 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2014 Edition, Revision

8. If there is a conflict between any of the Contract Documents, the document highest in the order of precedence shall control in accordance with Subsection 2-5.2 “Precedence of the Contract Documents” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2012 Edition, and City of Burbank Additions and Amendments to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Project consists of public sidewalk, retaining wall, and lighting improvements on or about the south side of Empire Avenue between Victory Place and a point 600 feet west of Victory Place and the west side of Victory Place between Empire Avenue and a point 50 feet south of Empire Avenue.

SEQUENCE OF WORK
Contractor shall complete the construction of Work in one phase.

WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warrant all materials and labor of the Work against defective materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of project acceptance by the Notice of Completion. The Contractor shall respond to claims under warranty within 24 consecutive hours of notification by the City and effect repairs in an expeditious manner. If the Contractor fails to respond, the City will make repairs and charge the Contractor for City forces labor, materials and overhead.

Full manufacturer’s warranty is required on all traffic signal equipment furnished by the ATTACHMENT 3-34
220
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 3 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Contractor with effective date of the warranty no earlier than the date of the Project bid opening.

Warranty documentation shall be provided with delivery of the associated signal equipment.

Contractor’s warranty is not acceptable in lieu of manufacturer’s warranty.

UTILITY NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION
General
The Contractor shall provide his or her construction work schedule to all affected departments and utility agencies as outlined below. (Facsimile or e-mail method of providing the work schedule is acceptable.)

Unless otherwise stated herein, the Contractor shall notify the following departments, utilities and companies 3 Working Days prior to start of construction and prior to all requests for services.

These services include, but are not limited to, coordination and receiving clearance for adjusting utility pull boxes, meter boxes, access maintenance holes, vaults, valves, etc. as further specified herein.

Utilities Contact List
City of Burbank
 Public Works Department – 818-238-3915
150 N. Third St. Burbank CA, 91502

o Engineering Division-Inspection - (818) 238-3955
Construction Inspection

o Engineering Division-Traffic - (818) 238-3915
Lane closure and road closure review and approval
Replacement or adjustment of traffic signal pull boxes and covers to grade Location of Traffic Signal Conduit and Loops
Installation of Traffic Detector Loops

o Water Reclamation and Sewers Division - (818) 238-3915 Adjustment of Sanitary Sewer Maintenance Hole Frames and Covers Wastewater disposal

o Field Services Division - (818) 238-3800
124 S. Lake St., Burbank CA 91502
Refuse Collection Schedules: The Contractor shall coordinate with Public Works Field Services, and with private waste disposal companies, and facilitate trash collection operations. No paving operations shall occur on City solid waste collection day for a street.

 Parks and Recreation Department - (818) 238-5343
150 N. Third St. Burbank CA, 91502
Tree Removal, Root Pruning

 Burbank Water and Power Department
164 W. Magnolia Blvd., Burbank CA, 91502

o Water Division - (818) 238-3500
ATTACHMENT 3-35
221
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 4 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Relocation of water meters, fire hydrants, etc.

Replacement or adjustment of water valve covers to grade Replacement or adjustment of water meter boxes and covers to grade

o Electrical Division - (818) 238-3592
Inspection of electric facilities installations

o Field Services Division - (818) 238-3780
Locations of underground water lines.

Locations of underground electrical and street lighting conduits

 Police Department, Traffic Bureau - (818) 238-3100 (Non-Emergency) 200 N. Third St., Burbank CA, 91502

 Fire Department, Dispatcher's Office - (818) 847-8611 200 N. Third St., Burbank CA, 91502

Other Utilities and Agencies
 Southern California Gas Co. - (818) 701-3326
9400 Oakdale Ave., Chatsworth CA 91313

 AT&T- (626) 817-4273
600 E. Green St. Rm 300, Pasadena, CA 91101

 Charter Communications - (818) 847-5013
3111 Winona Ave. No. 103, Burbank CA, 91504

 Metropolitan Transportation Authority, Stops and Zones – (213) 922-5184 Temporary relocation of bus stops

 Burbank Bus – (818) 238-5359
Temporary relocation of Burbank Bus stops

 Metropolitan Water District – (818) 599-8959 or (818) 832-2135 Notify Metropolitan Water District at least five (5) business days prior to commencing any excavating or construction activity in the vicinity of MWD facilities.

 Plains Pipeline – (562) 728-2325
Notify Plains’ Maintenance Supervisor at (562) 728-2325 at least five (5) business days prior to commencing any excavating or construction activity in the vicinity of Plains Pipeline.

 Underground Service Alert - (800) 227-2600
Contractor shall provide to the Engineer evidence of the required Underground Service Alert notification at each area of work one (1) day prior to beginning work in each area.

Evidence of re-notification is to be provided every two weeks thereafter for the duration of work at each area.

PUBLIC NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION
General
ATTACHMENT 3-36
222
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 5 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

This section has been removed.

Payment
Payment will constitute full compensation for the implementation of public notification and shall include material, labor, coordination, implementation, and distribution of notifications to complete work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

INSPECTION
Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day, the Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer so that proper inspection may be provided.

Defective work shall be made good, and unsuitable materials may be rejected notwithstanding the fact that such defective work and unsuitable materials have been previously overlooked by the Engineer and accepted.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the completion of the Work and the Engineer will make an inspection of the Work. The Engineer will not make the final inspection until the Work provided for and contemplated by the Contractor has been completed and the final clean up performed. The Contractor may be present at the final inspection. The Contractor will be notified in writing of any defects or deficiencies to be remedied. When notified that corrective work is completed, the Engineer will again inspect the Work and when the Engineer is satisfied that all work has been done in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the Engineer will recommend to the Council that the Work be formally accepted.

The City will provide inspection for an 8-hour day, 40-hour week - Monday through Friday ONLY- at no cost to the Contractor. If the Contractor choses to work more than 8 hours in any given day or more than 40 hours in any given week or on Saturday, Sunday or City Holidays, the Contractor will be responsible for the entire cost for the additional inspection including overtime cost. The Contractor must request and receive approval from the Engineer prior to working any overtime work that requires inspection.

The following list is City of Burbank designated holidays (non-working days). o New Years’ Day
o Martin Luther King Jr. Day
o Presidents Day
o Dolores Huerta Day
o Memorial Day
o Juneteenth
o Independence Day
o Labor Day
o Veterans Day
o Thanksgiving Day & the day after Thanksgiving Day
o Christmas Day
In the event that one of the above holidays falls on a Saturday, the Friday immediately before that holiday is considered a non-working day. If the holiday falls on a Sunday, the Monday immediately following that holiday is considered a non-working day.

MOBILIZATION
Mobilization shall include the cost of work in advance of construction operations. This includes but is not limited to the procurement of payment and performance bonds, insurance and ATTACHMENT 3-37
223
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 6 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
financing for entire project prior to beginning work, and obtaining all business licenses and permits, as required for entire project, from all related agencies including but not limited to the City of Burbank, utility companies, and other private and public agencies. Work, once begun, shall continue to completion without down time. These requirements shall also apply to all non- working days during construction period.

Mobilization shall include compliance with water and air quality laws; maintaining dust control at all times; furnishing all water required for the construction work; protection of utilities, trees, fences, walls, landscaping and other facilities.

Mobilization shall also include all related "De-mobilization" costs, including the removal of any remaining USA utility markings or other construction paint markings, by means of water blasting or other pre-approved method on sidewalk, curb, gutter and pavement.

Payment
Mobilization shall be paid on a lump sum (LS) basis, as specified in the Bidder’s Proposal, and shall be prorated over the term of the Contract. Progress payments for this item are based on Working Days completed and Working Days remaining. Payment for mobilization shall include the time, materials, and labor for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the worksite; mobilizing, re-mobilizing and de-mobilizing as required to comply with the different phases of the Work as specified in the Bidder’s Proposal and in Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 5: SEQUENCE OF WORK, and all other work or operations that must be performed or are incidental for beginning work on the various Contract items.

STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
Storage in Public Streets
No material shall be stored in the public right-of-way. Material or equipment shall not be stored where it will interfere with the safe passage of public traffic. At the end of each day's work and/or when construction operations are suspended for any reason, the Contractor shall remove all equipment and other obstructions from that portion of the roadway open for use by the public traffic.

Storage on Private Property
The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall minimize the effects of construction operations upon private properties adjacent to the Work.

Prior to storing equipment or material on private property, the Contractor shall provide copies of all letters of permission or written agreements executed by affected property owners for the purpose of granting trespass rights to enter upon, stockpile or store Contractor's supplies and equipment. The Contractor shall, as a penalty to the City, forfeit $100 as a fine for each parcel as determined by the Engineer for failure to provide copies of such documentation to the Engineer prior to storing equipment or material on private property. Said fine or fines will be deducted from the Contractor’s subsequent monthly progress payment. The Contractor is solely responsible to initiate contact and negotiate agreement with property owners if the Contractor should desire to use private property for storage or other purposes.

CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The Contractor shall provide supervisory personnel to keep the construction site in a safe condition at all times. The Contractor shall have on the work site at all times, as his agent, a ATTACHMENT 3-38
224
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 7 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
competent English-speaking superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans, specifications and related documents.

The Contractor's designated representative shall be at the work site whenever the work is in progress to receive orders or communications from the Engineer or his representative and to take measures necessary to protect the work, persons, and properties. The absence of the Contractor's representative to perform these responsibilities is a justifiable cause to stop the work without the benefit of extension of time for the Contractor. The presence or absence of an inspector does not in any way relieve the Contractor of any of his/her obligations under this Contract.

CONTRACTOR'S CONDUCT
The Contractor and crews shall conduct themselves in a professional, polite, and courteous manner in dealings with the City employees and the public. All workers shall dress appropriately (i.e., shirts are required). There shall be no smoking near residential or commercial properties.

RECORD AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall maintain, on the job site, a set of full-size reproducible plans and specifications, or a set of full-size blueline or blackline prints. The Contractor shall mark on these all as-built conditions, locations, configurations, and other details, which may vary from the details represented on the original drawings. Horizontal and vertical locations of existing underground utilities shall be referenced by station and elevation with dimensions of all utilities depicted. Details shall be noted in locations where new facilities, piping, equipment is connecting to existing improvements. This master record of as-built conditions, including all revisions made necessary by addenda, Change Orders, and the like, shall be maintained up-to-date during the progression of the Work.

Upon completion of the Work and prior to final acceptance, the complete set of Plans, marked up to show as-built conditions, shall be delivered to the Engineer. These plans shall be known as "Record Drawings."

Payment
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 14:

RECORD AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

TRAFFIC CONTROL, PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, AND SAFETY
General
Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall conform to the requirements specified herein for movement of traffic through the construction areas of this project. The Contractor shall provide all advance warning signs, flashing arrow boards for detours and lane closures, temporary construction signs, channelizing devices (temporary striping tape or delineators), barricades, pavement markings, temporary traffic striping, lighting devices, work zone upkeep and maintenance, and other temporary traffic control devices in accordance with the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), 2014 Edition Revision 6, and as directed by the Engineer.

If the Contractor fails to provide and install any of the signs or traffic control devices required ATTACHMENT 3-39
225
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 8 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
hereby or ordered by the Engineer, the Engineer may cause such signs or traffic control devices to be placed by others. Any related costs will be charged against the Contractor and deducted from the next progress payment. These measures may include traffic control devices, temporary asphalt concrete, striping and pavement markings, and traffic signal equipment.

Changeable message signs (CMS) are mandatory on all multilane arterials during the following operation or event: traffic signal shutdown or signal outage, street paving, and road closure.

Installation and Maintenance
The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements for installation and maintenance of traffic control:

The Contractor shall submit a Traffic & Pedestrian control/detour and construction phasing plan prepared, signed and sealed by a Traffic Engineer or a Professional Civil Engineer, registered in the State of California, to the Engineer for approval prior to start of work for all detours, intersection traffic control or any conditions not covered by Chapter 6 of the latest California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) or the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH). Any revisions to the traffic control plan or construction phasing requirements shall be approved by the City Traffic Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices and elements as directed by the Engineer, the Engineer’s designee, or a City Inspector. All work areas shall be left in a safe and secure condition before and after work hours.

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of any and all traffic control devices (signs, delineators, barricades, etc.) that are required by the Traffic Control Plan. The Contractor shall ensure that all devices are maintained in the property location during holiday, overnight, and on weekends. Should it become necessary for the City to hire other forces to maintain the traffic control devices, the Contractor will be billed at the overtime rate for two (2) men and a vehicle (minimum, two (2) hours per call).

Traffic signal system shutdowns are limited to periods between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. on a day not followed by a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Traffic signal system shutdowns or outage shall require deployment of changeable message signs to provide advance warning to drivers.

Identify work areas with the Engineer or the Engineer’s designee. Contractor shall notify all adjacent residents and businesses at least 5 Working Days prior to start of construction by delivering notification flyers.

If the work area prohibits access to a bus stop or prohibits turning movement of a bus line, the Contractor shall notify Metro Bus (Metropolitan Transportation Authority) Stops and Zones at 213-922-4632 or Burbank Bus at 818-238-5359 at 5 Working Days prior to start of work.

The construction and removal of temporary asphalt concrete pavement is considered to be a temporary traffic control measure.

The condition of temporary traffic control devices shall comply with the most current edition of the American Traffic Safety Services Association publication, Quality Guidelines for Temporary Traffic Control Devices and Features.

ATTACHMENT 3-40
226
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 9 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

All barricades shall be equipped with flashing/steady burn warning lamps at night. All cones, delineators, barricades, and K-rail shall be reflectorized.

All traffic control shall be kept in their proper position at all times, and shall be repaired, replaced, or cleaned as necessary to preserve their appearance and continuity. Any devices not part of the required traffic control or detours shall be removed from the view of the traveling public immediately.

Where necessary, properly post City-issued and approved "TEMPORARY NO PARKING ANYTIME" signs at least 48 hours before start of work. The Contractor shall notify the Burbank Police Department at 818-238-3000 immediately upon posting signs. These signs must clearly state the dates and time restrictions, and whether or not restrictions apply to weekends.

The Contractor shall cover conflicting parking control signs in the vicinity of the project, as directed by the Engineer. Covers shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be removed by the Contractor at the direction of the Engineer.

All vehicle detectors damaged by the Work shall be replaced to the standards of the City Public Works Department - Traffic Engineering Section.

The Contractor shall provide, install, and maintain all warning, regulatory, and constructions signs. All cross streets to be affected shall have "DETOUR" signs posted at the nearest intersection prior to entering the work area. "NO PARKING" signs shall be installed at the work site intersection to permit turn-around in the event vehicles enter the restricted area.

The Contractor shall be required to backfill all open trenches before the end of each day that work is performed and/or set up barricades along the excavation edges as directed by the Engineer. Open trenches will require approval of the Engineer and shall be fenced or steel- plated in a manner approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide temporary painted striping and markings in all areas where full width cold milling has been specified on the plans. All costs for providing temporary painted striping and markings, including painting/covering of existing conflicting striping, shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

Place all construction signs outside of the traveled way. Do not block a bicycle or pedestrian pathway with a construction area sign.

Maintain accurate information on construction area signs. Immediately replace or correct signs that convey inaccurate information.

During the progress of work, immediately cover or remove unneeded signs.

Cover each unneeded sign such that the message cannot be seen. Securely fasten the cover to prevent movement from wind.

Check each covered sign daily for damage to the cover and immediately replace any cover if needed.

Clean each construction sign panel at the time of installation and once every one-week thereafter.

ATTACHMENT 3-41
227
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 10 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Be prepared to furnish additional construction area sign panels, posts, and mounting hardware or portable sign mounts on short notice due to changing traffic conditions or damage caused by traffic or other conditions. Maintain an inventory of commonly required items at the job site or make arrangements with a supplier who is able to furnish the items daily on short notice.

Replace any damaged construction sign.

Remove any sign panel that exhibits irregular luminance, shadowing, or dark blotches at nighttime under vehicular headlight illumination.

All barricades left overnight shall be equipped with flashing/steady burn warning lamps.

Pedestrian Access
The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements for sidewalks, crosswalks, and ADA access:

Vehicular and pedestrian access shall be provided at all times unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall comply with the latest requirements of the American Disability Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines and the California Accessibility Guidelines to maintain safe, adequate and ADA compliant pedestrian access, including access for all persons with disability, through work areas including temporary resurfaced areas. Typical measures include, but are not limited to, use of flagmen to stop traffic, construction of temporary sidewalks and access ramps, construction of temporary transition ramps between existing improvements and temporary surface, creation of secure pathways that provide buffers from open trenches, equipment and traffic, and use of advanced warning signs with directional arrows leading pedestrians to alternative, nearby crossing locations.

All traffic control devices and zones shall conform to ADA requirements per the Department of Justice. Where construction prohibits pedestrian access, alternate crossing areas shall be established with appropriate signing and other devices as required by the Engineer. Pedestrian access facilities shall be provided through construction area within the public right-of-way.

Pedestrian walkways shall be provided with adequate width and surfacing as required to maintain safe and accessible pathways. Surface shall be skid resistant and free of irregularities.

Closed sidewalks shall be posted with “SIDEWALK CLOSED” signs at each approach to the closure and an approved alternate route provided to detour pedestrians. A minimum walkway width of 4 feet must be maintained at all times for safe pedestrian passage on all pedestrian routes. Obstructions within walkways shall be illuminated during hours of darkness. Minimum vertical clearance to any obstruction within the walkway shall be 7 feet.

Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the Work site at intervals not exceeding 300 feet shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. When sidewalks are closed an alternate walkway shall be provided. Pedestrians shall not be directed into direct conflict with vehicles operating within the Work site or other traffic. Where it is necessary to divert pedestrians into the parking lane or a street, barricading or temporary barriers shall be provided to separate the pedestrian walkway from the adjacent traffic lane.

The Contractor shall keep the areas adjacent to the project site clear of any objects that may be hazardous to pedestrians and motorists. Provisions to reroute pedestrians, including the disabled, around the work area must be clearly delineated and maintained. If the Contractor’s ATTACHMENT 3-42
228
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 11 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
operations require the closure of a walkway, then another walkway shall be provided nearby, off the traveled roadway, along the general path of travel.

The Contractor is required to schedule his work so that all concrete work areas are poured and finished, including repair of damages, prior to the end of work on each Friday.

If required by the Work, the Contractor shall close ADA ramps on one side of the block, and close only one crosswalk at a time at any intersection having three or more existing crosswalks (marked or unmarked).

Lane Closure, Road Closure, Crosswalk Closure, and Sidewalk Closure Requirements Flashing arrow boards (FAB) are mandatory for lane closures on streets with 2 or more travel lanes in each direction. FAB shall remain in operation during the entire duration of lane closure.

Changeable message signs (CMS) are mandatory on all multilane arterials during the following operations or events: traffic signal shutdown or signal outage, street paving, road closure, and any construction work with a work duration of 1 month or longer.

Lane closure is not allowed before 8:30 a.m. or after 3:30 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager. If lane closure is needed between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. for the Work, the Contractor shall provide one travel lane in each direction at all times.

All traffic lanes shall be open before 8:30 a.m. and after 3:30 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager. All work areas shall be left in a safe and secure condition before and after work hours.

Parking lane closure shall occur only one block at a time. Parking lane closure on 2 or more consecutive blocks is not permitted unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager.

Road closure is not allowed before 8:30 a.m. or after 3:30 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager. If road closure is needed between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. for the Work, the Contractor shall provide temporary detour for streets that are closed.

If street improvement or utility work on a multilane corridor requires road closure of any side streets, no more than 4 consecutive side streets shall be closed at the same time, unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager. All streets shall be open before 8:30 a.m. and after 3:30 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager. All work areas in the public right-of-way shall be reopened to public access and left in a safe and secure condition before and after work hours.

Road closure on parallel streets involving street paving shall occur every on other street.

Sidewalk, ADA ramp, or crosswalk closure: When the sidewalk, ADA ramp, or crosswalk is impacted by the Work which will require detouring of pedestrians to alternative crossing locations or path of travel, the Work shall occur on only one side of any given block at a time, and no more than 2 consecutive blocks at the same time unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager.

ADA ramp closure: Construction of PCC sidewalk and ADA ramp shall include advance warning signs with directional arrows to close the impacted sidewalk, ADA ramp(s), and crosswalk(s) and to redirect pedestrians to alternative crossing locations. If required by the Work, the Contractor shall close ADA ramps on one side of the block, and close only one crosswalk at a time at any intersection having three or more existing crosswalks (marked or unmarked). If the ATTACHMENT 3-43
229
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 12 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Work requires closure of 2 or more crosswalks (marked or unmarked) at an intersection, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Agency before implementation of the closure. The Contractor shall not close marked crosswalks at 2 consecutive controlled (stop controlled, or traffic signal controlled) intersections unless otherwise approved by the Traffic Engineering Manager.

Payment
All costs related to the furnishing, posting, maintaining, and subsequent removal of temporary traffic control devices as specified in Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 15: TRAFFIC CONTROL, PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, AND SAFETY shall be included in the contract lump sum bid price for “Implementation of Traffic Control per CA MUTCD”, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

The construction and removal of temporary asphalt concrete pavement is considered to be a part of temporary traffic control and no additional compensation will be allowed.

TEMPORARY "NO PARKING" SIGNS POSTING AND NOTIFICATION
General
A. During working hours, if construction operations require parking restrictions, The Contractor shall contact and notify, with printed notices, all residents, businesses and public agencies fronting on, or along, or affected by the proposed work, a minimum of 48 hours prior to performing any work which will close or partially close the street or which will disallow street parking. The printed notices shall contain a general description of the work to be done, the location and limits of the work, the day(s) and date(s) that the work is to be done, a statement that the street is to be closed or partially closed to vehicular traffic during construction, and a statement that on-street parking will be prohibited between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM on the day(s) of the work as called for on the 'NO PARKING' signs.

B. The Contractor shall post "NO PARKING" signs no earlier than 4 calendar days and no later than 48 hours in advance of commencing work on each street, and they shall be placed at regular intervals no more than 50 feet apart. "NO PARKING" signs shall be supplied by the City to the Contractor. Contractor shall obtain the City Inspector's approval of information on the signs prior to posting.

C. The following information shall be shown on each posted "No Parking" sign:

1) Date(s) sign is in effect.
2) Days of the week that the sign is in effect
3) Time period sign is in effect.
4) Reason for posting (such as paving, excavation, construction, etc.). 5) Date and time the sign was posted.

D. The following shall apply to each “No Parking” sign:

1) Signs shall not be posted more than fifty (50) feet apart. 2) Signs shall not be posted on private property.
3) Signs shall be posted within the parkway area or as close to the roadway as practical.
4) Signs may be posted on any standard or tree within the parkway, except that, in the absence of such items, signs may be attached to traffic barricades or other ATTACHMENT 3-44
230
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 13 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
traffic control devices at a minimum height of 3 feet above grade. (Signs may be affixed to trees only by tying. No stapling or nailing will be allowed per Burbank Municipal Code)
5) Immediately upon posting signs, the Contractor shall notify Burbank Police Department at (818) 238-3100. The Contractor shall document the day, date and time that the signs are installed because the No Parking restriction will not be enforced until the signs have been in place 48 hours.
6) No Parking signs shall not be revised for subsequent streets or dates 7) Signs shall only be posted on one side of any given block at a time.

E. The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to arrange with the owners of illegally parking vehicles to remove their vehicles from the street before summoning the police to tow away vehicles. Parking signs shall not be revised for subsequent streets or dates. If weather or other circumstances prevent work from being finished before expiration of the posted parking ban, Contractor shall install new signs with revised "no parking" information shall be posted at least 48 consecutive hours before any tow-away by the Police Department are requested.

Time period and/or date(s) appearing on the sign shall include only the period during which the operations are to occur. The signs shall be immediately removed upon completion of the work that requires parking restrictions. Unnecessary parking restrictions will not be allowed.

SURVEYING, SURVEY MARKERS, AND CORNER RECORDS
Construction Survey
Prior to removal of improvements, the Contractor shall verify line and grades shown on the plans.

The Contractor is responsible to identify any survey inconsistencies. Any questionable grade, elevation, or location shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer in writing for clarification prior to construction. The construction staking grades shall be prepared by a licensed Land Surveyor authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California and be consistent with the grades on the construction drawings. No asphalt or concrete work shall be placed prior to the Engineer's approval of the construction staking grades.

The City reserves the right to verify all staking and monumentation for horizontal and vertical accuracy. The allowable error shall not exceed 0.02 feet vertically or horizontally. Any staking found to exceed allowable error shall be reset at the sole expense of the Contractor and no additional compensation will be made therefor.

Survey Markers and Corner Records
All survey monuments, centerline ties and survey reference points shall be protected in place or reestablished where disturbed, in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyor’s Act (Business & Professions Code Section 8700 et seq.), prior to Project acceptance.

The Contractor shall identify and protect all reference points, survey markers, monuments, benchmarks, lot stakes (tags), centerline ties and other survey points. The Contractor shall not disturb reference points, survey markers, monuments, benchmarks, lot stakes (tags), centerline ties and other survey points without the consent of the Engineer. In case of willful or careless destruction of existing survey markers, the Contractor shall be liable for and charged with the cost of their replacement and of any expenses resulting from their unnecessary loss or disturbance. The Contractor shall provide a licensed Land Surveyor, approved by the City, who will be responsible for resetting any damaged reference points, survey markers, monuments, ATTACHMENT 3-45
231
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 14 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
benchmarks, centerline ties, and other survey points. The reestablishment of disturbed survey markers or monuments shall be prepared by a licensed Land Surveyor authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California.

The Contractor’s surveyor shall field verify all existing centerline ties and shall be responsible for securing and submitting to the City all survey records necessary to establish any centerline tie monument. Corner Record and Centerline Tie notes shall be submitted to City of Burbank Public Works Department for review and approval prior to filing with the Los Angeles County Surveyor. Refer to Burbank Standard Plan CM-500 “Centerline Monument Requirements” for surveying requirements.

The Contractor’s surveyor shall:

i) Set survey points outside the affected work area that reference and locate each controlling survey monument that may be disturbed,
ii) File a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after setting the survey points to be used for re-establishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments (Section 8771b of the PLSA), and
iii) File a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after re-establishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments to document the replacement of monuments after construction (Section 8771 b of the PLSA).

Payment
Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 17: SURVEYING, SURVEY MARKERS, AND CORNER RECORDS, shall be paid on a lump sum (LS) basis, as specified in the Bidder’s Proposal, and shall be prorated over the term of the Contract. Payment shall include but not limited to material, equipment, labor, incidentals, fees, and services related to construction surveying, staking, preservation of existing survey markers and monuments, replacement of disturbed monuments, setting new ties or monuments, filing of pre-construction records with the County Surveyor prior to demolition, and filing of post construction records with the County Surveyor after resetting markers and monuments.

Payment for the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including traveling and filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made therefor.

Extension of unit prices or lump sum prices for extra work that may require additional surveying or replacement of disturbed monuments shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made therefor.

UTILITIES
Location
Utilities’ location and protection shall be in accordance with Section 402 “Utilities” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition and the following Special Provisions.

Known utilities and their respective owners are shown on the Plans or specified in these Special Provisions. Where underground utilities are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume every property will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. The Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert at 811 at least 48 hours in advance of his intention to begin work so that they may notify the affected utility companies. Establishing utility locations prior to construction of new improvements shall be included in this lump sum Bid item.

ATTACHMENT 3-46
232
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 15 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Prior to commencing any other work, Contractor shall carefully excavate and determine precise locations and depths of all underground infrastructures and service connections as shown on the plans and/or marked in the field, including which may affect or be affected by Contractor's operations. This work shall be done in accordance with Subsection 402-1 “Location” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition. Excavation for improvements shall only occur after the Contractor has established the exact location and depth of all utilities within the proposed improvement areas. The Contractor shall notify the engineer of the precise vertical and horizontal location of all utilities in proximity to excavation work. Contractor shall not be compensated for any delays or extra work brought about by his failure to perform utilities’ location work. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing utilities shown on the plans or marked in the field.

The inclusion or omission of existing or abandoned utilities on the drawings is not to be considered as the precise location or nonexistence of said utilities. Locations of utilities shown on plans are approximate only and are based on a search of available record information available during design only and are solely for the Contractor's convenience. The City does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of existing utilities shown on the Plans.

Utilities, underground and above-ground, shall include but not be limited to: gas, telephone, electric, steam, water, sanitary and storm drain, sewer, fiber optic, traffic signal, and other conduits, (including empty ducts), all abandoned utilities, etc., and their accessories, appurtenances and service connections. The Contractor shall coordinate with each respective utility company to request their assistance to pothole for the necessary substructure information.

However, it shall be the Contractor’s ultimate responsibility to establish the exact location of utilities by potholing, where information is insufficient from any utility company.

Utility location (potholing) for traffic signal pole foundation shall include labor, materials, and equipment to excavate a pothole the width of the signal pole foundation and expanding the pothole up to 24 inches in any direction should there be any existing utilities encroaching within 24 inches of the foundation.

Upon completion of each pothole, the Contractor shall backfill holes, compact with native material, provide temporary resurfacing, and furnish the necessary materials including Crushed Miscellaneous Base, Asphalt Concrete, or Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) to permanently restore the pavement surface in-kind, in accordance with Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 18-3: Backfill and Pavement Resurfacing.

Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall be required to remove, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all utility locator markings and utility tie-out paint markings that either the Contractor, the City or utility companies make during the course of the work from the surfaces of sidewalks, driveway approaches, curb and gutters, using the removal method acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall repair and restore any damage to the existing improvements due to Contractor’s removal operation. Full compensation for damage repair shall be included in the various applicable items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

Protection
If the Contractor, while performing the Contract, discovers utility facilities not identified in the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and utility owner in writing.

All water meters, water valves, fire hydrants, electrical utility vaults, telephone vaults, gas utility ATTACHMENT 3-47
233
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 16 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
valves, traffic signal and traffic fiber pull boxes, and other subsurface facilities shall be relocated or adjusted to grade by the Contractor as directed by the utility owner. The Contractor shall notify each utility owner a minimum of 10 Working Days before commencing the Work to coordinate relocation, replacement, or adjustment of existing vaults, pull boxes, or subsurface facilities.

The labor, material and full cost of relocation or adjustment of the subsurface facilities to allow box covers to be adjusted to finish grade is considered as included in the various bid items of this project, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless a separate bid item for this particular work is identified in the Contract Document.

The Contractor is responsible for the protection of any utilities and for any damage to any such utility during the prosecution of the Work. Any damage to a utility shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the organization owning the facility at no additional cost to the City. The City reserves the right, if so requested by the utility owner, to permit the utility owner to repair such damage, and all expenses of whatever nature arising from such damage shall be borne by the Contractor.

Any difference or conflicts that may arise between the Contractor and such other forces because of delays or hindrance to each other, shall be adjusted and determined by the Engineer. If the Work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts or omissions of any other contractor or force, the Contractor shall on that account have no claim for additional compensation or extra cost against the City.

During construction of the Work, some of the existing utilities may fall within the prism of trenches. If the existing utility does fall within the Contractor’s trenches, the utility involved shall be supported properly by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the utility owner. The method of support of the utility, precautions to be taken during trench backfill and compaction, etc., shall be per the utility owner’s requirements. The cost to support and protect existing utilities shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation shall be allowed. The Contractor shall contact the utility owner should it anticipate such exposure of any of the existing utilities.

Backfill and Pavement Resurfacing
Backfill shall conform to Subsection 306-12 “Backfill” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition. Temporary resurfacing shall conform to Subsection 306-13.1 “Temporary Resurfacing” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

Permanent resurfacing shall conform to Subsection 306-13.2 “Permanent Resurfacing” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition and Burbank Standard Plan BS-110-3.

The Contractor shall complete excavation, backfill, and placement of temporary resurfacing in the same day. Contractor shall maintain and repair temporary resurfacing as needed until permanent repairs are complete. Contractor shall comply with the latest requirements of the American Disability Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines and the California Accessibility Guidelines to maintain safe, adequate and ADA compliant pedestrian access, including access for all persons with disability, through work areas including temporary resurfaced areas.

If no excavation is performed within 30 Days, the Contractor shall furnish the necessary materials including Crushed Miscellaneous Base, Asphalt Concrete, or Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) to permanently restore in-kind, the pavement surface and any damaged surrounding areas to their original condition, unless otherwise specified in these Special Provisions or approved by the Engineer. Permanent resurfacing/restoration shall be paid for by the various bid items for permanent improvements as listed in the Bidder’s Proposal.

ATTACHMENT 3-48
234
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 17 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Payment
Payment for “Potholing for Utility Research” shall include all preparatory work, material, equipment, labor, incidentals, and all work necessary for Utility Research as specified in Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 18: UTILITIES, and shall include but not limited to calling USA DigAlert, excavate pothole, backfill, compaction, temporary resurfacing per City Standards and ADA Standards, and removal of DigAlert markings after project completion. Furthermore, any additional underground exploratory excavation (potholing) of existing utilities marked by Underground Service Alert but are not shown on the project Plans shall be considered as included in the Lump Sum bid price for “Potholing for Utility Research” and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.

Permanent resurfacing for potholing only shall be paid for by the various bid items for permanent improvements as listed in the Bidder’s Proposal.

MAINTENANCE, PROTECTION, DAMAGE REPAIR AND RESTORATION
Maintain and Protect Existing Facilities
Maintain and protect work, existing facilities, and temporary facilities within the work area until the Engineer has granted relief from maintenance or accepted the work.

If the Contractor damaged any part of a loop conductor specified to remain in place, including the part leading to the adjacent pull box, the Contractor shall replace the entire loop detector and any adjacent loops damaged during the construction or loop replacement.

Materials shown on the plans or designated in the Special Provisions to be used in constructed work and damaged or destroyed because of the Contractor’s operations, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at the Contractor’s sole expense. Before Contract acceptance, restore damaged work to the same state of completion as before the damage. The City does not adjust payment for repair or restoration that the Engineer determines was caused by the Contractor’s failure to protect the construction area or existing facilities. The City pays for repair or restoration to the damage if the damage was caused by an act of God.

Payment
Full compensation for maintenance, protection, damage repair and restoration shall be included in the contract bid prices for the various items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

Repair and Restore Landscape and Irrigation
General
The materials used for the restoring of existing irrigation and planting shall conform to Section 800 “Landscaping and Irrigation-Materials” of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition. The installation of irrigation and planting shall conform to Section 801 “Landscaping and Irrigation-Installation” of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

Restoration of irrigation system and planting improvements shall be completed where existing landscape planting areas are affected by construction activities, and/or as shown on the ATTACHMENT 3-49
235
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 18 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
construction Plans, and as directed by the Engineer. This work shall include restoration for potholing, excavation, trenching, signal construction activities, and or sidewalk and curb ramp construction.

The majority of existing water service and irrigation lines within the areas of work may be old and deteriorated. The Contractor is responsible to perform pre-construction inspection of existing water service and irrigation lines within the areas of work, and any necessary work to restore and repair, in-kind, damaged water service laterals, irrigation systems, and landscape planted areas. This work shall include any damages identified, regardless of cause.

Landscape
Any landscaping damaged during construction and/or as shown on the construction Plans, shall be repaired and replaced in-kind by the Contractor. Landscaping used in replacement of affected areas shall match existing plant material and density of plant material in-kind including but not limited to furnishing and installing landscape fabric, mulching, grass seeding, sod, shrubs, and other planting materials, as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall water areas affected by irrigation modification as required to maintain landscaping in good condition.

Irrigation
The Contractor shall remove portions of water service laterals and sprinkler systems that are in conflict with the new construction or as shown on the construction Plans. Portions of water service laterals removed during construction shall be immediately replaced/restored. To avoid conflicts, the Contractor shall coordinate with the property owner/renter, prior to any work upon the water service laterals.

For irrigation relocation and/or repair work, the Contractor shall restore the sprinkler systems within 5 Working Days after the removal of the existing system. The restored sprinkler systems shall provide equal or better than existing conditions. The Contractor shall cut interfering portions of existing irrigation lines and cap ends for future reconnection.

All repair and replacement of the irrigation system shall be done within 5 Working Days or sooner after disconnection. During disconnection period of existing irrigation systems, the Contractor shall maintain the existing grass, trees, shrubs, and other existing landscape in a live condition with temporary irrigation systems and/or shall water the landscaped area by hand, or the Contractor shall provide for installation of a temporary irrigation/sprinkler system to water the remaining planted areas during construction. Property owner’s water supply shall not be used without written consent from each owner.

Prior to project completion, the Contractor shall turn on the irrigation system and demonstrate each line works properly in the presence and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and property owner. Any damaged and dead grass or landscaping beyond construction limits, or insufficient water coverage resulting from Contractor’s operation shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own cost.

Payment
Payment for “Irrigation System Repair and Landscape Restoration (in-kind)” shall include full compensation for all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals and all work necessary for the work as specified in Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 19-2: Repair and Restore Landscape and Irrigation, and shall include backfill, repair, replace, and restore damaged landscape to match existing planting material in-kind, and to inspect, test, remove, relocation, ATTACHMENT 3-50
236
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 19 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
and repair all damaged irrigation system caused by the construction and/or as shown on the construction Plans, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.

NPDES COMPLIANCE
General
Contractor shall not discharge or be permitted to discharge to any street, channel, river, storm drain, or any appurtenances thereof, any non-rain water, other fluid substance or any loose material from the project or from operations pertaining to the project site without first securing a valid National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit unless the discharge is specifically listed as exempt or conditionally exempt in the most current permit issued by the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Los Angeles Region.

Contractor shall implement all necessary Best Management Practices (BMPs) to ensure that all construction activities meet all current requirements of the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board and the City.

The City may prohibit or restrict any construction activities if, in its sole discretion, the activity is polluting, causes an unsafe/unhealthy situation, or causes a nuisance condition.

Water Pollution Control
Contractor shall control pollutants at all times, and particularly during a stormwater event to the maximum extent practicable by the effective implementation of appropriate BMPs. The BMPs that may be used to meet the minimum requirements may be selected from Table 1 of Appendix C. The following are the minimum requirements:

Sediments from areas disturbed by construction activities shall be retained on site and stockpiles of soil shall be properly contained to prevent sediment transport from the site to streets, drainage facilities, or adjacent properties via stormwater runoff, vehicle tracking, or wind.

Construction-related materials, wastes, spills, or residues shall be contained at the construction site to minimize transport from the work area to streets, drainage facilities or adjoining properties via vehicle tracking, runoff, or wind. If hazardous or toxic material is involved, containment, remediation and decontamination efforts are necessary and are the responsibility of the Contractor.

Any non-stormwater runoff generated from equipment, vehicle or machine washing shall be contained and properly disposed of by the Contractor and not enter the storm drain system.

Erosion from slopes and channels shall be controlled by implementing an effective combination of BMPs, such as limiting grading scheduled during the wet season; inspecting graded areas during rain events; planting and maintenance of vegetation on slopes; and covering erosion susceptible slopes.

The selection, submittal, and adherence to BMPs are the responsibility of the Contractor. The selected BMPs must be submitted to and approved by City prior to performing any operation under this Contract which will disturb or expose soil, including, but not limited to: excavation, grading, demolition, clearing and grubbing, pavement removal, etc.

Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
ATTACHMENT 3-51
237
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 20 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

In accordance with the Burbank Municipal Code (BMC) Title 9 Chapter 3 Article 4, Contractor shall develop and implement a construction program and a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and if needed a Wet Weather Erosion Control Plan (WWECP) that:
1) Prevents illicit construction-related discharges of pollutants into the storm drain system and receiving waters.
2) Implements and maintains structural and non-structural BMPs to reduce 3) pollutants in stormwater runoff from construction sites. 4) Reduces construction site discharges of pollutants to the storm drain system. 5) Prevents construction site discharges to the storm drain system from causing or contributing to a violation of water quality standards.

For construction projects disturbing greater than one acre of soil designated as a Priority Project, Contractor shall comply with BMC Section 9-3-404 and the Best Management Practices specified in BMC Section 9-3-407.

For construction projects disturbing less than one acre of soil not designated as a Priority Project, Contractor shall comply with BMC Section 9-3-405 and with the Best Management Practices specified in BMC Section 9-3-407.

For construction projects disturbing one acre or more of soil, Contractor shall comply with General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity Permit Order 2009-0009-DWQ as amended (2009 Construction General Permit) – see:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml.

Additionally, if the construction activity less than one acre is part of a larger common plan of development that encompasses a total of one or more acres of soil disturbance or if there is significant water quality impairment resulting from the activity, it is subject to the 2009 Construction General Permit.

In order to determine whether a City project is subject to the 2009 Construction General Permit, the City Project Manager must determine the square footage/acreage of soil disturbance.1

Construction activity includes clearing, grading, excavation, stockpiling, and reconstruction of existing facilities involving removal and replacement. Construction activity does not include routine maintenance2 such as, maintenance of original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the facility.

If it is determined that the entire site consists of one acre or greater in soil disturbance, the City will instruct the Contractor to:

1) Prepare a Risk Level or Risk Type Determination.

1 For linear underground and overhead projects, the 2009 Construction General Permit considers staging areas as part of the total soil disturbance area. The Contractor will need to refer to the 2009 Construction General Permit to ensure accurate soil disturbance areas are derived.
2 The majority of traditional Public Works projects will involve routine maintenance, such as sidewalk replacement and street grind and overlay. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to consult with the City on the classification of the project.

ATTACHMENT 3-52
238
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 21 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
2) Prepare a SWPPP based on the project risk level or type to comply with the requirements of the 2009 Construction General Permit.
3) Electronically enter Permit Registration Documents (PRDs) into the State’s Stormwater Multi-Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) for review and certification by the City’s Legally Responsible Person (LRP) or Approved Signatory.
4) Upon obtaining a Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) Number, the Contractor will need to pull a City grading permit if the work will be on private property, or a City excavation permit if the work will be in the public right-of-way, and can then commence its construction activities.

The Contractor shall use the “California Stormwater Quality Association Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook Portal: Construction” and associated SWPPP Template to develop and implement the SWPPP. To access the electronic version, go to the following internet website: www.casqa.org.

BMPs implemented shall be consistent with standard industry practice as identified in the most current California Stormwater Quality Association or Caltrans BMP Fact Sheets or alternative approved by the Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) and the City.

The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain all pollution prevention, erosion, and sediment control measures required by the 2009 Construction General Permit or described in the SWPPP.

The Contractor shall implement monitoring programs, record keeping, maintenance, inspection, repair, training, and sampling as required in the General Permit.

The Contractor shall monitor the National Weather Service Forecast Office on a daily basis during the Contract and maintain records of the forecast. Forecasts are available at: http://www.noaa.gov/.

The Contractor shall obtain, install, and maintain a rain gauge at the Site and observe and record daily precipitation.

The Contractor is responsible for employing a QSD to prepare and revise the SWPPP per the requirements of the 2009 Construction General Permit.

The Contractor shall provide a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) to implement the SWPPP, including the monitoring program, per the requirements of the 2009 Construction General Permit.

The QSP shall assume complete and continuous responsibility for stormwater pollution prevention, runoff management, and erosion and sediment control at the project during construction and the preparation and electronic entry into SMARTS of all reports during the construction project required by the 2009 Construction General Permit and SWPPP. 5)
1) Maintenance of BMPs
2) Inspections of BMPs identified in the SWPPP and completion of inspection reports
3) Conduct of visual monitoring including photographs of BMPs if required and completion of visual monitoring reports
4) Sample collection, field measurements, and submittal of samples to analytical laboratories, if required
ATTACHMENT 3-53
239
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 22 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
5) Entry of monitoring data into SMARTS, if required
6) Upload of BMP photographs to SMARTS, if required
7) Preparation of Annual Reports
8) Ensure employees have current SWPPP/BMP training
9) Monitor the National Weather Service forecast for the project area daily 10) Preparation and implementation of Rain Event Action Plans (REAPs), if required 11) Preparation of Numeric Action Level (NAL) exceedance reports, if required 12) Preparation of Receiving Water Monitoring Trigger (RWMT) exceedance reports, if required
13) Entry of the Notice of Termination including final Annual Report

Prior to commencement of field work, The Contractor shall meet with the City to review implementation of the SWPPP. The Contractor’s QSP shall attend this meeting. The purpose of the meeting will be to review the Contractor’s procedures and to develop mutual understandings relative to compliance with the 2009 Construction General Permit, SWPPP and administration of the Contractor’s erosion control and pollution prevention program.

The Contractor shall install stormwater management and erosion and sediment control devices and practices described in the SWPPP prior to any construction activity in that area or as described in the SWPPP schedule.

The City must approve any changes proposed by the assigned QSD or QSP.

Reports and information required by the 2009 Construction General Permit shall be entered in SMARTS by the Contractor’s QSP. Subsequent to data entry, submittals shall be saved as a pdf file, and e-mailed to the City.

Except as otherwise noted herein, or directed by City, submit SWPPP amendments and all other reports, sample results, SWPPP amendments, or other documents required to be submitted to SMARTS, at least 5 Working Days before they are required by the 2009 Construction General Permit to be submitted or uploaded to SMARTS.

Upon completion of construction activities, the Contractor shall remove all construction materials, equipment, trash, and debris from the project site.

The Contractor shall establish permanent stabilization of all soils disturbed during construction activities. Permanent stabilization shall consist of a permanent vegetative cover and/or equivalent erosion control measures implemented on all bare soils disturbed by construction activities. Areas stabilized with vegetative cover must have a minimum density equivalent to 70 percent of the pre-construction background vegetative cover. Stabilization shall be performed using the accepted native hydroseed mix with binder.

The Contractor shall remain responsible for the implementation of the 2009 Construction General Permit, SWPPP, and REAP requirements and payment of annual fees until the conditions of final stabilization have been met, and a Notice of Termination (NOT) has been electronically submitted into SMARTS and is approved by the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board.

ATTACHMENT 3-54
240
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 23 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

The Contractor shall immediately notify the City of the occurrence of a pH or turbidity daily average that exceeds the NALs, and provide copies of the field logs by the end of the day the samples were collected.

The Contractor shall immediately notify the City of the receipt of any notices that the project is out of compliance or potentially out of compliance with the 2009 Construction General Permit or SWPPP.

The Contractor shall correct deficiencies noted during monitoring, and inspections, or governmental notices within 72 hours of identification, or sooner if a rain event is predicted.

The City will represent the LRP and Approved Signatory, while the Data Submitter will be delegated to the Contractor.

The preparation, submittal and adherence to all requirements mentioned above, including SWPPPs prepared by a QSD, hiring an on-site QSP, Wet Weather Erosion Control Plans (WWECPs), and Contractor Self-Inspection Forms, are the responsibility of the Contractor.

The annual fees are based on total disturbed area of the construction project in acres.

See Construction fees for a list of fees by acres. An annual invoice for City projects will be issued to the City by the State until the project is complete and a Notice of Termination (NOT) is electronically submitted and approved by the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board. In order to ensure project completion as proposed and scheduled, it is the Contractor responsibility to appropriately bid on the anticipated construction fees based on the project duration/schedule.

The Contractor shall electronically enter the NOT, and receive approval from the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board. Any additional construction fees, or project delay causing the project to incur additional time, scheduling, and permit requirements, will be the Contractor’s responsibility.

The Contractor shall certify they have completed a storm water pollution prevention training, or is a certified Qualified Storm Water Pollution Prevention Developer (QSD) and/or a certified Qualified Storm Water Pollution Prevention Practitioner (QSP).

The City may restrict the continuation of work if it is determined that the Contractor has not met all the NPDES requirements.

The cost of complying with these environmental requirements shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

SUBMITTALS
General
No Work shall begin until the construction schedule (project schedule) has been approved by the Engineer and the Permit has been issued by the City of Burbank. All submittals shall be submitted prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

Within 5 Working Days after the Notice to Proceed letter has been issued, the Contractor shall ATTACHMENT 3-55
241
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 24 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.
submit for City review and approval of the following: all Shop Drawings and submittals for all long lead supplies, materials, and equipment. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement from the vendor(s) that the order(s) for said supplies, materials, and equipment has been received and accepted by said vendor(s) within 14 Working Days of said Notice to Proceed.

No work shall begin on the respective items of work that require a submittal until the submittals for those items of work have been approved in writing by the Engineer. When submitted for the Engineer’s review, Shop Drawings shall include the Contractor’s certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings as conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The following Contractor’s certification shall appear on all submittals:
“It is hereby certified that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for review.

Certified by:

Date:

Submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal.

Shop Drawings
A copy of each Shop Drawing and each sample as reviewed by the Engineer shall be kept in good order by the Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer.

Submittal Handling: Submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal.

Drawings:
1) All drawings shall be produced to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent features of the item and its method of connection to the work. 2) All drawings shall be made in black line on white background. Reproductions of City/Contract Drawings are not acceptable.
3) The overall dimensions of each drawing submitted to the Engineer shall be equal to one of the City’s standard sheet sizes as listed below. The title block shall be located in the lower right-hand corner of each drawing and shall be clear of all line work, dimensions, details, notes and comments. (Standard Sheet Sizes –

8.5” x 11”, 11” x 17”, 24” x36”)

Colors: Unless the precise color and pattern are specified elsewhere, submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Engineer for his/her review and selection whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product. Label each chart naming the source, the proposed location of use on the project, and the project name and specifications number.

Manufacturers’ Literature: Clearly indicate which portions of the contents are being submitted for review, where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers include data not pertinent to the submittal.

Substitutions: The Contract is based on the materials, equipment, and methods described in the Contract Documents. Any Contractor proposed substitutions are subject to the Engineer’s approval and in accordance with Subsection 4-6 “TRADE NAMES” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

ATTACHMENT 3-56
242
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 25 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

As-Built Drawings: When required to be submitted covering items included in this Work, the Contractor shall deliver to the City one complete set of final As-Built hard copy drawings for City records before the Contract will be accepted by the City. The legibility and contrast of each drawing submitted to the City shall be such that every line, number, letter, and character is clearly readable.

Submittal Quantities: Submit all samples, unless specified otherwise, in the quantity to be returned, plus one, which will be retained by the Engineer.

Identification of Submittals: Completely identify each submittal and re-submittal by showing at least the following information:
1) Name and address of submitter, plus name and telephone number of the individual who may be contacted for further information. 2) Name of project as it appears in the Contract Documents and Bid Schedule No. 3) Drawing number and Bid Schedule Section number to which the submittal applies.
4) Whether this is an original submittal or re-submittal. 5) Indicate the source of samples submitted.

Coordination of Submittals: Prior to submittal for the Engineer’s review, use all means necessary to fully coordinate all material, including the following procedures:
1) Determine and verify all field dimensions, conditions, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data.
2) Coordinate as required with all trades and with all public agencies involved. 3) Secure all necessary approvals from public agencies and others and signify by stamp, or other means, that they have been secured.
4) Clearly indicate all deviations from the Specifications for Engineer’s review.

Timing for Submittals:
1) Turn in submittals within 5 Working Days after the Notice to Proceed. 2) Make all submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates of installation to provide all required time for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revision and re-submittal, and for placing orders and securing delivery. 3) In scheduling, allow at least 10 Working Days for the Engineer’s review, plus the transit time to and from the City.

Required Submittals
Refer to the following Table “Submittals List” for the list of submittals required for this project.

Submittals List and Requirements
Submittals List Required
Project Administration
Project Schedule *Required prior to all Work X
Material Delivery Schedule X
Contractor’s Notification – Letter to Residents/Businesses ATTACHMENT 3-57
243
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 26 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Submittals List Required
Contractor’s Notification – Door Hanger Notice to
Residents/Businesses
Traffic Control Plans & Channelization Plan *Required prior to all Work in the Public Right of Way X
Surveying
Pre-construction Corner Record *Prior to Construction X Post-construction Corner Record *After Construction, prior to project acceptance X
Traffic Signal
Poles with Buy America Certification
Pelco Clamp-on Luminaire arms
Luminaires
Reflectorized Street Name Sign
Street Name Sign Mounting brackets
Retroreflective Sheeting
USPA Service Pedestals
Signal Cabinet (332L)
Controller Assemblies (McCain 2070E)
Battery Back System (Clary)
Video Detection System (Iteris)
Video Encoder
Ethernet Switch
Fiber Optic Cable System
Vehicle Signal Faces and Backplates
Pedestrian Signal Faces
Pedestrian Push Button
Signal Mounting Assemblies
Accessible Pedestrian Signal
Pull boxes
Conductors and Cables
Pull Tape
Conduits
Signing and Striping
Traffic Striping and Markings
Reflective Glass Beads
Roadside Traffic Signs and Mast Arm Mount Signs
Perforated Square Steel Post
Roadway and Sidewalk Improvements
Asphalt Concrete Pavement (C2-PG-64-10, D2-PG-64-10)
Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) Mix Design (ARHM-GG-C)
Portland Cement Concrete Mix (520-C-2500) X
Signal Foundation Concrete Mix (Class II 590 lbs., 3625psi) ATTACHMENT 3-58
244
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 27 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Submittals List Required
Detectable Warning Surface (FED 1517 Blue)

Approval Process
Except as may otherwise by indicated herein, the Engineer will return the submittal to the Contractor with comments noted thereon, within 10 City Working Days following receipt by the Engineer. It is considered reasonable that the Contractor shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the Engineer by the third submission of a submittal item. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 10 City Working Days for review of submittals. Copies of each submittal will be returned to the Contractor marked “No Exceptions Taken”, “Furnish as Corrected”, “Revise and Resubmit”, or “Rejected”. Manuals, schedule of costs and As-Built drawings will be returned for re-submittal if incomplete or unacceptable.
1) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “No exceptions taken,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required.

2) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Furnish as Corrected,” formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required.

3) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Revise and Resubmit,” the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of the revised submittal to the Engineer.

4) If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Rejected,” the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.

When reviewed by the Engineer, each copy of the drawings will be stamped and signed by the Engineer.

One set of said drawings will be returned to the Contractor.

The review of the drawings shall not be construed as a complete check but will indicate only that the general method of construction and detailing is satisfactory. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for accuracy of data, details, and dimensions shown in the submittals.

The Contractor agrees that if deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between Shop Drawing submittals and the Contract Documents in the form of Plans and Specifications, except as particularly noted within the submittal, are discovered either prior to or after Shop Drawing submittals are processed by the Engineer, the Plans and Specifications shall control and shall be followed.

Revisions indicated on Shop Drawings shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Plans and Specifications and shall not be taken as the basis of claims for Extra Work. The Contractor shall have no claims for damages or extension of time due to any delay resulting from making required revisions to Shop Drawings. The review of said drawings by the Engineer will apply to general design only and will in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions contained therein nor will such review operate to waive or modify any provisions or requirements contained in these Contract Specifications or on the Contract Drawings.

ATTACHMENT 3-59
245
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP1 - 28 Entry and Construction Agreement between City of Burbank and Burbank Empire Center, LLC.

Compliance certificates and weigh slips shall be provided for all aggregate base, asphalt concrete, Portland Cement Concrete, reinforcing steel, etc. Mix designs shall be submitted for asphalt concrete and Portland Cement Concrete mixes.

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer three (3) copies of instruction and maintenance manuals and parts lists of all major equipment furnished. Data in these manuals shall cover completely all items as specified and as supplied.

Shop fabrication drawings and lay sheets are required for all steel pipelines 16 inches and greater in diameter. The drawings and lay sheets shall fully illustrate horizontal station and vertical elevation of all joints and angle points, true angular deflection at locations of combined vertical and horizontal bends, and horizontal station for pipeline appurtenances.

BID ITEM DESCRIPTION AND PAYMENT FOR ITEMS
The price identified in Section 1 of the Entry and Construction Agreement between the City and the Contractor shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment, and performing all work and related operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents.

ATTACHMENT 3-60
246
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - i Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2 – MATERIALS AND METHODS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADDITIONS/MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS .................. SP2 - 1 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS ......................................................................... SP2 - 1 2-1 Traffic Signal Qualified Products List ......................................................... SP2 - 1 2-2 Submittal Requirements ............................................................................ SP2 - 5 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE ...................................................................... SP2 - 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS ............................................................................... SP2 - 6 4-1 General ...................................................................................................... SP2 - 6 4-2 City-Furnished Materials ............................................................................ SP2 - 6 4-3 Contractor’s Responsibility for City-Furnished Materials ............................ SP2 - 7 4-4 Contractor Supplied Materials .................................................................... SP2 - 8 4-5 Buy America .............................................................................................. SP2 - 8 4-6 Delivering of Traffic Materials .................................................................... SP2 - 8 ROADWAY AND SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS ................................................ SP2 - 9 5-1 Removal .................................................................................................... SP2 - 9 5-2 Pruning and Removing Tree Roots .......................................................... SP2 - 10 5-3 Adjust Utility to Existing Grade ................................................................. SP2 - 10 5-4 Portland Cement Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Spandrels, Alley Approaches, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, And Driveways ...................... SP2 - 11 5-5 Finishing .................................................................................................. SP2 - 15 5-6 Expansion Joints and Weakened Plane Joints ......................................... SP2 - 15 5-7 Cold Milling of Existing A.C. Pavement .................................................... SP2 - 15 5-8 Temporary A.C. Ramp Transition at Pavement Joint Lines ...................... SP2 - 15 5-9 Pounding ................................................................................................. SP2 - 15 5-10 Dust Control............................................................................................. SP2 - 15 5-11 Excavation ............................................................................................... SP2 - 16 5-12 Asphalt Concrete Pavement .................................................................... SP2 - 16 5-13 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) ............................................................. SP2 - 17 SIGNS AND MARKERS .................................................................................... SP2 - 18 6-1 General .................................................................................................... SP2 - 18 6-2 Material .................................................................................................... SP2 - 18 ATTACHMENT 3-61
247
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - ii Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

6-3 Markers ................................................................................................... SP2 - 21 6-4 Fastening Hardware ................................................................................ SP2 - 21 6-5 Installation ............................................................................................... SP2 - 22 6-6 Relocation or Removal ............................................................................ SP2 - 22 TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS .......................................... SP2 - 23 7-1 General .................................................................................................... SP2 - 23 7-2 Thermoplastic .......................................................................................... SP2 - 23 7-3 Paint ........................................................................................................ SP2 - 24 7-4 Glass Beads ............................................................................................ SP2 - 24 7-5 Pavement Markers................................................................................... SP2 - 25 7-6 Construction ............................................................................................ SP2 - 25 TRAFFIC SIGNALS .......................................................................................... SP2 - 27 8-1 Exploratory Excavation (Potholing) .......................................................... SP2 - 27 8-2 Excavation and Backfill ............................................................................ SP2 - 28 8-3 Foundations ............................................................................................. SP2 - 30 8-4 Standards, Poles, and Mast Arms ............................................................ SP2 - 36 8-5 Conduit .................................................................................................... SP2 - 40 8-6 Pull Boxes ............................................................................................... SP2 - 44 8-7 Pull Tape ................................................................................................. SP2 - 45 8-8 Conductors and Cables ........................................................................... SP2 - 45 8-9 Splicing Materials, Connectors, and Terminals ........................................ SP2 - 47 8-10 Splicing Conductors and Cables .............................................................. SP2 - 48 8-11 LED Luminaire and Photoelectric Unit ..................................................... SP2 - 49 8-12 Bonding and Grounding ........................................................................... SP2 - 50 8-13 Service Cabinet ....................................................................................... SP2 - 50 8-14 Signal Cabinets and Controller Assemblies ............................................. SP2 - 52 8-15 Battery Backup System ........................................................................... SP2 - 53 8-16 Vehicle Signal Heads ............................................................................... SP2 - 54 8-17 Pedestrian Signal Heads ......................................................................... SP2 - 55 8-18 Accessible Pedestrian Signals ................................................................. SP2 - 55 8-19 Push Button Assemblies .......................................................................... SP2 - 56 8-20 Inductive Loop Detectors ......................................................................... SP2 - 57 8-21 Video Detection System .......................................................................... SP2 - 60 INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS ............................................... SP2 - 61 9-1 Ethernet Switch ....................................................................................... SP2 - 61 9-2 Fiber Optic Cable System ........................................................................ SP2 - 61 9-3 Fiber Distribution Unit .............................................................................. SP2 - 63 9-4 Fiber Splice Closure ................................................................................ SP2 - 64 ATTACHMENT 3-62
248
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - iii Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

9-5 Pan-Tilt-Zoom Camera ............................................................................ SP2 - 64 9-6 Signal Interconnect Cable ........................................................................ SP2 - 64 9-7 Video Encoder ......................................................................................... SP2 - 64 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION, RELOCATION, OR REMOVALS .......... SP2 - 65 10-1 General .................................................................................................... SP2 - 65 10-2 Traffic Signal Installation .......................................................................... SP2 - 65 10-3 Traffic Signal Relocation .......................................................................... SP2 - 66 10-4 Traffic Signal Removals ........................................................................... SP2 - 66 TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS........................................................... SP2 - 66 REMOVING, REINSTALLING, OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT . SP2 - 66 12-1 Remove ................................................................................................... SP2 - 66 12-2 Reinstall ................................................................................................... SP2 - 66 12-3 Salvage ................................................................................................... SP2 - 67 12-4 Payment .................................................................................................. SP2 - 67 MAINTAINING EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS ................................. SP2 - 67 13-1 General .................................................................................................... SP2 - 67 13-2 Damage Repair ....................................................................................... SP2 - 68 TESTING ........................................................................................................... SP2 - 68 14-1 General .................................................................................................... SP2 - 68 14-2 Conductor Test ........................................................................................ SP2 - 68 14-3 Bonding and Grounding Test ................................................................... SP2 - 68 14-4 Operational Test ...................................................................................... SP2 - 69 NEW SIGNAL/NEW TRAFFIC PATTERN PUBLIC NOTIFICATION ................. SP2 - 69 15-1 Safety Flags ............................................................................................ SP2 - 69 15-2 Advance Warning Signs .......................................................................... SP2 - 69 15-3 Changeable Message Signs (CMS) ......................................................... SP2 - 69 15-4 Payment .................................................................................................. SP2 - 69 TRAFFIC SIGNAL ACTIVATION (TURN-ON) ................................................... SP2 - 69 16-1 General .................................................................................................... SP2 - 69 16-2 Technical Support .................................................................................... SP2 - 69 16-3 Work Schedule ........................................................................................ SP2 - 70 16-4 Traffic Control .......................................................................................... SP2 - 70 16-5 Payment .................................................................................................. SP2 - 70

ATTACHMENT 3-63
249
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 1 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 2 – MATERIALS AND METHODS

TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS
2-1 Traffic Signal Qualified Products List

The City of Burbank has qualified the following products for project work as shown in Table SP2- 2-1 Qualified Products List. A reference to a specific brand or trade name establishes a quality standard and is not intended to limit competition. Contractor may substitute a product that is equal to or better than the specific brand or trade name is approved by the Engineer.

For product substitution, the Contractor shall submit a Substitution Request with a time period that:

1) Follows Contract Award
2) Allows 30 Calendar days for review
3) Causes no delay

Include substantiating data with the substitution request that proves that substitution:

1) Causes no delay
2) Is of equal or better quality and suitability

Equipment Warranty. Full manufacturer’s warranty is required on all equipment with effective date of the warranty no earlier than the date of the bid opening. Warranty documentation shall be provided with delivery of the associated signal equipment. Contractor’s warranty is not acceptable in lieu of manufacturer’s warranty.

ATTACHMENT 3-64
250
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 2 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Table SP2-2-1 Qualified Products List
Material Make Model
Signs (SP2 Subsection 6)
Type IX retroreflective sheeting (for
signs with non-yellow background) 3M Series 4090 D.G.

Type XI retroreflective sheeting (for
signs with yellow background) 3M Series 4000 D.G.

Protective overlay Film 3M Series 1160
RSNS signal mast arm bracket-Long Hawkins M10J-OCB250AL(S) RSNS signal mast arm bracket-Short Hawkins M10J-OCB250FL(S) RSNS signal mast arm clamp McCain M11299
Standards, Poles, and Mast Arms (SP2 Subsection 8-4)
Standards, Mast Arms, and
Luminaire Arms
-Materials must comply with 2010 Caltrans Standard
Plans and the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications.

-Procurement and manufacturing processes of steel
and iron in the material must conform to Buy America
Standard per 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications
Subsection 6-1.04 “Buy America”.

Clamp On Luminaire Arm Assembly
(4”-5” Dia. Pole) Pelco AP-3001-180-GLV
Clamp On Luminaire Arm Assembly
(5.5”-7.5” Dia. Pole) Pelco AP-3002-180-GLV
Clamp On Luminaire Arm Assembly
(8”-10” Dia. Pole) Pelco AP-3003-180-GLV
Pull Boxes (SP2 Subsection 8-6)
No. 6 Box (TRAFFIC SIGNAL)
*Tier 15
Armorcast FRP
Flared (12” deep) A6001640TAX12
Hubbell Quazite FRP
Straight (12” deep) B14173012A
Oldcastle Fibrelyte
Flared (12” deep) FL36
No. 6E Box (TRAFFIC SIGNAL)
*Tier 15
Armorcast FRP
Flared (24” deep) A6001640TAX24
Armorcast FRP
Straight (22” deep) A6001534X22
Hubbell Quazite FRP
Straight (22’ deep) B14173022A
Oldcastle Fibrelyte
Flared (20” deep) FL36
No. 6 Cover (TRAFFIC SIGNAL)
*Tier 15
Armorcast FRP A6001947T
Hubbell Quazite FRP C02173002A
Oldcastle Fibrelyte FL36
24” x 36” x 24” Box (TRAFFIC
SIGNAL) *Tier 15 Hubbell Quazite FRP B14243624A
24” x 36” Cover (TRAFFIC SIGNAL)
*Tier 15 Hubbell Quazite FRP
C00243603A046
No. 6 Box (BURBANK ELECTRIC)
No. 6 Box (STREET LIGHTING) Armorcast PC A6001640PCX24
ATTACHMENT 3-65
251
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 3 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Material Make Model
No. 6 Cover (BURBANK ELECTRIC)
No. 6 Cover (STREET LIGHTING) Armorcast PC A6001947T
Conductors and Cable (SP2 Subsection 8-8)
28 conductor signal cable Falcon Fine Wire 11LA14A28
12 conductor signal cable Falcon Fine Wire 11LA14A12
9 conductor signal cable Falcon Fine Wire 11LA14A9
5 conductor signal cable Falcon Fine Wire 11LA14A5
3 conductor signal cable Falcon Fine Wire 11LA14A3
Detector lead-in cable –
LADOT 4-pair

Falcon Fine Wire 11LA18B4PIS-0
Loop Wire - Caltrans Type 2(THWN
or XHHW no. 14 wire)
Any

Video detection camera power cable Omnicable A11403-BWG Video detection camera video cable Belden 8281
Splicing Materials (SP2 Subsection 8-9)
Conductor signal cable splice
connector
King Connector Wing 670 Tan, 671 Gray
IDEAL Connector Models 451, 452, 454
Inductive loop splice connector King Connector Series 621, 622 IDEAL Connector Models 61, 62
Electrical Tape 3M Scotch Vinyl 35
Electrical Coating 3M Scotchkote FD
LED Luminaire (SP2 Subsection 8-11)
Local: 100W-equivalent LED EOI
ESU-FA012P012P01640S-
600FIU1-1512N
Collector: 250W-equivalent LED Cree
XSPLG-D-HT-3ME-18L-
40K7-UL-SV-N-Q1
Arterial: 400W-equivalent LED Leotek
EC7-18M2-MV-NW-3-GY-
700-WL-PCR7
Service (SP2 Subsection 8-13)
CALTRANS TYPE III-AF Cabinet
Myers
MEUG3A-1250 or MEUG3A-
2048
*See BWP Standard S-
0459D
Meter Socket Jumper Cover Tesco 4-jawed Catalog No. 277-4 Signal Cabinets, and Controller Assemblies (SP2 Subsection 8-14) 2070E controller unit McCain
2070E with 1E, 2E, 3B
modules, 4A power supply,
and 2033 software
332L cabinet McCain 332L
Safetran 332L
334L cabinet McCain 334L
Safetran 334L
332 / 334 Light fixture Dialight CL2-CF-TC2
332 / 334 Service surge protector HESCO HE1750TEES
Loop sensor unit Reno A&E C-1100SS
ATTACHMENT 3-66
252
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 4 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Material Make Model
Conflict monitor unit EDI 2010ECLip
Battery Backup System (SP2 Subsection 8-15)
Inverter/charger unit Clary SP1250LX-N
Inverter/charger module Clary SPO-09A2
Power transfer and bypass switch Clary SPD-302C
Battery pack Clary OP72D with SP-19N1
Cabinet Clary CBS-127 (CBO-126, CBT-
123, CBL-123)
Vehicle Signal Heads (SP2 Subsection 8-16)
12" red arrow Dial Light 432-1314-001
432-1314-001XOD
12" yellow arrow Dial Light 431-3334-001
431-3334-901XOD
12" green arrow Dial Light 432-2374-001
432-2374-001XOD
12" red ball Dial Light 433-1210-003
433-1210-003XL
12" yellow ball Dial Light 433-3230-901
433-3230-901XL
12" green ball Dial Light 433-2270-001
433-2270-001XL
12" red bicycle EOI, Inc. TRB-R12EG-E2T
12" yellow bicycle EOI, Inc. TRB-Y12EG-E2T
12" green bicycle EOI, Inc. TRB-G12EG-E2T-C
Directional/programmable louver Pelco
GL-1001 with 8 degree view
cut-off
Signal mast arm clamp and tube Pelco
AB-3008-36
SE-4370
Pedestrian Signal Head (SP2 Subsection 8-17)
16” x 18” Pedestrian LED Module Dial Light
430-6479-001X
430-6479-001XC
Accessible Pedestrian Signal (SP2 Subsection 8-18)
Cabinet Control Unit Polara Engineering iCCU-C
Cabinet Power Supply Polara Engineering iN2-150WPS-C
Cabinet Interface Board Polara Engineering iN2-ICB-C
Cabinet Control Cable Polara Engineering iN2-C4CABLE-C
Push Button Unit Polara Engineering iN25ON0-B (Black)
Pedestrian Push Button Assembly (SP2 Subsection 8-19)
Push Button Unit Polara Engineering BDL3-B (Black)
Video Detection Camera System (SP2 Subsection 8-21)
Video Detection Camera Iteris RZ4AWDR
Standard bracket Iteris CAMBRKT4
Signal mast arm bracket Pelco AS-0175-74-96
Video processor Iteris Vantage Edge 2
Rack Monitor Iteris Rack Monitor
Surge Suppressor Edco CX-06M
ATTACHMENT 3-67
253
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 5 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Material Make Model
Ethernet Switch (SP2 Subsection 9-1)
Ethernet Switch Unit Cisco IE-2000-8TC-G-B
Ethernet Switch SFP Module Cisco GLC-LH-SM
Ethernet Switch Power Supply Cisco PWR-IE65W-PC-AC
Rack Mount Cisco STK- RACKMNT- 2955
Power Distribution Strip Tripp Lite ISOBAR8ULTRA
Fiber Optic Cable System (SP2 Subsection 9-2)
144 strand fiber optic cable Corning 144EU4-T4101D20
48 strand fiber optic cable Corning 048EU4-T4101D20
12 strand fiber optic cable Corning 012EU4-T4101D20
Fiber Distribution Unit (SP2 Subsection 9-3)
Housing Corning SPH-01P-DIN
Connector Panel Corning CCH-CP12-59P03RH
Mount Corning SPH-DIN-KIT
Accessory Corning SPH-01P-JMPR-BKT
Fiber Splice Closure (SP2 Subsection 9-4)
Splice Closure Corning SCF-6C22-01
Splice Tray Corning SCF-ST-099
Pan Tilt Zoom Camera (SP2 Subsection 9-5)
PoE PTZ camera Cohu 4261-1000-0012
PoC PTZ camera Cohu 426A-1000
PoC PTZ camera assembly Cohu ER426AEC
PoC PTZ camera cable Cohu CA297E
Video Encoder (SP2 Subsection 9-7)
Video Encoder Unit Axis Q7424-R
Video Encoder power supply Axis T8006 PS12
Video Encoder mounting Axis T91A03 DIN Rail clip
Wireless Radio
Radio Encom BB58INT

2-2 Submittal Requirements
No work shall begin until the construction schedule has been approved by the Engineer. No work shall begin on the respective items of work that require a submittal until the submittals for those items of work have been approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit for City review and approval Shop Drawings and submittals for all long lead supplies, materials, and equipment within 5 Working Days after the Notice to Proceed letter has been issued. Within 14 days of issuance of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit samples, drawings, and data for the Engineer’s approval which demonstrate fully that the construction, and the materials, tools and equipment to be furnished will comply with the provisions and intent of these Plans and Specifications. Contractor is responsible for supplying all required submittals for work to be done by their subcontractors also. Submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal.

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement from the vendor(s) that the order(s) for said supplies, materials, and equipment has been received and accepted by said vendor(s) ATTACHMENT 3-68
254
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 6 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

within 14 Working Days of said Notice to Proceed. Refer to Table “Submittals List” in Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 21-3: SUBMITTALS-Required Submittals to see the complete list of submittals required from the Contractor.

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
The Contractor shall submit a certificate of compliance to the Engineer for the following materials:

Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (Public Works Standard Specification)  Asphalt rubber binder

Concrete (Caltrans Standard Specification)
 Admixture
 Cementitious material
 Fly Ash or Class N Pozzolans

Signs (Caltrans Standard Specification)
 Aluminum sheeting
 Retroreflective sheeting
 Screened-process colors
 Nonreflective, opaque, black film
 Protective-overlay film

Stripes and Markings (Caltrans Standard Specification)
For each lot or batch of thermoplastic, paint, and glass beads, submit:
 Certificate of compliance, including the product name and manufacture date  Safety Datasheet
 Manufacturer’s Instructions

Traffic Signals (Caltrans Standard Specification)
 Signal poles and equipment (if applicable)
 Conductors
 Conduit

CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 General
The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except materials that are designated in the Special Provisions to be furnished by the City. Only materials conforming to the requirements of the specifications shall be incorporated in the work. The materials furnished and used shall be new and show no signs of previous use. 4-2 City-Furnished Materials
Materials which are listed as City-furnished materials in the Special Provisions will be available to the Contractor free of charge, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall provide all necessary products and materials including but not limited to conduits, wires, cables, mounting hardware, and any other hardware required for the installation of City-furnished materials, complete, in place and operational.

ATTACHMENT 3-69
255
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 7 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

City shall furnish to Contractor the following items of permanent material:

None
4-3 Contractor’s Responsibility for City-Furnished Materials

City-furnished materials shall be hauled to the site of the work by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, including any necessary loading, unloading, labor, and equipment rental that may be involved. City-furnished materials and equipment will be available for pick up at the following location during normal business hours:

City of Burbank Landfill
1114 N. Bel Aire Dr
Burbank, California, 91504
Attention: Douglas McLean, RE: Bid Schedule 1454

Contractor shall request City-furnished materials at least 15 Working Days prior to their scheduled installation and shall notify the Engineer at least 3 Working Days prior to material hauling unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

At the City’s option, and immediately prior to loading and transporting of the City-furnished materials, the Contractor and City Representative shall inspect all City-furnished materials and equipment for any damages and discrepancies in quantity. Damage will be documented at this time by a City Representative.

The Contractor shall transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

The Contractor shall take possession of and become solely responsible for all City-furnished materials upon acceptance of said materials, and shall pay all demurrage and storage charges.

City-furnished materials lost or damaged from any cause whatsoever shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be liable to the City for the cost of replacing City-furnished material and those costs may be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. All City-furnished material that is not used on the work shall remain the property of the City and shall be delivered at the location specified by the Engineer.

The Contractor or designee shall be required to sign a release form assuming liability of equipment when furnished by the City. Responsibility of such equipment shall extend until Notice of Completion has been issued.

In the event that a traffic signal pole is hit or damaged as a result of a traffic collision, before completion and acceptance, the Contractor shall be responsible for refurnishing, reinstalling and reconstructing of the damaged material and damaged improvements. Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing lost or damaged City-furnished material. The City deducts replacement costs from the progress payment. No additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. City- furnished material not used in the work remains the property of the City.

Payment
All costs of labor and material for loading, unloading, transporting, handling, protecting, storing, and placing City-furnished material shall be considered as included in the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

ATTACHMENT 3-70
256
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 8 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

4-4 Contractor Supplied Materials
The Contractor shall provide all other new materials including but not limited to: bar reinforcement cages (for CIDH), anchor bolts, anchor plates, nuts, bolts, washers, pole caps, hand hole covers, foundations, video detection systems, Ethernet system, conflict monitor, LED safety lighting, retroreflective street name signs (SNS), LED vehicle heads, LED pedestrian countdown heads, pedestrian push buttons, APS, pull boxes, conduits, interconnect, wiring, cables, and any other hardware necessary to complete the installation and testing of the traffic signal as required to provide the intended installation as shown on the Plans, complete in place and operational.

All contractor supplied materials shall be new and show no signs of previous use. The Contractor shall furnish delivery tickets or documents for all materials to be incorporated in the work, which tickets or documents shall describe in detail the type, size, specification or data, fully denoting the material being delivered.
4-5 Buy America
Steel and iron materials shall be in accordance with Section 6-1.04 “Buy America” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications.
4-6 Delivering of Traffic Materials
4-6.1 Traffic Signal Control Material
The traffic signal control material consists of:

 Controller Units
 Controller Assemblies and Cabinets
 Battery backup system (BBS)
o BBS inverter/charger
o BBS battery pack
o BBS cabinet
 Video detection systems (cameras and processors)

Deliver traffic signal control material to the following address for testing:

City of Burbank Traffic Signal Shop
124 South Lake Street
Burbank, California, 91502
Attention: Douglas McLean, RE: Bid Schedule 1454

Allow 15 Working Days for testing. The Traffic Signal Maintenance Supervisor must notify you when testing is complete. If the material or equipment is accepted, you must pick it up from the City Traffic Signal Shop and deliver it to the job site.

If the material or equipment is rejected, resubmit a new sample and allow 15 Working Days for retesting. The retesting period starts when the replacement material or equipment is delivered. 4-6.2 Intelligent Transportation System Material
The intelligent transportation system material consists of:
 Ethernet switches
 Fiber distribution units
 Video encoders
ATTACHMENT 3-71
257
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 9 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Deliver Intelligent Transportation System material and equipment to the following address for testing:

City of Burbank Traffic Management Center
150 North Third Street, First Floor
Burbank, California, 91502
Attention: David Wilcox RE: Bid Schedule 1454

Allow 15 Working Days for testing. The Traffic Management Center Manager must notify you when testing is complete. If the material or equipment is accepted, you must pick it up from the City Traffic Management Center and deliver it to the job site.

If the material or equipment is rejected, resubmit a new sample and allow 15 Working Days for retesting. The retesting period starts when the replacement material or equipment is delivered.

ROADWAY AND SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS
5-1 General
Contractor shall provide temporary traffic control devices, ensure adequate vehicular access, ensure ADA compliant pedestrian access, and following all traffic control standards and requirements as specified in Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 15: TRAFFIC CONTROL, PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, AND SAFETY.
5-2 Removal
Contractor shall identify and protect existing survey markers, monuments, bench marks, and centerline ties complete in place, and shall notify the Engineer at least 7 days before starting work to allow for the preservation of survey markers, monuments, bench marks, and centerline ties. The Contractor shall not disturb survey markers, monuments, lot stakes (tagged), or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. The Contractor shall bear the expense of replacing any that may be disturbed without permission. Replacement shall be done only under the direction of the Engineer by a Registered Land Surveyor or a Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California.

Removals shall be performed per Subsection 300-1.3 entitled "Removal and Disposal of Materials" of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition. Voids created by over-excavation during removal shall be filled with Processed Miscellaneous Base, or better, per Subsection 200-2 entitled "Untreated Base Materials" of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition, at the Contractor's expense.

All removals and limit lines shall be marked in the field by the Contractor together with the Engineer, or his designee. The Contractor is responsible for all ADA Ramp layouts, and layouts shall be approved by the Engineer or his designee prior to saw cutting. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer to mark the removal limits and shall give the Engineer 5 Working Days’ notice prior to performing any removal work. No work shall begin in any area until the removal limits have been marked by the Engineer together with the Contractor.

During sidewalk removals, the Contractor shall:

1) Hand dig uplifted sidewalks to protect any utility lines that might have also been uplifted 2) Remove all asphalt ramps adjacent to sidewalk removal locations 3) Salvage any private party improvements (i.e., bricks, etc.) for the property owners ATTACHMENT 3-72
258
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 10 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

To protect street roadway pavement, parkway planting, and pedestrian access, Contractor shall not drive over parkways and shall immediately place all excavated material in trucks during removal operations. No deposit and/or temporary storing of material on the public right-of-way will be permitted.

To prevent damage to parkway improvements and planted areas, no driving over the parkway areas is allowed.

Saw cutting will not be permitted without a valid Underground Service Alert (USA) ticket. During saw cutting, the contractor shall protect landscaping, walls, wall footings, and any other improvements on public or private property. Any damage to existing improvements will be repaired at the Contractor's expense.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all limit lines and utility markings on concrete and/or decorative pavement associated with this project, prior to the final progress payment.

Removal Work shall occur on only one side of any given block at a time.

During removal activities, the Contractor shall work cooperatively with City staff to minimize impacts on solid waste collections.
5-3 Pruning and Removing Tree Roots
Root pruning may be needed following concrete removals. The Contractor shall be responsible for all pruning, removing and disposal of tree roots. The Contractor shall contact Forestry Department to receive approval prior to root pruning. Lifting of tree roots without cutting them in small pieces shall be avoided to prevent damage to trees and/or service lines. Pruning of roots encircling or adjacent to utility (i.e. water) service lines shall be performed by Contractor as well. 5-4 Adjust Utility to Existing Grade
Contractor shall adjust to grade all existing underground utility frames, boxes, covers and lids.

The plan drawings may not show the locations of all meter boxes and valve boxes as herein before specified. Hereinafter, for the specification of this item, all boxes for the various utility meters or valves shall be termed as “box” or “enclosure”. The Contractor shall nonetheless, be responsible to make adjustment to all such boxes whereby the existing roadway or sidewalk surface will be raised in elevation by new pavement surface or sidewalk grade, or where the existing boxes will be impacted by the construction of new access ramps. The Contractor shall be responsible, prior to bid, to make a site investigation and verify the scope of work for this item, taking an accurate count of all such boxes that will receive an adjustment for grade.

The Contractor shall use appropriate equipment and hand tools necessary to excavate for the full depth of the existing box or enclosure such that the enclosure may be adjusted to grade.

Excavation shall be complete and circumferential such that a minimum of six inches of clear space is created between the outer wall of the enclosure and the existing grade profile. If the enclosure has an existing adjustable upper sleeve, excavation is necessary only to provide for adjustment of the upper sleeve. The sides of the enclosure shall be thoroughly cleaned. The enclosure shall then be adjusted to proper grade, with the sides of the enclosure properly compacted with crushed miscellaneous base to 95%. The Contractor may elect to provide a new traffic rated sleeve collar that has a traffic-rated cover with an appropriate stamp on top of the cover.

ATTACHMENT 3-73
259
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 11 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

It is the Contractor’s responsibility to conduct site investigation prior to bid to make note of boxes requiring subsurface facility adjustment. If subsurface facilities (wiring, conduit, meter, valve, etc.) inside the box do not allow the box cover to be adjusted to finish grade, the Contractor shall notify the utility owner, at least 10 working days prior to the start of work, to coordinate the relocation or adjustment of the subsurface facilities. All water meters, water valves, fire hydrants, electrical utility vaults, telephone vaults, gas utility valves, traffic signal conduits, traffic fiber, traffic pull boxes, and other subsurface structures shall be relocated or adjusted to grade by the Contractor as directed by the utility owner. Adjustment or modification of utility box by cutting into the sidewalls is not allowed. The labor, material and full cost of relocation or adjustment of the subsurface facilities to allow box covers to be adjusted to finish grade is considered as included in the various bid items of this project, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless a separate bid item for this work is identified in the Contract Documents.

Prior to asphalt reconstruction, asphalt overlay or any other work which may cover existing valves, cleanouts and manholes, the Contractor shall tie down with distances the locations of each and all valves, cleanouts and manholes within the construction area to three or more permanent objects not subject to removal and give the information to the Engineer. Full compensation for providing valve, cleanout and manhole information shall be considered as included in the contract unit price paid for raising said items to grade and no additional compensation will be allowed.

Payment.

Full compensation for adjusting utility to grade shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
5-5 Portland Cement Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Spandrels, Alley Approaches, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, And Driveways 5-5.1 General
All Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) curbs, walks, gutters, cross gutters, spandrels, alley approaches, alley intersections, access ramps, and driveways shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable details and notes shown in Subsection 302-6 “Portland Cement Concrete Pavement” and Subsection 303-5 “Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alle Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways” of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition, and the following Special Provisions.

Typical minimum concrete remove and replacement section in the sidewalk shall be from joint line to joint line, and no smaller than 5 feet by 5 feet area.

The Portland Cement Concrete for curbs, gutters, sidewalks, access ramps, and driveways shall be class 520-C-2500, except alley intersections shall be 560-C-3250, and in accordance with Subsection 201-1 “Portland Cement Concrete” of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition. If high early strength is required at any location, the Engineer or his designee will specify the location and the type of concrete mix design to be used.

Detectable warning surface for access ramps must be blue color and cast-in-place/wet set type.

When the sidewalk or crosswalk is being impacted by the Work which will require detouring of pedestrians to an alternative path of travel, the Work shall occur on only one side of any given street at a time.

ATTACHMENT 3-74
260
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 12 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Trench resurfacing for the forming of PCC curb, gutter, or sidewalk, shall conform to Burbank Standard Plan BS-110-3 and Subsection 306-13.2 “Permanent Resurfacing” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

5-5.2 Forming
Forming shall include all saw cutting, AC and/or PCC removal, grading, compaction, compaction testing, base materials, and permanent AC and/or PCC replacement necessary to build forms for any concrete construction.
5-5.3 Curb and Gutter
All curbs and all gutter shall be constructed per Burbank Standard Plan BT-100. Integral curb and gutter shall be constructed only in locations where both curb and gutter are removed contiguously.

Trench resurfacing for the forming of PCC curb and gutter shall conform to Burbank Standard Plan BS-110-3 and Subsection 306-13.2 “Permanent Resurfacing” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition and
5-5.4 Driveways
All driveways shall be constructed as commercial types per Burbank Standard Plan BT-103, except those serving single-family residences, in which case residential type shall be constructed per Burbank Standard Plan BT-102.

Driveways to single-family residences, multi-family dwellings and businesses shall be windowed or plated to provide access to residents/patrons at all times.

All driveways must be open to the public within 2 Calendar Days of pouring concrete, including placing all asphaltic concrete adjacent to the driveway. 5-5.5 Pedestrian Ramps
All layouts for pedestrian ramps are the responsibility of the contractor and shall conform to the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications, Revised Standard Plans RSP A88A and A88B, and Standard Specifications and Standard Plans for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition, if directed by the Engineer; as well as the latest Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements.

Detectable warning systems (truncated domes) shall be ADA Solutions or equivalent cast in place for new ramps and surface applied for upgrades to existing ramps only, as approved by the Engineer. The color of the detectable warning system shall be BLUE.

Utility Conflicts in Pedestrian Ramps
Wherever a traffic signal pole, utility pull box, or water meter box exists in the new pedestrian ramp, the traffic signal pole, utility box and any subsurface facility inside the box shall be relocated or adjusted to the ramp finished grade as directed by the Engineer and the method provided in the following section. The cost to relocate or adjust existing utility boxes and subsurface facilities within the new ramp shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for the curb ramp no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise provided in the Bid Schedule and the Contract Documents.

1) Traffic Signal Pole Conflicts
ATTACHMENT 3-75
261
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 13 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

The Contractor shall select the most appropriate curb ramp design to avoid placing existing signal poles within the boundaries of the new curb ramp. If an existing signal pole with pedestrian push button (PPB) falls within the boundaries of the new curb ramp, the Contractor shall choose one of the following two design options to provide clear ground space adjacent to the PPB to address access to public rights-of-way for people with disabilities: (1) relocate the signal pole to outside of the boundaries of the new curb ramp, adjacent to a clear ground space (min. 32”x54” area and slope no more than 1:48 in any direction), or (2) furnish and install a new PPB post with new PPB outside of the boundaries of the new curb ramp, adjacent to a clear ground space (min. 32”x54” area and slope no more than 1:48 in any direction). Any proposed modification to traffic signal equipment shall be shown on a traffic signal modification plan and shall be submitted to Public Works Traffic Engineering for review and approval prior to any field modification. All work involving traffic signal pole adjustments or relocation shall be performed by an electrical contractor with C-10 license. The cost to relocate a traffic signal pole or install a new PPB post with PPB shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for the curb ramp and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

2) Utility Pull Box Conflicts
Utility pull boxes, manholes, vaults, and all other utility facilities within the boundaries of the curb ramp should be relocated or adjusted to final grade as directed by the Engineer. For conflicting traffic pull boxes within vicinity of the new curb ramp, the Contractor shall field verify clearance of existing wiring and conduits inside the boxes to confirm what type of adjustments are needed. Existing pull boxes may be adjusted to final grade, provided that the existing conduits shall not protrude more than 2 inches from the bottom of the inside of the pull box and vault, and must enter at an angle less than 20 degrees from either the vertical or horizontal axis. If existing conduits protrude more than 2 inches from the bottom of the inside of the pull box and vault, the Contractor shall relocate the existing pull box to outside of the boundaries of the new curb ramp, or lower the existing conduits as directed by Public Works Traffic Engineering. Any proposed modification to traffic signal equipment shall be shown on a traffic signal modification plan and shall be submitted to Public Works Traffic Engineering for review and approval prior to any field modification. Adjustment or modification of utility box by cutting into the sidewalls is not allowed.

All work involving relocation or modification to traffic signal conduits and/or pull boxes shall be performed by an electrical contractor with C-10 license. The cost to relocate or adjust existing utility boxes and subsurface facilities within the new ramp shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for the curb ramp and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

5-5.6 Detectable Warning Surfaces
Design
1) Detectable warnings shall consist of a surface of truncated domes aligned in a square grid pattern.
2) Truncated domes in a detectable warning surface shall have a center-to-center spacing of

2.35 inches (60 mm), base diameter of 0.9 inch (23 mm), a height of 0.2 inch (5 mm), and shall have ¼” thick material sectional thickness per 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A. 3) Sample, Detail Drawing, and Certified Test Reports: A representative sample of the proposed tile to be furnished must be submitted along with the tile drawings (detail drawings for both Cast-in-Place and Surface Applied domes), and the required certified test reports for Engineer’s approval prior to start of work. Installation procedures must be submitted along with product drawings.

ATTACHMENT 3-76
262
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 14 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Material
Polymer concrete Detectable Warning Surfaces shall be manufactured using polymer concrete material. Polymer concrete material shall consist of calcareous and siliceous stone, glass fibers and thermo set polyester resin. For consistency, detectable warning surfaces shall be manufactured using matched die molds under heat and pressure for superior material compaction, controlled chemical curing and uniform dimensions. Detectable Warning surfaces material shall be tested by an independent testing laboratory.

Material Testing Requirements
Detectable Warning Surfaces material shall be tested and pass the acceptance criteria as detailed in the following table:

PROPERTY

NOMINAL VALUE

TEST METHOD
Compressive Strength (PSI) 24,351 PSI (Min.) ASTM C695
Tensile Strength (PSI) 11,365 PSI (Min.) ASTM D638
Flexural Strength (PSI) 6,000 PSI (Min.) ASTM D790
Water Absorption @ 100ºC 0.50% (Max) ASTM D570
Shore D Hardness 75 ASTM D2240
Salt Spray (200 hrs) ASTM B117-03 No Deterioration (e.g., degradation, material loss, etc.) ASTM B117-03
Accelerated Service Test
No Deterioration After 3,000 Hours
(e.g., Fading, Deformation, or Warping,
Color Change, etc.)
ASTM G154,
“Cycle 4”
Chemical Resistance No Dissolution Under Common
Chemicals ASTM D543
Freeze Thaw
No Disintegration After 5 Cycles (e.g.,
Deformation, Warping, Flaking, or
Crumbling)
ASTM C-1026-87
(2002)
Gardner Impact Geometry 110 IN-LB, or 450 IN-LB/IN (Min) ASTM D5420 w/Geometry “GE”
Surface Flammability Less Than 25 ASTM E162
Smoke Density Less Than 0.4 @ 1%
Less Than 14 @ 4% ASTM E662-03
Slip Resistance
(Neolite, Wet & Dry) 0.80 (Min) ASTM C1028
Abrasive Wear

0.020 Inches Maximum After 1,000
Abrasive Cycles of 40 Grit Norton
Metallite Sandpaper
ASTM D2486
Stain Resistance Stain Resistant ASTM D2299
Color Blue (Color Shall be Continuous
Throughout)

N/A
ATTACHMENT 3-77
263
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 15 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

5-6 Finishing
All sidewalk areas shall receive a medium broom finish perpendicular to the street. 5-7 Expansion Joints and Weakened Plane Joints
Expansion joints and weakened plane joints shall be constructed in curb, gutter, sidewalk and pavement in accordance with Subsection 302-6.5 “Joints” of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition, and per requirements shown on Burbank Standard Plans BS-100 Curb and Gutter, BS-104-1 Sidewalk, and BS-105 Curb and Sidewalk Joints. 5-8 Cold Milling of Existing A.C. Pavement
The entire existing A.C. pavement shall be cold milled at a uniform depth, as shown on the Plans and in accordance with Subsection 302-1 entitled "Cold Milling of Existing Pavement" of the Standard Specifications of Public Works Construction 2021 Edition. The existing pavement shall be cold milled at the depth shown on the Plans. The pavement shall be removed by the use of a cold milling machine designed for this purpose and capable of performing a satisfactory job.

Burning or heat planing will not be permitted. The planed pavement shall provide a maximum bond surface suitable for resurfacing.

Roadway utilities shown on plans were determined by a search of public records. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to determine the exact location of all utility covers and facilities and their service connections. Contractor must protect in place all existing utility covers and facilities at all times during construction, unless otherwise approved or directed by the Engineer.

During removal activities, the Contractor shall work cooperatively with City staff to minimize impacts on solid waste collections.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a detailed schedule for cold milling and paving operations. All cold milled streets shall be paved within 3 Working Days. 5-9 Temporary A.C. Ramp Transition at Pavement Joint Lines Cold milling cuts which are transverse to vehicular traffic shall be paved to taper to existing pavement with temporary asphaltic concrete, and maintained in good condition until placement of new wearing surface. Cold milling cuts shall not be left without temporary pavement.

Temporary pavement taper shall have a maximum slope of ½ inch per one (1) foot. The construction and removal of temporary asphaltic concrete pavement is considered to be a traffic control measure and no additional compensation will be allowed. 5-10 Pounding
To ensure public safety, any ponded water on the cold milled areas due to rain, irrigation, etc., shall be immediately removed by the Contractor using pumping or other approved measure. 5-11 Dust Control
Only reclaimed water hydrants shall be used for dust control.

The Contractor shall take such steps to prevent fugitive dust resulting from his operations and provide proper safety equipment for the equipment operator.

Where the work requires the grinding of concrete, a vacuum system, or a wet system shall be used, to prevent the incidence of dust.

ATTACHMENT 3-78
264
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 16 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

The contractor shall provide sweepers and water trucks in sufficient quantities and operate them at sufficient frequencies to prevent dust resulting from the flow of traffic over cold milled pavement during and after work hours and on weekends and City Holidays. 5-12 Excavation
5-12.1 General
Excavation shall be performed within the existing roadway or alley limits, and shall include removal and disposal of asphalt and/or concrete pavement and subgrade, as required.

During the excavation and compaction procedure, the Contractor shall take all necessary steps to ensure the protection of all existing facilities, whether public or private, including utilities and their services, from any damage that could occur due to his/her operations.

The Contractor shall repair, at his/her expense, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, any damage to existing facilities caused by his/her operations. 5-12.2 Subgrade Preparation
The subgrade upon which base material will be placed shall be prepared in accordance with Subsections 300-2, 300-4, and 301-1, entitled, "Unclassified Excavation", "Unclassified Fill", and "Subgrade Preparation", respectively, of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.
5-12.3 Imported Base
Imported base material shall be used to fill any voids created by over-excavation. This material shall be Crushed Miscellaneous Base conforming to Subsection 200-2.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition, and shall be a coarse gradation with 85%-100% passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and 58%-78% passing a 3/4-inch sieve.

The top six inches of the imported base upon which the A.C. pavement is to be placed shall be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 95%. All other imported base below the top six inches shall be placed in layers not to exceed six (6) inches in thickness, and shall be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 90%.
5-12.4 Soil Sterilant
A soil sterilant shall be applied to the subgrade of the roadway. The sterilant shall be approved for use in the State of California and applied in accordance with the rules, regulations and guidelines established by the State of California and the product manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection to prevent injury to animals or adjacent plant life and property occasioned by the application of the soil sterilant. The Contractor will be held responsible for all personal injury or property damage caused by the application or storage of soil sterilant.
5-13 Asphalt Concrete Pavement
5-13.1 General
The provisions of Sections 203-6 and 302-5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition, entitled “Asphalt Concrete” and “Asphalt Concrete Pavement” respectively, shall apply. The Contractor shall not pave a street on the City’s solid waste collection day.

ATTACHMENT 3-79
265
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 17 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

5-13.2 Material
The asphaltic concrete pavement shall be type, class, and grade as follows:

Leveling Course for Streets: D2-PG 64-10
Surface Course for Streets: C2-PG 64-10
Base Course for Streets: B-PG 64-10

Temporary surfacing shall be placed only when directed by the Engineer, to safeguard the public. Payment for temporary surfacing will be made at the bid price for permanent asphalt concrete, unless otherwise specified in these Specifications. 5-13.3 Tack Coat
Tack coat shall be applied to curb, gutter, or cold joints where asphaltic concrete is being constructed adjacent to it, as well as to the existing pavement, per Subsection 302-5.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

Curbs, walks, gutters, and other structures shall be carefully protected, and any adjoining improvement damaged by spattering or tracking with tack coat shall be thoroughly cleaned. 5-14 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM)
5-14.1 General
Asphalt rubber shall be (ARHM-GG-C), in accordance with Sections 203 and 302 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, the type of Asphalt Rubber and the corresponding mix to be used for this project. Only California-generated waste tires, processed in California, shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of the project.

A certificate of compliance for Asphalt Rubber binder and rubber source shall be required from the materials supplier for approval of the Engineer. Only California-generated waste tires, processed in California, shall be used in the rubber portion of the project. The Contractor shall provide a certificate of compliance stating that only California-generated waste tires, processed in California, are used in the rubber portion of the project.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a detailed schedule for cold milling and paving operations. All cold milled streets shall be paved within three (3) days. 5-14.2 Rock Dust Blotter
Rock dust blotter shall not be applied unless directed by the Engineer. If directed by Engineer, rock dust blotter shall be uniformly applied per Subsection 302-9.7 using a mechanical spreader at a rate of two pounds minimum and four maximum per square yard.

All costs involved in furnishing and applying the required rock dust blotter shall be included in the asphalt tonnage bid item for ARHM and no additional compensation will be made. 5-14.3 Tack Coat
Tack coat shall be applied to curb, gutter, or cold joints where asphaltic concrete is being constructed adjacent to it, as well as to the existing pavement, per Subsection 302-5.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

ATTACHMENT 3-80
266
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 18 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Curbs, walks, gutters, and other structures shall be carefully protected, and any adjoining improvement damaged by spattering or tracking with tack coat shall be thoroughly cleaned.

SIGNS AND MARKERS
6-1 General
Work, materials and equipment shall conform to the details shown on the Plans, Section 82 “Signs and Markers” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications, the 2014 California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD), California Sign Specifications, and the FHWA publication Standard Highway Signs and Markings.

Sign sizes shall conform to California MUTCD Table 2B-1 “Regulatory Sign and Plaque Sizes”, Table 2B-1(CA) “California Regulatory Sign and Plaque Sizes”, Table 2C-2 “Warning Sign and Plaque Sizes”, Table 2C-2(CA) “California Warning Sign and Plaque Sizes”, Table 9B-1 “Bicycle Facility Sign and Plaque Minimum Sizes”, and Table 9B-1(CA) “California Bicycle Facility Sign and Plaque Minimum Sizes”.

Signs include fastening hardware, back braces, straps and saddle brackets, and frame assemblies for multiple sign panels. Furnishing sign panels includes fabricating and installing sign panels. A sign panel shall be produced at a fabrication plant.

For a sign composed of multiple panels, the legend shall be placed across joints such that it does not affect the size, shape, spacing, and appearance of the legend on the assembled sign.

For a formed panel sign, the retroreflective sheeting for the background and legend shall be wrapped around the interior vertical edges of each panel.

The exposed portion of the mounting hardware on the sign face, including rivets used to attach sheeting to framing members, shall have a factory- or field-applied finish that closely matches the color of the background and legend of the sign face.

The face of a fabricated sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free from defects, scratches, chips, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back, and edges of sign panels shall not have bends, router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive over-spray, or aluminum marks.

Protect, transport, and store sign panels fabricated with screened-process colors under the retroreflective sheeting manufacturer's instructions.

Transport sign panels such that the faces of the panels are protected from damage and weather.

Ship panels on pallets, in crates, or in tier racks. Ship panels vertically on edge, not stacked horizontally. Place padding and protective materials between the panels as necessary. Keep panels dry during transit.

Do not store sign panels directly on the ground. Keep sign panels dry at all times and store the panels:
1) In a dry environment
2) On edge vertically whether indoors or outdoors
3) In enclosed, climate-controlled trailers or containers in areas of high heat and humidity 4) Indoors whenever the panels will be stored more than 30 days 6-2 Material
ATTACHMENT 3-81
267
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 19 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

6-2.1 Aluminum Panels
The aluminum sheeting shall be 0.063-inch-thick aluminum sheeting, alloy 6061-T6 or 5052- H38. If sizes are larger than 8 square feet, the aluminum sheeting shall be 0.080-inch-thick aluminum sheeting, alloy 6061-T6 or 5052-H38.

The aluminum sheeting shall be pretreated for corrosion resistance as specified in ASTM B449.

The surface of the sheeting shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light, tightly- adherent chromate conversion coating free from powdery residue. The conversion coating shall be Class 2 with a weight from 10 to 35 mg/sq ft and an average weight of 25 mg/sq ft. After the cleaning and coating process, the aluminum sheeting shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants.

The aluminum sheeting shall be free from buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and other defects resulting from fabrication.

A single-sheet aluminum panel shall not have a vertical splice in the aluminum sheeting. A panel with a depth greater than 48 inches may have 1 horizontal splice in the sheeting.

For a framed panel, the framing members shall be aluminum channel or rectangular aluminum tubing. The lengths of the framing members shall be within 1/8 inch of the lengths shown.

Aluminum channels or rectangular aluminum tubing shall be welded together using the inert gas-shielded arc welding process and E4043 aluminum-electrode filler wires. The filler diameter shall be equal to the wall thickness of the smallest welded channel or tubing.

The aluminum sheeting shall be attached to the frame with 3/16-inch-diameter rivets. The rivets shall be placed at least 1/2 inch from the web channel edges. The rivets shall be made of aluminum alloy 5052 and be anodized or treated with a conversion coating to prevent corrosion.

A fabricated single-sheet, aluminum panel shall be within 1/8 inch of the dimensions shown.

The panel shall be flat to within 1/32 in/ft of the panel dimensions as measured by a straightedge placed in any direction across the plane of the panel. 6-2.2 Retroreflective Sheeting
Retroreflective sheeting used for the background and legend shall comply with ASTM D4956 and shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

All signs with non-yellow background shall use Type IX retroreflective sheeting. All signs with yellow background shall use Type XI retroreflective sheeting.

Type IX and XI retroreflective sheeting shall have Class 1, 3, or 4 adhesive backing. The adhesive backing shall be pressure sensitive and fungus resistant.

Retroreflective sheeting shall be applied to sign panels at the fabrication plant under the retroreflective sheeting manufacturer's instructions without appreciable stretching, tearing, or other damage.

The orientation of the legend shall comply with the retroreflective sheeting manufacturer's instructions.

The retroreflective sheeting on a sign panel with a minor dimension of 48 inches or less shall be ATTACHMENT 3-82
268
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 20 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

a single, contiguous sheet without splices except for the splices produced during the manufacture of the retroreflective sheeting. A sign panel with a minor dimension greater than 48 inches may have 1 horizontal splice in the retroreflective sheeting other than the splices produced during the manufacture of the retroreflective sheeting.

Unless the retroreflective sheeting manufacturer's instructions require a different method, splices in the retroreflective sheeting shall overlap by at least 1 inch. The retroreflective sheeting on either side of a splice shall not exhibit a color difference under incident and reflected light.

Any sign that is not mast arm mounted shall also have 3M Premium Protective overlay Film 1160, or approved equal.
6-2.3 Process Colors and Film
The type of material recommended by the retroreflective sheeting manufacturer shall be used for:
1) Screened-process colors
2) Nonreflective, opaque, black film
3) Protective-overlay film

The fabricator shall perform all patterns, layouts, and set-ups necessary for the screening process.

The fabricated surface of the applied screened-process color shall be flat and smooth.

Colored retroreflective sheeting shall be used for the background except signs with green, red, blue, or brown backgrounds may use reverse-screened-process color on white retroreflective sheeting for the background color.

The coefficient of retroreflection for reverse-screened-process colors used on white retroreflective sheeting shall be at least 70% of the coefficient of retroreflection specified in ASTM D4956 for the corresponding colored retroreflective sheeting.

The legend shall be a black, screened-process color or nonreflective, opaque, black film.

Screened-process colors and nonreflective, opaque, black film shall have outdoor weatherability characteristics equivalent to those specified for retroreflective sheeting in ASTM D4956.

Nonreflective, opaque, black film shall be a vinyl or acrylic material.

Cured, screened-process colors shall not peel off if transparent cellophane tape with a tensile breaking strength of at least 14 lb/in width measured under ASTM D3759/D3759M is applied over the color and removed in a single, quick motion at a 90-degree angle to the sign's face. 6-2.4 Sign Specification
Sign that are not mast arm mounted shall have 3M Premium Protective overlay Film 1160.

Bicycle signs, D11-1 and R81(CA), shall be minimum of 18” x 24”.

R3-1, R3-2, R3-4, R3-18 signs shall be a minimum of 30” x 30”.

All sign standards with yellow background shall utilize a fluorescent yellow background color. All school sign standards with yellow background shall utilize a fluorescent yellow-green ATTACHMENT 3-83
269
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 21 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

background. School signs include S1-1, SR4-1(CA), SW24-1(CA), SW24-2(CA), SW24-3(CA), W16-7P, and W16-9P.
6-3 Markers
A target plate for an object marker installed on a metal post shall be manufactured from an aluminum sheet or zinc-coated steel sheet.

Zinc-coated steel sheets shall comply with ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel, Types A, B, and C.

The nominal thickness of a zinc-coated steel sheet shall be at least 0.038 inch.

Prepare zinc-coated surfaces to produce optimum adherence of the enamel coating without damaging or removing the zinc coating.

An aluminum target plate shall be aluminum alloy 3003-H14. The Contractor may use other alloys having equivalent properties if authorized.

The nominal thickness of an aluminum sheet shall be at least 0.050 inch.

Prepare the aluminum sheets for the enamel coating by a suitable cleaning method to remove contaminants and by uniformly applying an acid-chromate-fluoride, acid-chromate-fluoride phosphate, or equivalent chemical anticorrosion conversion coating.

Cut the target plate to size and shape and punch the mounting bolt holes. The surfaces and edges of the plate shall be free from fabrication defects.

Coat the pretreated metal target plate with an opaque white coating on both sides using a 1- coat or 2-coat system. If using a 1-coat painting system, fabricate a zinc-coated steel target plate, including shearing, cutting, and punching, before starting the enameling process.

The enamel coating on a metal target plate shall be the product of a commercial manufacturer.

Apply the enamel coating by spray, dip, roller, or continuous roller coating. The Contractor may use other methods if authorized by the Engineer.

The coating shall be smooth and substantially free from flow lines, paint washout, streaks, blisters, and other defects that might impair serviceability or detract from the general appearance.

A finished metal target plate shall not have dents or defects. The maximum edge-to-edge surface deviation from a horizontal plane shall not exceed 1/8 inch.

A reflector for a marker shall be made of a Type III or higher grade retroreflective sign sheeting shown on the latest Caltrans Authorized Material List for signing and delineation materials. 6-4 Fastening Hardware
Signs shall use fastening hardware in the table below:

MOUNTING SIGN HARDWARE
Post mount Any Square 2” x 2” x 10 ft post, 12 gauge
Square 2¼” x 2¼” x 30” anchor, 12 gauge
ATTACHMENT 3-84
270
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 22 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Street Light mount Any Strap and saddle bracket
Signal Pole mount Bicycle Strap and 18” wing bracket
Street name Strap and 6” wing bracket
Other Strap and saddle bracket
Mast arm mount Regulatory Channel and pipe clamp
Street name Qualified Products List

Straps shall be stainless steel and a minimum 3/4 inch by 0.020-inch round edge.

Saddle brackets shall use flat/straight legs and shall not have flared legs.

Use (1) 1/4-inch galvanized steel or aluminum nuts and bolts or (2) 3/16-inch blind aluminum rivets and washers to attach a target plate to a post.

Use 5/16-inch galvanized steel bolts, nuts, and washers to attach a marker panel to a post.

All metal parts for mounting signs shall be galvanized. 6-5 Installation
The Contractor shall furnish and install all new sign panels shown on the project plans. Deliver sign panels to the job site with the background and legend permanently affixed to the panels.

Do not chip or bend sign panels.

Vertical clearance between finished grade and bottom of sign shall be a minimum of 7 feet. Edge of sign shall be minimum 6 inches away from the curb face.

Post mounted signs shall be installed in accordance with City of Burbank Standard Plan BT- 412-1. Backfill the excavation area around metal posts with concrete that contains at least 470 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.

Traffic signal or street light pole shaft mounted signs shall use strap and saddle method in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan RS4. Wrap the strap at least twice around the pole, tighten, and secure with stainless strap seal. Level the sign panel and tighten the hardware securely.

Mast arm mounted regulatory signs shall be installed in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7N.

Mast arm mounted street name signs shall be installed using the manufacturer’s instructions and Los Angeles Department of Transportation Standard Plan S-457.

Drive posts in place where soil conditions allow the driving without damage to the posts. Drill pilot holes if the ground conditions are such that the posts cannot be driven without being damaged.

Install target plates and marker panels after the posts are set in place. 6-6 Relocation or Removal
Remove signs only when replacement signs are installed or when the existing signs are no longer required for traffic. Reset or relocate each sign the same day it is removed.

Reset or relocate roadside signs using existing posts when vertical clearance between finished ATTACHMENT 3-85
271
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 23 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

grade and bottom of sign is a minimum of 7 feet.

If an existing post is deteriorated or broken, notify the Engineer. If ordered, use a new post.

Any new post and its installation, ordered for reasons other than damage the Contractor cause is change order work.

TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
7-1 General
Work, materials and equipment shall conform to the details shown on the Plans, the provisions in Section 84 “Markings” of 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications, and the 2014 California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD), and these special provisions.

Paint and glass beads for traffic stripes and pavement markings will be furnished by the Contractor, including cat tracks and dribble lines.

Submittals for each lot or batch of thermoplastic, paint, and glass beads shall conform with Subsection 84-2.01C “Submittals” of 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications. 7-2 Thermoplastic
7-2.1 Material
All striping and pavement marking shall be thermoplastic ALKYD BINDER unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Traffic stripes and pavement markings shall comply with ASTM D6628 for day time and night time color.

Thermoplastic shall comply with State Specification PTH-02ALKYD or PTH-02SPRAY. 7-2.2 Installation
Apply primer or surface preparation adhesive for all roadway surfaces receiving thermoplastic.

Apply primer under the manufacturer's instructions:
1) To all roadway surfaces except for asphaltic surfaces less than 6 months old 2) At a minimum rate of 1 gallon per 300 square feet
3) To allow time for the thermoplastic primer to dry and become tacky before application of the thermoplastic
4) Do not thin the primer.

Preheat thermoplastic using preheaters with mixers having a 360-degree rotation.

Apply thermoplastic in a single uniform layer by spray or extrusion methods.

Completely coat and fill voids in the pavement surface with the thermoplastic.

Apply extruded thermoplastic for a traffic stripe at a rate of at least 0.36 lb of thermoplastic per foot of 4-inch-wide solid stripe. The applied thermoplastic traffic stripe must be at least 0.060 inch thick.

An applied thermoplastic pavement marking must be from 0.100 to 0.150 inch thick.

Apply glass beads to the surface of the molten thermoplastic at a rate of at least 8 lb of beads per 100 sq ft.

ATTACHMENT 3-86
272
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 24 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Apply sprayable thermoplastic at a rate of at least 0.24 lb of thermoplastic per foot of 6-inch- wide solid stripe.

The applied sprayable thermoplastic material must be at least 0.040 inch thick. 7-3 Paint
7-3.1 Material
Paint shall comply with Federal Specification TT-P-1952F. 7-3.2 Installation
Do not apply paint if:
1) Fresh paint could become damaged by rain, fog, or condensation 2) Atmospheric temperature could drop below 50 degrees F during the drying period

Do not thin paint.

Use mechanical means to paint traffic stripes and pavement markings and to apply glass beads for traffic stripes.

The striping machine shall be capable of superimposing successive coats of paint on the 1st coat and on existing stripes at a minimum speed of 5 mph.

Where the configuration or location of a traffic stripe is such that the use of a striping machine is not practicable, the Contractor may apply the traffic paint and glass beads by other methods and equipment if authorized.

Apply traffic stripes and pavement markings in 2 coats. Apply 1-coat paint at an approximate rate of 107 sq ft/gal. The 1st coat of paint shall be dry before applying the 2nd coat. Apply 2- coat paint at the approximate rate of 215 sq ft/gal for each coat.

Apply glass beads at an approximate rate of 5 lb of beads per gallon of paint. 7-4 Glass Beads
7-4.1 Material
Type 1 glass beads shall comply with AASHTO M 247.

Type 2 glass beads shall comply with AASHTO M 247. At least 75 percent of the beads by count shall be true spheres that are colorless and do not exhibit dark spots, air inclusions, or surface scratches when viewed under 20X magnification.

Glass beads for paint shall comply with State Specification 8010-004.

Each lot of glass beads shall comply with EPA Test Method 3052 and 6010B or 6010C. Glass beads shall contain less than 200 ppm each of arsenic and lead.

Glass beads shall be surface treated, according to the bead and the material manufacturer’s instructions, to promote adhesion with the specified material.

ATTACHMENT 3-87
273
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 25 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

7-4.2 Installation
Glass beads may be applied by hand on pavement markings.

Embed glass beads to a depth of 1/2 their diameters.

Distribute glass beads uniformly on traffic stripe and pavement markings.

Glass beads with integral color shall match the color of the stripe or pavement marking.

Apply glass beads with two separate applicator guns when two gradations are specified.

7-5 Pavement Markers

Do not unload, transfer, or load bituminous material for pavement markers within 50 feet of drainage inlets or receiving waters.

Collect and dispose of bituminous material from the roadway after removing markers.

Existing pavement markers (blue) designating location of the fire hydrants shall be replaced “in kind” and proposed pavement markers (blue) designating location of the fire hydrants shall be installed, as indicated on the Plans, after the paving is completed. 7-6 Construction
7-6.1 Striping Layout (Cat Track)
The Contractor shall be responsible for the completeness and accuracy of all layout alignment and spotting. The Contractor shall layout or "cat track" proposed marking for approval by the Engineer prior to performing actual marking placement. No work shall commence without said approval. Traffic striping shall not vary more than 1/2 inch in 50 feet from the alignment shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall mark, or otherwise delineate, the new traffic lanes and pavement markings directly after the removal of the existing striping and markings. The Contractor shall modify the cat-tracking as directed by and to the satisfaction of the engineer prior to striping and no additional cost shall be allowed for striping revisions directed by the Engineer. No street shall be without the proper striping over a weekend.

The Contractor shall establish the alignment for traffic stripes and the layouts for pavement markings with a device or method that will not conflict with other traffic control devices. The Contractor shall perform all layout, alignment, and spotting of control points spaced at 100 feet on tangents and 50 feet on curves.
7-6.2 Preparation
Protect existing retroreflective pavement markers during work activities.

Apply material for a pavement marking with a stencil or a preformed marking.

Drips, overspray, improper markings and paint material tracked by traffic shall be immediately and completely removed from the pavement surface by methods approved by the Engineer.

Apply a traffic stripe or a pavement marking only to a clean, dry surface during a period when the pavement surface temperature is above 50 degrees F.

ATTACHMENT 3-88
274
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 26 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Remove existing pavement markers that are coated or damaged by work activities and replace each with an equivalent marker.
7-6.3 Application of Stripes and Markings
A completed traffic stripe shall:
1) Have clean, well-defined edges without running or deformation 2) Be uniform
3) Be straight on a tangent alignment and on a true arc on a curved alignment 4) Be free from runs, bubbles, craters, drag marks, stretch marks, and debris 5) Be straight on a tangent alignment
6) Be a true arc on a curved alignment
7) Not deviate from the width shown by more than 1/4 inch on a tangent alignment or 1/2 inch on a curved alignment

The length of the gaps and individual stripes that form a broken traffic stripe shall not deviate by more than 2 inches from the lengths shown. The gaps and stripes shall be uniform throughout the entire length of the traffic stripe.

Newly placed traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be protected from damage by public traffic or other causes until the paint is thoroughly dry.

Use mechanical methods to remove dirt, contaminants, and loose material from the pavement surface before applying the traffic stripe or pavement marking.

Use abrasive blast cleaning to remove laitance and curing compound from the surface of new concrete pavement before applying the traffic stripe or pavement marking.

Before applying the traffic stripes and pavement markings:
1) Allow wet ground recesses to dry a minimum of 24 hours 2) Remove all powdery residue from dry recess
3) Keep the recesses dry and free from debris
4) Ensure all inductive loops are installed

Apply traffic stripes and pavement markings before the end of the same work shift.

Allow enough overlap distance between new and existing striping patterns to ensure continuity at the start and end of the transition.

All jumpering of existing pavement markings and new stripes and markings shown as paint on the Plans shall use 2-coat paint.

All White and Yellow longitudinal pavement stripe/markings shall be done with Long Line Ribbon Striper.

Apply traffic stripe or pavement marking and glass beads in a single pass. 7-6.4 Removals
Submit proposed method for removing traffic stripes and pavement markings at least 7 Working Days before starting the removal work. Allow 2 Working Days for the review.

Remove traffic stripes before making any changes to the traffic pattern.

ATTACHMENT 3-89
275
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 27 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Remove existing traffic stripes and pavement markings before applying new materials:

Traffic stripes and pavement markings shall be removed to the fullest extent possible, with maximum depth of 1/8 inch, from the pavement by wet sandblasting or any other method approved by the Engineer that does not materially damage the surface or texture of the pavement or surfacing. Sand or other material deposited on the pavement as a result of removing traffic stripes and markings shall be removed on the same day as marking removal.

Remove pavement marking such that the old message cannot be identified. Make any area removed by grinding rectangular. Water shall not puddle in the ground areas. When direct by the Engineer, the Contractor shall apply fog seal to the ground areas on asphalt concrete pavement.

Accumulations of sand or other material that might interfere with drainage or might constitute a hazard to traffic will not be permitted and shall be removed immediately by sweeping or vacuuming. Traffic stripes shall be removed before any change is made in the traffic pattern and before painting new stripes and markings.

Where blast cleaning is used for the removal of traffic stripes and pavement markings or for removal of objectionable material, and such removal operation is being performed within ten feet of a lane occupied by public traffic, the residue including dust shall be removed immediately after contact between the sand and the surface being treated.

Collect and dispose of (1) water and solid waste from high-pressure water blasting, and (2) sand and solid waste from sandblasting. Before sandblasting, cover drainage inlets within 50 feet of the sandblasting. Minimize the drift of dust and blast material by keeping the nozzle close to the surface of the concrete. If the character of the blast residue is unknown, test for hazardous materials and dispose of it.

Collect and dispose of bituminous material from the roadway after removing markers.

After removals, temporary pavement tabs and layout markings shall be installed at locations of proposed striping.

TRAFFIC SIGNALS
8-1 Exploratory Excavation (Potholing)
Exploratory Excavation (Potholing). Contractor shall identify, by potholing, the exact location of all utilities in the vicinity of the proposed traffic signal work (foundations, conduits, etc.) in accordance with Section 402 “Utilities” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

The exact locations of all foundations for signal equipment and the controller cabinet shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of any excavation work.

If an existing facility is within 24 inches of an excavation, determine the exact location of the facility by excavating with hand tools before using any power-operated or power-driven excavating or boring equipment. A vacuum excavator may be used if authorized. 8-1.1 Underground Infrastructure Verification
The Contractor shall verify that all underground infrastructures, particularly sewer and storm ATTACHMENT 3-90
276
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 28 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

drain facilities, are not compromised by construction work. Verification may be achieved by:

TYPE OF WORK VERIFICATION SUBMITTAL

1. Foundation Excavation (Augering) Submit pictures, location, alignment, depth, and
material type

2. Trenching method Submit pictures

3. Directional boring/horizontal drilling
A. Pothole to measure depth of sewer or storm drain
mainline;
B. Install conduit below measured depth;
Submit location, alignment,
depth, and material type
A. Pothole to measure depth of sewer or storm drain
mainline;
B. Install conduit more than 30” above measured depth;
Submit location, alignment,
depth, and material type
A. Pothole to measure depth of sewer or storm drain
mainline;
B. Install conduit less than 30” above measured depth;
Submit post-construction
video inside mainline or
lateral at each crossing.

A. Open manhole within 50 feet of proposed crossing to
measure depth of sewer or storm drain mainline;
B. Install conduit below measured depth;
Submit depth measurements
A. Open manhole within 50 feet of proposed crossing to
measure depth of sewer or storm drain mainline;
B. Install conduit more than 30” above measured depth;
Submit depth measurements
A. Open manhole within 50 feet of proposed crossing to
measure depth of sewer or storm drain mainline;
B. Install conduit less than 30” above measured depth;
Submit post-construction
video inside mainline or
lateral at each crossing.
8-2 Excavation and Backfill
8-2.1 Excavation
All excavated material shall be removed from the site and backfilled with compacted crushed aggregate base material topped with temporary asphalt concrete on the same working day as removed. A temporary alternative to backfilling, with permission of the Engineer, shall be the placement of steel plates with temporary asphalt concrete ramping at edges of the steel plates.

Such plating shall not be allowed for more than 5 Working Days, after which backfill shall be required.

Traffic signal pole foundations, sign foundation locations, tree root balls, utility potholing locations, and other excavations allowed by the Engineer, shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 19-3, “Structure Excavation and Backfill” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications, to a relative compaction of 95 percent, or by use of the Slurry Backfill method described below.

The Contractor may choose either method for backfilling any of the excavations listed above to the bottom of the existing or proposed roadway structural section, sidewalk structural section, parking lot structural section; or as directed by the Engineer. A combination of methods shall not be allowed for any individual excavation and backfill location.

If the Contractor damages any portion of a concrete curb, sidewalk, curb ramp, driveway, or ATTACHMENT 3-91
277
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 29 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

gutter depression near the vicinity of the excavation and removal activities, the Contractor shall replace in kind to match existing material, color and pattern, the entire section of concrete infrastructure from score line to score line. For concrete sidewalk, the replaced section shall be no less than a 5ft-by-5ft section. For concrete curb ramp and driveway, the entire curb ramp or driveway shall be replaced, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. All costs to restore concrete curb, sidewalk, curb ramp, driveway, or gutter damaged by excavation and removal activities shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 8-2.2 Backfill
When trenching, restore the sidewalks and pavement with backfill and temporary asphalt before starting excavation at another location.

Trench Restoration: Trench restoration shall be in accordance with Burbank Standard Plan BS- 110-3. The backfill in sidewalk areas shall be up to the sidewalk depth.

Slurry Backfill: Backfill material shall be a “one sack cement mix” per cubic yard, concrete class 100-E-100 in accordance with Section 201-1 “Portland Cement Concrete” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition and shall be placed “in the solid” and monolithic from the bottom of the excavation to the bottom of the existing or proposed roadway structural section, sidewalk structural section, or parking lot structural section; or as directed by the Engineer.

The Portland cement shall be in accordance with Subsection 201-1.2.1 “Cement”. The sand shall be in accordance with Subsection 200-1.5 “Sand”. The water shall be in accordance with Subsection 201-1.2.3 “Water” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.
8-2.3 Foundation Excavation (Augering)
Notify the Engineer or their designee at least 72 hours before starting excavation activities.

Construct foundations such that the excavation methods and the concrete placement procedures provide for placing the concrete against undisturbed material or casing.

Casings and drilled holes shall be clean and free of debris before reinforcement and concrete are placed. Provide a suitable light to the Engineer or their designee for inspecting the entire length of the casing or drilled hole before placing reinforcement and concrete.

The axis of the drilled hole shall not deviate from plumb more than 1-1/2 inches per 10 feet of length.

During excavation, do not disturb the foundation material surrounding the hole. Equipment or methods used for excavating holes shall not cause quick soil conditions or cause scouring or caving of the hole.

After excavation has started, construct the foundation expeditiously to prevent deterioration of the surrounding foundation material from air slaking or from the presence of water. Remove and dispose of deteriorated foundation material, including material that has softened, swollen, or degraded, from the sides and the bottom of the hole.

If caving occurs or deteriorated foundation material accumulates on the bottom of the hole, clean the bottom of the hole after placing reinforcement and before placing concrete in the hole. The Contractor shall verify that the bottom of the hole is clean.

ATTACHMENT 3-92
278
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 30 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

If authorized, to control caving or water seepage, the Contractor may enlarge portions of the hole, backfill the hole with slurry cement backfill, concrete, or other material, and redrill the hole to the diameter shown. Backfill material at enlarged piles shall be chemically compatible with concrete and steel, be drillable, and have the necessary strength required for the conditions.

Temporary Casings. If approved by the Engineer, furnish temporary casings where necessary to control water or to prevent quick soil conditions or caving of the hole. Place temporary casings tight in the hole. Temporary casings shall be:
1) Watertight and of sufficient strength to withstand the loads from installation, removal, lateral concrete pressures, and earth pressures
2) Noncorrugated with smooth surfaces
3) Clean and free of hardened concrete

Remove the temporary casing during concrete placement. Maintain the concrete in the casing at a level required to maintain a stable hole, but not less than 5 feet above the bottom of the casing, to prevent displacement of the concrete by material from outside the casing.

If slurry is not used, do not withdraw the temporary casing until the concrete head in the casing is greater than the groundwater head outside of the casing. Maintain this positive concrete head during withdrawal of the casing.

The Contractor may vibrate or hammer the temporary casing to (1) assist in removal of the casing from the hole, (2) prevent lifting of the reinforcement, and (3) prevent concrete contamination.

The withdrawal of casings shall not leave voids or cause contamination of the concrete with soil or other materials.

The Contractor shall dispose of surplus excavated material. 8-3 Foundations
8-3.1 General
Foundation materials shall consist of cementitious materials, aggregates, water, and bar reinforcement. Construct foundations for standards, poles, metal pedestals, and posts in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Specification Subsection 56-3 “Standards, Poles, Pedestals, and Posts” and these Special Provisions. Do not erect posts, poles, standards, pedestals, or cabinets until the concrete foundation has cured for at least 7 days.

Contractor shall define, by potholing, the exact location and depth of all utilities in the vicinity of the proposed new foundation locations.

No foundation shall be located within 5 feet of a water meter or fire hydrant.

Traffic signal poles and standards shall be placed minimum of 3 feet (at center) from the curb face with push button control face no closer than 30 inches to the curb line.

Pedestrian push buttons shall be mounted adjacent to a 32 inches by 54 inches clear ground space or a landing on the pedestrian access rout leading to the crosswalk, and shall slope no more than 1:48 in any direction. Pedestrian push buttons shall be mounted at 42” from the top of the ground, no further than 5 feet from the extension of the crosswalk lines, and within 10 feet of the curb line, unless the curb ramp is longer than 10 feet. Where a parallel approach to the ATTACHMENT 3-93
279
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 31 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

push button is provided, controls shall be within 10 inches of the clear ground space, measured horizontally and centered on it. The control face of the push button shall be parallel to the direction of the crosswalk controlled by the push button, and no closer than 30 inches to the curb line. 1

Construct concrete pads, foundations, and pedestals for controller cabinets, and service equipment enclosures on firm ground.

Foundations for traffic signal and luminaire mast arm poles shall be constructed to ensure that the traffic signal or luminaire mast arm is perpendicular (with a tolerance of 2 degrees from perpendicular) to the adjacent tangent curb face or to the alignment as shown on the Plans.

Foundations that do not provide the proper alignment of the traffic signal or luminaire mast arm (as specified above) shall be completely removed and reconstructed at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall verify the proper alignment of the traffic signal pole or electrolier foundation anchor bolts prior to placement of Portland Cement Concrete.

For standards located in sidewalk areas, the foundation shall be placed to final sidewalk grade before the sidewalk is placed. The top 4 inches shall be square shaped.

If concrete is to be cast in a dry hole, foundations do not require installation of inspection pipes shown on 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7N. A dry hole is defined as a drilled hole which accumulates no more than 12 inches of water in the bottom during a period of 1 hour without any pumping from the hole during the hour or a drilled hole that has no more than 3 inches of water in the bottom of the drilled hole immediately before placing concrete.

For standards shown on the project Plans to be relocated, the Contractor shall furnish and install new anchor bolts and cages of the proper type and size and construct new foundations per 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7N.

All material removed for pole foundations shall become property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the site of work by and at the expense of the Contractor.

Replace pavement or sidewalk in kind to match existing material, color and pattern, from score line to score line, after foundations have been installed. All costs to restore pavement or sidewalk damaged by construction of foundation shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
8-3.2 Concrete Material
Foundation for Poles less than 15 feet high
Concrete for concrete pads, foundations for traffic signals, and pedestals for controller cabinets, shall be class 520-C-2500 in accordance with Subsection 201-1 “Portland Cement Concrete” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition, except for Cast-In-Drilled- Hole (CIDH) concrete pile foundations shall contain a minimum of 590 pounds of cementitious materials per cubic yard. Admixture type and brand shall be on the latest Caltrans Authorized Material List at the time of mix design submittal.

Cast-In-Drilled-Hole Concrete Pile Foundations
The concrete for Cast-In-Drilled-Hole (CIDH) concrete piles shall contain a minimum of 590

1 Public Rights-of-Way Access Advisory Committee (PROWAAC) Section X02.5.1.3 Push button location ATTACHMENT 3-94
280
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 32 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

pounds of cementitious materials per cubic yard. The concrete mix design shall contain between 25 percent and 50 percent Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM), as a percent by weight of total cementitious material. The Contractor may use SCM in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Specification Subsection 90-1.02B(3). The cementitious materials type and brand shall be on the latest Caltrans Authorized Material List at the time of mix design submittal.

Admixture type and brand shall be on the latest Caltrans Authorized Material List at the time of mix design submittal.

Aggregates
Aggregates shall be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Specification Subsection 90-

1.02C. Material shall be on the latest Caltrans Authorized Material List at the time of mix design submittal.

Combined aggregate shall be graded within the limits shown in the following table:

Sieve size
1 inch max
(% passing)
2 inch --
1-1/2 inch 100
1 inch 90–100
3/4 inch 55–100
1/2 inch --
3/8 inch 45–75
No. 4 35–60
No. 8 27–45
No. 16 20–35
No. 30 12–25
No. 50 5–15
No. 100 1–8
No. 200 0–4
Water
Water for curing concrete shall not contain impurities at concentrations that cause discoloration or surface etching.

The quantity of free water shall not exceed 310 pounds per cubic yard of concrete plus 20 pounds of free water for each required 100 pounds of cementitious material in excess of 550 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete. 8-3.3 Reinforcing Bars
Material
Reinforcing bars shall be deformed bars complying with ASTM A706/A706M, Grade 60 or ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60. Plain bars for spiral or hoop reinforcement in concrete piles shall comply with ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 40 or Grade 60.

Installation
Place and secure reinforcement. Securely block the reinforcement to provide the minimum clearance shown between the reinforcing steel cage and the sides of the drilled hole or casing.

The bar reinforcing steel cage shall have at least 3 inches of clear cover measured from the ATTACHMENT 3-95
281
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 33 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

outside of the cage to the sides of the hole or casing.

Reinforcing bars shall be placed in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7N.

Spiral reinforcement shall be continuous above the bottom of the anchor bolts. The top termination shall be either:
1) 1ʹ-6ʺ lap beyond the end of pitch with a 90-degree hook extending to the opposite side of the cage, or
2) 1ʹ-6ʺ lap beyond the end of pitch with 2 evenly spaced authorized mechanical couplers

Just before placing reinforcement or concrete, clean the bottom of the hole to remove any loose sand, gravel, dirt, and drill cuttings.
8-3.4 Anchor Bolts
Anchor bolts shall be installed a maximum of 1:40 from vertical and held in place by rigid top and bottom templates. Use a steel bottom template at least 1/2 inch thick that provides proper spacing and alignment of anchor bolts near the embedded bottom end. Install the bottom template before placing footing concrete. Top of anchor bolts shall be 1” + ¼” above the anchor plate.
8-3.5 Concrete Pad and Foundation for Cabinets
General
The foundation for service equipment enclosures shall be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-2D. Concrete for concrete pads, foundations for traffic signals, and pedestals for controller cabinets, shall be class 520-C-2500 in accordance with Subsection 201-1 “Portland Cement Concrete” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition.

Service equipment enclosures shall be located a minimum of 5-feet from the signal cabinet unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. Locate the foundation such that the minimum clearance around the front and back of the enclosure complies with NEC, article 110.26, "Spaces About Electrical Equipment, (600 V, nominal or less)."

The foundation for 332 or 334 cabinets shall be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-3C. The Engineer or their designee shall approve the controller cabinet location prior to excavation.

Controller cabinets shall not be located within a pedestrian pathway or within 5 feet of a curb ramp. The cabinet shall be installed in a location where all legs of an intersection are visible from the front door. The front door shall open away from traffic.

Construct concrete pads and foundations for controller cabinets and service equipment enclosures on firm ground.

Install anchor bolts using a template to provide proper spacing and alignment. Moisten the forms and ground before placing the concrete. Keep the forms in place until the concrete sets for at least 24 hours to prevent damage to the surface.

Concrete Pad and Foundation in Unpaved Areas
Construct a 4-inch thick concrete pad 2 inches above the surrounding grade. When adjacent to sidewalk, the pad shall be level with the finished grade of the sidewalk.

ATTACHMENT 3-96
282
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 34 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Construct a pad in front of the Type III service equipment enclosure. The pad shall be 24 inches in length, 4 inches in thickness, and shall match the width of the foundation. Place the top of the Type III service equipment enclosure foundation 2 inches above the surrounding grade.

Construct a pad around a 332 or 334 cabinet. The pad shall have dimensions in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-3C. Place the top of the 332 or 334 foundation 6 inches above the surrounding grade.

Concrete Pad and Foundation in Paved Areas
Place the top of the 332 or 334 foundation 4 inches above the surrounding grade. Place the top of the Type III service equipment enclosure foundation 2 inches above the surrounding grade. 8-3.6 Mortar
Material
Mortar shall be 1 part by volume cement and 3 parts by volume of clean sand. Mortar shall contain only enough water to allow placing and packing. Class C mortar as defined in Subsection 201-5 “Cement Mortar” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition is acceptable.

Installation
After each post, standard, and pedestal is properly positioned, place mortar under the base plate in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7M. Finish the exposed portion to present a neat appearance. Clean concrete areas to be in contact with mortar of loose or foreign material that would prevent bonding between the mortar and the concrete surfaces. Flush the concrete areas with water and allow them to dry to a surface-dry condition immediately before placing the mortar. Tightly pack mortar to completely fill spaces. Locations where mortar can escape shall be mortar-tight before placing mortar. Cure mortar for 3 days by applying water to keep the mortar continuously wet after the mortar is placed. The Contractor may use cotton mats, rugs, carpets, or earth or sand blankets as a curing medium to retain the moisture during the curing period.

Conduit ends and anchor bolts shall be placed at the proper height and position. 8-3.7 Placing Concrete
Form exposed portions of the foundation to present a neat appearance and true to line and grade. The top of the foundation for posts and standards shall be finished to curb or sidewalk grade. Forms shall be rigid and braced securely in place.

Moisten the forms and ground. Keep the forms in place until the concrete sets for at least 24 hours and is strong enough to prevent damage to the surface.

Discharge ready-mixed concrete from the transport vehicle while the concrete is still plastic and before stiffening occurs. Take whatever action is necessary to eliminate quick stiffening, except do not add water. Conditions contributing to quick stiffening are:
1) Elapsed time of 1.5 hours in agitating hauling equipment or 1 hour in non-agitating hauling equipment
2) More than 250 revolutions of the drum or blades after introduction of the cementitious material to the aggregates
3) Concrete temperature over 90 degrees F

ATTACHMENT 3-97
283
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 35 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

The mixing time in a stationary mixer shall be at least 50 seconds and no more than 5 minutes.

The minimum required revolutions at mixing speed for transit-mixed concrete shall be at least that recommended by the mixer manufacturer and shall be increased as needed to produce thoroughly and uniformly mixed concrete.

If the Contractor add a high-range water-reducing admixture to the concrete at the job site, the total revolutions shall not exceed 300.

If it is raining, the Contractor shall provide adequate protection against damage or the Contractor shall stop placing the concrete before the quantity of surface water is sufficient to damage the surface mortar or cause a flow or wash of the concrete surface.

Foundations for Signal Poles: The methods used to place the concrete shall prevent segregation. Direct the flow of concrete into the center of the hole and do not strike the reinforcement, reinforcement bracing, and other objects in the hole.

Remove water that has infiltrated the dewatered hole before placing concrete, as required for dewatered hole. Do not allow fluvial or drainage water to enter the hole.

Place concrete while fresh and before initial set. Do not retemper partially hardened concrete with additional water.

Do not start placing concrete unless work can be completed uninterrupted for each drilled hole.

Dispose of material resulting from placing concrete.

After placing concrete, cure the temporarily exposed surfaces. 8-3.8 Curing Concrete
General
Cure formed concrete surfaces by keeping the forms in place. Keep the forms in place for at least 7 days after the concrete is placed, except keep the forms in place for at least 5 days for concrete members over 20 inches in least dimension.

The joints in the forms and the joints between the end of the forms and the concrete shall be kept moisture tight during the curing period. Reseal cracks in the forms and cracks between the forms and the concrete using authorized methods.

Protect the concrete from damage due to any cause, including rain, heat, cold, wind, the Contractor’s actions, and the actions of others.

Ordinary Surface Finish
After curing, apply ordinary surface finish to all concrete surfaces as a final finish or before applying a higher class finish in accordance with Subsection 303-1.9.2 “Ordinary Surface Finish” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition. Ordinary surface finish includes:
1) Filling holes or depressions
2) Repairing rock pockets and unsound concrete
3) Removing fins and projections flush to the surface
4) Removing stains and discolorations visible from traveled ways

ATTACHMENT 3-98
284
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 36 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

For exposed surfaces, add enough white cement to the patching material to match the surrounding concrete after drying.

If the Engineer determines that rock pockets are extensive, remove and replace the affected portions of the structure.
8-4 Standards, Poles, and Mast Arms
Standards, poles, and mast arms for this project will be furnished by the City. See Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 4 “CONTROL OF MATERIALS” for the complete list of City- furnished materials.
8-4.1 Material
General
All steel material shall conform to Buy America Standard. Signal standards, mast arms, and luminaire arms specified in the Plans shall be in accordance with the 2010 Caltrans Standard Plans and Standard Specifications.

Signal standards shall have handhole on the downstream side of the pole in relation to traffic.

Anchor bolts, anchor bars or studs, and nuts and washers shall comply with Subsection 75-1.02 of 2010 Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Galvanizing
Steel pipe standards and mast arms shall be hot dip galvanized after manufacturing. Remove spikes from galvanized surfaces.

Galvanize standards, poles, pedestals, posts, fasteners, and other ferrous materials under the schedules and specifications shown in the following table:

Galvanizing Schedules and Specifications
Material Schedule a Specification
Rolled, pressed, and
forged steel shapes,
plates, bars, and strip
 1/8 inch thick
Except for pre-galvanized
standard pipe, galvanize
material after fabrication into
the largest practical sections

ASTM A123/A123M

Steel <1/8 inch thick

Galvanize before or after
fabrication
Galvanized before fabrication:

ASTM A653/A653M, Coating Designation G210
Galvanized after fabrication:

ASTM A123/A123M except the weight of zinc
coating shall average at least 1.2 oz/sq ft of
surface area with no individual specimen having
a coating weight of less than 1.0 oz/sq ft
Standard pipe -- ASTM A53/A53M
a Fabrication includes shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, bending, welding, & riveting. b For threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers specified to comply with ASTM A307, A325, A449, A563, F436, or F1554, galvanize under their ASTMs.

Bolted Connections
Anchor bolts shall comply with ASTM F1554, Grade 55 for weldable steel.

ATTACHMENT 3-99
285
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 37 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Use hardened washers that shall comply with ASTM F436, Type 1, including S1 supplementary requirements. Plate washers shall be manufactured by saw cutting and drilling steel plate. Steel plate shall comply with AISI 1018. Before galvanizing, remove burrs and sharp edges and chamfer both sides of holes to allow the bolt head to make full contact with the washer without tension.

Nuts shall comply with ASTM A563, including Appendix X1. Zinc-coated nuts tightened beyond snug or wrench tight shall be furnished with a dry lubricant complying with supplementary requirement S2 in ASTM A563

HS cap screws for attaching arms to standards shall comply with ASTM F3125 Grade A325 or ASTM A449, and the mechanical requirements in Grade A325 after galvanizing. Before manufacturing, details shall be adjusted to ensure that cap screw heads can be turned using conventional installation tools. During manufacturing, properly locate the position of the luminaire arm on the arm plate to avoid interference with the cap screw heads.

Coat threads of HS cap screws with a colored lubricant that is clean and dry to the touch. In addition, zinc-coated nuts used on fastener assemblies having a specified preload obtained by specifying a prescribed tension, torque value, or degree of turn shall be provided with a colored lubricant that is clean and dry to the touch. The lubricant color shall contrast the zinc coating color on the nut such that the presence of the lubricant is visually obvious. The lubricant shall be insoluble in water or the fastener components shall be shipped to the job site in a sealed container.

Standards and Poles
Tapered tubes shall be manufactured from sheet steel of weldable grade having a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi after manufacturing. Steel having a nominal thickness greater than 2 inches that is used for tube-to-transverse plate connections shall have a minimum CVN impact value of 20 ft-lb at 20 degrees F when tested under ASTM E23.

Standards and poles with shaft lengths of 15 feet or more shall be carbon steel structural tubing complying with ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B, ASTM A501, ASTM A847/A847M, or ASTM A1085 or steel pipe complying with ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B, ASTM A106, Grade B, or ASTM A139, Grade B.

Standards may be manufactured of full-length sheets or shorter sections. Each section shall be manufactured from 1 or 2 pieces of sheet steel. If 2 pieces are used, the longitudinal welded seams shall be directly opposite from one another. If the sections are butt-welded together, the longitudinal welded seams of adjacent sections shall be placed to form continuous straight seams from the base to the top of the standard.

Standards shall be round. Manufacture mast arms from material specified for the standard.

Standards and poles shall be straight with a maximum variation of:
1) 1 inch measured at the midpoint of a 30- to 35-foot standard 2) 3/4 inch measured at the midpoint of a 17- to 20-foot standard

Exposed edges of the plates that make up the base assembly shall be finished smooth. Exposed corners of the plates shall be broken. Provide shafts with slip-fitter shaft caps.

Surface flatness requirements specified in ASTM A6/A6M apply to plates meeting one or more of the following:
1) In contact with concrete, grout, or washers and leveling nuts ATTACHMENT 3-100
286
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 38 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

2) In HS bolted connections
3) In joints where cap screws are used to secure luminaire and signal arms 4) Used for breakaway slip base assemblies

Do not make additional holes in structural members.

Handhole reinforcement rings shall be continuous around the handholes.

Except for Type 1 standards, attach rectangular corrosion-resistant metal identification tags on all standards and poles using stainless steel rivets.

Type 1 standards shall be manufactured of one of the following:
1) At least 0.120-inch-thick galvanized steel
2) 4-inch standard weight galvanized steel pipe complying with ASTM A53/A53M 3) 4-inch Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit complying with UL 6 and ANSI C80.1 with the top designed for post-top slip fitter

Material for push button posts shall comply with ASTM A53/A53M or ASTM A500/A500M.

Welding
Butt-welded circumferential joints of tubular sections requiring CJP groove welds shall be made using a metal sleeve backing ring inside each joint. The sleeve shall have at least a 1/8-inch nominal thickness and be manufactured from steel having the same chemical composition as the steel in the tubular sections to be joined. If the sections to be joined have different specified minimum yield strengths, the sleeve shall have the same chemical composition as the tubular section having the higher minimum yield strength. The width of the metal sleeve shall be consistent with the type of NDT selected and shall be a minimum width of 1 inch. At fitting time, the sleeve shall be centered at the joint and in contact with the tubular section at the point of the weld.

Welds shall be continuous.

Weld metal at the transverse joints shall extend to the sleeve, making the sleeve an integral part of the joint.

During manufacturing, longitudinal seams on vertical tubular members of cantilevered support structures shall be within 90 degrees circumferentially of the center of the longest mast arm connection. Longitudinal seams on horizontal tubular members, including signal and luminaire arms, shall be within 45 degrees of the bottom of the arm.

Longitudinal seam welds in steel tubular sections may be made by the electric resistance welding process. Longitudinal seam welds shall have a 60 percent minimum penetration except:
1) Within 6 inches of a circumferential weld, the longitudinal seam weld shall be a CJP groove weld.
2) Longitudinal seam welds on lighting support structures having a telescopic pole segment splice shall be CJP groove welds on the female end for a length on each end equal to the designated slip-fit splice length plus 6 inches.

Except for fillet and fatigue-resistant welds, exposed circumferential welds shall be ground flush with the base metal before galvanizing or painting. Ground flush is specified as -0, +0.08-inch.

Circumferential welds and base plate-to-pole welds may be repaired only 1 time.

The length of telescopic slip-fit splices shall be at least 1.5 times the inside diameter of the ATTACHMENT 3-101
287
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 39 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

exposed end of the female section.

For welds connecting reinforced handholes or box-type pole plate connections to a tubular member, the start and stop points shall be at points located on a longitudinal axis of symmetry of the tube coinciding with the axis of symmetry of the hand hole or pole plate.

Identification Tags
Except for Type 1 standards, attach rectangular corrosion-resistant metal identification tags above the handhole near the base using stainless steel rivets.

The lettering on each identification tag shall be:
1) Either depressed or raised
2) 1/4 inch tall
3) Legible
4) Readable after the support structure is coated and installed

Include the following information on the tag:
1) Name of the manufacturer
2) Date of manufacture
3) Identification number
4) Unique identification code assigned by the manufacturer Pole Cage/Bar Reinforcement
Pole cage/bar reinforcement should be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7M spiral reinforcement and not 2010 welded hoops.

Reinforcing bars shall be deformed bars complying with ASTM A706/A706M, Grade 60 or ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60. Plain bars for spiral reinforcement in concrete piles shall comply with ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 40 or Grade 60.

Pole cage/bar reinforcement shall be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7M and the following table:

CIDH REINFORCING SCHEDULE

Item Vertical
Bars Spiral 2018 Caltrans
Standard Plan
Type 15TS Cage
(CIDH, 2.5 feet diameter, 7.5 feet depth) 10-#6 #4 at 6 ES-7N Type 16/17-3-100 Cage
(CIDH, 3.0 feet diameter, 8.5 feet depth) 12-#7 #5 at 6 ES-7N Type 18/19/23/24-4-100 Cage
(CIDH, 3.0 feet diameter, 11.0 feet depth) 12-#7 #5 at 6 ES-7N Type 26/27-4-100, 29-5-100 Cage
(CIDH, 3.5 feet diameter, 12.0 feet depth) 14-#8 #5 at 6 ES-7N Bonding Jumper
For standards with handholes, include a UL-listed lug and 3/16-inch or larger brass or bronze bolt for attaching the bonding jumper.

For slip base standards, attach a UL-listed lug to the bottom slip base plate with a 3/16-inch or ATTACHMENT 3-102
288
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 40 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

larger brass or bronze bolt for attaching the bonding jumper. 8-5 Conduit
8-5.1 General
Traffic signal, interconnect communications, and roadway lighting conduit shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 86-1.02B, "Conduit and Accessories", and Subsection 87-1.03B, “Conduit Installation”, of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and the following Special Provisions.

Conduit shall be bored and jacked when possible. Conduit runs are shown on the Plans in schematic form only. The actual installation shall be completed in the most direct manner possible without interfering with existing underground facilities.

Contractor shall be responsible for locating all interfering underground utilities to facilitate the installation of the conduit in the most direct manner. Contractor shall identify, by potholing, the exact location of all utilities in the vicinity of the proposed conduit runs Utilities location and protection shall be in accordance with Section 402 “Utilities” of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2021 Edition and Special Provisions SP1 Section 18 “UTILITIES”.

8-5.2 Material
All new conduit shall be Type 3, rigid, non-metallic (PVC, Schedule 80) unless otherwise shown on the Plans, conforming to UL Publication UL651 for rigid-non-metallic conduit.

Conduit and conduit fittings shall comply with the requirements shown in the following table:

Conduit Type Requirement
Non-metal Shall be Type A, extruded, rigid PVC conduit complying with UL 651 or shall be HDPE conduit complying with UL 651A. Shall be Schedule 80

Bonding bushings installed on metal conduit shall be insulated and either a galvanized or zinc- alloy type.

All conduit sweeps at pull box containing traffic signal cable, traffic fiber optic, signal interconnect, or utility cables shall be a maximum 45-degree sweep with 36” radius.

Unless shown otherwise on the Plans, the minimum size of conduit shall be:

1) 2” from a push button post to the adjacent pull box
2) 2” from a signal standard to the adjacent pull box
3) 2” from a loop detector to the adjacent pull box
4) Two 3” conduits from a controller cabinet to the adjacent pull box 5) 3” from a service equipment enclosure to the adjacent pull box 6) 3” for street crossings containing traffic signal conductors 7) 3” for traffic signal interconnect cable (SIC) and fiber optic (FIO) 8) 3” if unspecified
ATTACHMENT 3-103
289
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 41 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

8-5.3 Installation
General
Notify the Engineer or their designee at least 5 Working Days before starting horizontal directional drilling method or jack and drill activities. The installation of conduit includes installing caps, bushings, and pull tape and terminating the conduit in pull boxes, foundations, poles, or a structure.

Install conduit to a depth of:
1) 14 inches for the trench-in-pavement method
2) 18 inches, minimum, under sidewalk
3) 42 inches, minimum, below the bottom of the rail of railroad tracks 4) 30 inches, minimum, everywhere else below grade

Install conduit terminating in a standard or pedestal from 2 to 3 inches above the foundation.

Slope the conduit toward the handhole opening.

Conduits shall not protrude more than 2 inches inside the pull box and vaults, and must enter at an angle less than 20 degrees from either the vertical or horizontal axis. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the engineer or their designee prior to installing a conduit into a pull box at an angle more than 20 degrees from the horizontal axis.

If existing underground conduit is to be incorporated into a new system, clean it with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blow it clean with compressed air.

Use conduit to enclose conductors except where they are installed overhead or inside standards or posts.

The Contractor may use a larger size conduit than specified for the entire length between termination points. Do not use a reducing coupling.

Extend an existing conduit using the same material. Terminate conduits of different materials in a pull box.

Do not install new conduit through foundations.

Cut non-metal conduit with tools that do not deform the conduit. Use a solvent weld for connections.

Protect metal conduit shop-cut threads from corrosion under ANSI C80.1 standard.

If factory bends are not used, bend the conduit to a radius no less than 6 times its inside diameter without crimping or flattening it. Use equipment and methods under the conduit manufacturer's instructions. For non-metal conduit, do not expose the conduit to a direct flame.

Place conduit couplings at a minimum of 6 inches from the face of a foundation.

If installing conduit within the limits of hazardous locations as specified in NEC for Class I, division 1, install and seal metal conduit with explosion-proof sealing fittings.

Install conduit under existing pavement by either the horizontal directional drill method or jack and drill method. The Contractor may use the trench-in-pavement method if conduit is to be installed behind the curb under the sidewalk or if there are more than four crossing utilities.

ATTACHMENT 3-104
290
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 42 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Limit the number of bends in a conduit run to no more than 360 degrees between pull points.

Ream the ends of shop-cut and field-cut conduit to remove burrs and rough edges. Make the cuts square and true. Do not use slip joints and running threads to couple conduit. If a standard coupling cannot be used for metal-type conduit, use a threaded union coupling. Tighten the couplings for metal conduit to maintain a good electrical connection.

Cap the ends of conduit to prevent debris from entering before installing the conductors or cables. Use a plastic cap for metal conduits and a standard pipe cap for non-metal conduit.

Bond and ground the metal conduit before installing conductors and cables in the conduit. Bond metallic conduits in a nonmetallic pull box using bonding bushings and bonding jumpers. For other types of conduit, use nonmetallic bushings or end bell.

Furnish and install one #8 AWG copper bond gauge wire for signal crossings and one #10 AWG copper bond gauge wire for fiber runs for trace and grounding. Terminate at all pull boxes.

Install pull tape with at least 2 feet of slack in each end of the conduit that will remain empty.

Attach the tape's ends to the conduit.

Do not seal the ends of conduit after cables or pull tape are installed.

Trenching
Dig a trench for the electrical conduits. Do not excavate until the conduit material is on hand.

Install conduit by the trenching-in-pavement method using a trench approximately 2 inches wider than the conduit's outside diameter but not exceeding 6 inches in width.

Cut the trench using a rock-cutting excavator. Minimize the shatter outside the removal area of the trench.

Dig the trench by hand to the required depth at pull boxes. Place excavated material in a location that will not interfere with traffic or surface drainage.

Backfill the trench with slurry and base pave to the pavement's surface by the end of each work day.

When obstructions are encountered and conduit cannot be located elsewhere, the obstruction shall be bypassed by deflecting the conduit at a rate of at least 5:1. Use 45-degree bends to avoid obstructions at locations where 10:1 deflection is not possible.

Place a minimum of 2 inches of sand bedding in a trench before installing the conduit.

Place conduit in the trench. After placing the conduit or direct burial cable, backfill the trench.

Place warning tape in the trench 6 inches below finished grade.

Where additional pavement is to be placed, the Contractor shall complete the trenching before the final pavement layer is applied.

If the conduit shown is to be installed under the sidewalk, the Contractor may install it in the street within 3 feet of and parallel to the face of the curb when approved by the Engineer or their ATTACHMENT 3-105
291
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 43 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

designee. Install pull boxes behind the curb.

Horizontal Directional Drilling
The diameter of the bore hole shall be no larger than 1.5 times the outside diameter of the conduit.

The horizontal directional drilling equipment shall have directional control of the boring tool and have an electronic boring tool location detection system. During operation, the equipment shall be able to determine the location of the tool both horizontally and vertically.

Use a mandrel to prove the conduit is free and clear of dirt, rocks, and other debris after installation.

Water-based mineral slurry or wetting solution may be used to lubricate the boring tool and stabilize the soil surrounding the boring path. Prevent residues and drilling slurries or fluids from entering storm drain systems and receiving waters. Dispose of drilling fluids and residue at an appropriately permitted disposal facility.

Locate, record, and correct the path of the drill head a minimum of every 50 feet.

If a conduit is bored or jacked across existing sewer mains, the contractor shall conform to the following requirements:

1) Pothole to determine location and depth of the sewer mains. 2) Visual confirmation by City Inspector shall be done during the boring/jacking of the conduit across the sewer mains for any damages prior to back filling the pothole. 3) If visual confirmation is not done, the contractor shall perform Video Inspection of Sewer Mains per the following specifications.

Video Inspection of Sewer Mains.

The contractor shall use closed circuit television (CCTV) equipment to verify that City sanitary sewer mains have not been impacted. This includes all mains that appear on the plan of construction drawings as possible points of interference, regardless of the relative elevation of the sewer and what is believed to be the elevation of the newly constructed facility.

The contractor shall use equipment specially designed and constructed for sewer inspection and televising. The camera must have light sources of suitable illumination output to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of pipe. The camera must be able to be rotated to a position that will assure that the total periphery of the sewer is in focus at all times, regardless of the diameter of the pipe being inspected. The camera, transport system, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing a picture adequate for the purposes of the inspection as stated herein. Video runs showing condensation or submersion of the lens, poor or out-of-focus images, poor audio, or otherwise poor image quality shall be cause for rejection and may necessitate re-televising at the consultant’s expense if the City determines the video run is not of acceptable quality.

A cable footage counter, accurate to within one (1) foot in 1000 feet, shall be used and shall be indicated on the monitor and recorded on the video. The date of inspection, continuous forward and reverse readout of camera distance from referenced access hole, the City supplied upstream and downstream manhole identification number with an arrow indicating the direction of flow, the size of the pipe, the name of the street, the time of day and the project or location name as supplied by the City shall be displayed continuously on the monitor and recorded on ATTACHMENT 3-106
292
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 44 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

the video. The use of non-standard or incorrectly numbered manholes by the contractor on the video overlay is cause for rejection of the digital video and any costs associated with re-videoing of the main that are necessitated by the contractor’s failure to use designated naming conventions will be borne entirely by the contractor. The footage relative to the center of the manhole at the start of each run shall be set to accurately reflect a center of manhole starting position of 0.00 feet regardless of where along the pipe and at what footage the run begins. All video operations shall begin at a manhole adjacent to the most likely point of interference and unless blocked by an impassable obstruction, shall end at the closest upstream or downstream manhole or cleanout structure. Under no circumstances shall the contractor deliver to the City a video of a survey that was otherwise abandoned. If the camera cannot pass the entire sewer reach from its point of insertion, the reach shall be inspected from both directions. The consultant shall notify the City immediately of any such obstruction so that it may be repaired or mitigated by the City and/or the contractor and complete inspection of the pipe may proceed.

Television inspection of sewer mains with high volumes of flow (pipe running 1/3 full or more) may, with prior consent of the City, be done at night between the hours of 10 p.m. and 5 a.m.

No added compensation shall be allowed for night work. Notwithstanding, the consultant shall always use whatever mechanical means are available, including modification or changing of the camera wheels or treads, to ensure that the image is recorded in an upright, un-rotated position.

The City reserves the right to reject any videotape where changes in the orientation of the camera could have been corrected by such modifications or by performing the work during periods of low flow. CCTV recordings shall be provided to the City on VHS or DVD recorded in standard (120 minutes per tape) mode.

Cost for video inspection if required, shall be considered as included in the various items of work involved and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
8-6 Pull Boxes
8-6.1 Material
Pull boxes shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS” and shall be in accordance with Subsection 86-1.02C “Pull Boxes” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and the following Special Provisions.

The pull box and cover must comply with ANSI/SCTE 77, "Specification for Underground Enclosure Integrity," for minimum Tier 15 load rating and must be gray.

All new pull boxes shall be Size No. 6 in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-8A, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. All new pull boxes immediately in front of controller cabinet shall be Size No. 6E (20”-24” deep) or 24”x36” (18-24” deep) unless otherwise shown on the Plans.

A pull box extension shall be a minimum of 10 inches and shall be the same make and material as the pull box.

Traffic rated pull box covers marked shall be galvanized steel, slip resistant, and non-spring assisted. A metal pull box cover shall include a fitting for a bonding conductor.

Pull box covers containing utility service conductors shall be marked "BURBANK ELECTRIC".

All other pull box covers shall be marked "TRAFFIC SIGNAL" unless otherwise shown on the Plans. The cover marking shall be cast in the mold of the cover, be uniform in depth, and parallel ATTACHMENT 3-107
293
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 45 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

to the longer side. Marking letters shall be 2 to 3 inches in height. 8-6.2 Installation
Pull boxes shall be installed in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-8A. Install a pull box on a bed of crushed rock it before installing conductors.

Conduits inside pull boxes shall not protrude more than 2 inches inside the pull box and vaults, and shall enter at an angle less than 20 degrees from either the vertical or horizontal axis.

Install pull boxes no more than 200 feet apart.

Grout around conduits that are installed through the sides of the pull box.

Place mortar between a pull box and a pull box extension.

Set the pull box level with the finished grade in sidewalks and other paved areas. Pull box in unpaved areas shall be leveled with surrounding grade.

The Contractor may install larger pull boxes than specified or additional pull boxes to facilitate the work.

Place the cover on the box when not working in it.
8-6.3 Placement
Where a pull box is adjacent to a post or standard, place the box within 5 feet and on the opposite side of standard handhole if practical.

Where a pull box is in the vicinity of curb, place the box adjacent to the back of the curb if practical.

Do not install pull boxes in concrete pads, curb ramps, or driveways. 8-7 Pull Tape
Pull Tape shall be in accordance with Subsection 86-1.02D(2) “Pull Tape” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications.
8-8 Conductors and Cables
8-8.1 Material
Conductors and cables shall be in accordance with Subsection 86-1.02F “Conductors and Cables” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and the following Special Provisions.

Copper Conductors
Copper wire shall comply with ASTM B3 and B8. Insulation shall be one of the following: Type TW PVC under ASTM D2219, Type THW PVC, Type USE, RHH, or RHW cross-linked polyethylene.

A bonding jumper shall be copper wire or copper braid of the same cross-sectional area as a no. 8 conductor or larger.

An equipment grounding conductor shall be insulated.

ATTACHMENT 3-108
294
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 46 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Inductive loop wire shall be Type THWN or Type XHHW, no. 14, stranded copper wire in a plastic tubing. (Caltrans Type 2).

Copper Cables
Conductor signal cable, detector lead-in cable, and loop multi-pair cable shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

A category 6 cable shall be a 4-pair, unshielded, outdoor rated, nongel-filled type and comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C.

Video Detection Camera Cables
Camera power cable and camera video cable shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”. 8-8.2 Installation
The installation of conductors and cables includes splicing conductors and attaching the terminals and connectors to the conductors.

Install one 9-CSC for each 4 or 5-section vehicle head, one 5-CSC for each 3-section vehicles head or pedestrian head, and one 3-CSC for each push pedestrian push button or bicycle push button assembly. Install one 28-CSC from the controller cabinet to each pull box adjacent to each traffic signal pole with mast arm. Splice the 28-CSC with 9-CSC, 5-CSC, and 3-CSC cables inside the pull box adjacent to each traffic signal pole with mast arm. The 28-CSC cable shall run continuous between the splice pull box and the traffic signal controller cabinet load switch bay terminals. Splicing of the 28-CSC cables will not be allowed and no daisy-chaining of traffic signal cables shall be permitted.

Prior to each pull of multi-conductor cables, remove a two-foot section of cable at the reel and expose the conductors to demonstrate the insulation is not compromised.

When conduit is shown to have all new conductors, remove all existing conductors, clean the conduit, and pull all conductors and cables as a unit.

Neatly arrange conductors and cables inside pull boxes and cabinets.

Do not connect the push-button or accessible pedestrian signal neutral conductor to the signal neutral conductor.

Provide conductor slack to comply with the requirements shown in the following table:

Cable Slack Requirements
Location
Minimum Slack
(feet)
Cabinet 5
Signal standard 1
Lighting standard 1
Signal and lighting standard 1
Pull box 10
24”x36” Pull box 25

ATTACHMENT 3-109
295
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 47 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

If a conductor or cable is not listed in the table, the minimum slack shall be 3 feet.

Loop Detector Cables. Install the loop multi-pair cable without splices except at the pull box when connecting to loop wire.

Video Camera Cables. Install one camera power cable and one camera video cable without splices between each video detection camera and controller cabinet. If the conduit does not allow one camera power cable for each video detection camera, the camera power cable may be spliced at a pull box with a fuse when approved by the Engineer or their designee.

Conductor Signal Cables. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, install conductor signal cables between pull boxes in accordance with Burbank Standard Plan BT-418.

Use the neutral conductor only with the phases associated with that cable. Do not intermix neutral conductors from different cables except at the signal controller.

Coil three turns of cable in each pull box before cutting for splicing.

Tape the ends of unused conductors and cables in pull boxes to form a watertight seal.

Connectors and Terminals. Apply connectors and terminals to cables and conductors using a crimping compression tool under the manufacturer's instructions. The tool shall prevent opening of the handles until the crimp is completed.

Install crimp-style terminal lugs on stranded conductors smaller than no. 14.

Solder no. 8 and smaller copper conductors to connectors and terminal lugs. 8-8.3 Identification and Labeling
Identify conductors and cables by direct labeling, tags, or bands fastened in such a way that they will not move. Use mechanical methods or permanent methods specifically designed for outdoor use and provide identification for each cable as ordered by the Engineer or their designee. Each CSC shall be labeled in a permanent, color-coded manner such that the vehicle phase and placement are noted on the cable.
8-9 Splicing Materials, Connectors, and Terminals
Conductor signal cable and loop multi-pair cable connectors, tape, and coating shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
8-9.1 Connectors and Terminals
Copper connectors shall comply with UL-486A.

Connectors and terminals shall be rated for the conductors’ size and material type and be prefilled with oxide-inhibiting compound.

Connectors and terminals for copper conductors shall be a compression or crimp type. 8-9.2 Fused Splice Connector
The fused splice connector shall not have exposed metal parts except for the head of the stainless steel assembly screw. The head of the assembly screw shall be recessed a minimum ATTACHMENT 3-110
296
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 48 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

of 1/32 inch below the top of the plastic boss that surrounds the head.

The connector shall protect the fuse from water or weather damage. Contact between the fuse and fuse holder shall be spring loaded.

Fuses shall be standard, midget, ferrule type, have a non-time-delay feature, be 3/32 by 1-1/2 inches, and have a 5 ampere current rating.
8-10 Splicing Conductors and Cables
8-10.1 General
Where splicing is required inside the pull box or splice vault, the Contractor is responsible for supplying the splice kits and all accessories including bond connectors and proper end plates to provide splices as recommended by the manufacturer. All splicing shall be done by the Contractor, the City will supply necessary wiring information or splicing diagram.

The Contractor may splice:
1) Conductors in a pull box
2) Ungrounded lighting circuit conductors in a pull box 3) Accessible pedestrian signal and push button conductors in a pull box 4) Ungrounded signal conductors to a terminal compartment or a signal head on a standard with conductors of the same phase in a pull box 5) Loop multi-pair cable and loop wire in a pull box
8-10.2 Grounded Conductors, Ungrounded Lighting Circuit Conductors, And Signal Conductor Neutrals.

The Contractor shall splice by soldering using the hot iron, pouring, or dipping method. Do not perform open-flame soldering.

Insulate soldered splices to form a watertight joint and to prevent moisture absorption by the cable. Use connectors and tape or Method B as shown in Caltrans Standard Plan ES-13A to insulate a splice.

Use connectors and tape as follows:
1) Insert the splice area into pre-filled sealant connectors 2) Apply 3 layers of half-lapped, PVC, pressure-sensitive, adhesive tape 3) Apply electrical insulating coating evenly over entire splice and a short amount onto the cable insulation and allow to dry.

Method B to insulate a splice as follows:
1) Cover the splice area completely with an electrical insulating coating and allow it to dry 2) Apply 3 layers of half-lapped, PVC tape
3) Apply 2 layers of butyl-rubber, stretchable tape with liner 4) Apply 3 layers of half-lapped, PVC, pressure-sensitive, adhesive tape 5) Cover the entire splice with an electrical insulating coating and allow it to dry 8-10.3 Accessible Pedestrian Signal, Pushbutton, And Signal Conductors The Contractor shall splice by soldering using the hot iron, pouring, or dipping method. Do not perform open-flame soldering.

Insulate conductor signal cable splices a to form a watertight joint and to prevent moisture absorption by the cable.

ATTACHMENT 3-111
297
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 49 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Use connectors and tape method to insulate a splice as follows:
1) Insert the splice area into pre-filled sealant connectors 2) Apply 3 layers of half-lapped, PVC, pressure-sensitive, adhesive tape 3) Apply electrical insulating coating evenly over entire splice and a short amount onto the cable insulation and allow to dry.
8-10.4 Inductive loop detector conductors.

The Contractor shall splice by soldering using the hot iron, pouring, or dipping method. Do not perform open-flame soldering.

Insulate soldered splices to form a watertight joint and to prevent moisture absorption by the cable. Use connectors and tape or Method B to insulate a splice.

Use Method B as follows:
1) Cover the splice area completely with an electrical insulating coating and allow it to dry 2) Apply 3 layers of half-lapped, PVC tape
3) Apply 2 layers of butyl-rubber, stretchable tape with liner 4) Apply 3 layers of half-lapped, PVC, pressure-sensitive, adhesive tape 5) Cover the entire splice with an electrical insulating coating and allow it to dry

Splice loop wire based on number of loops in each channel and “start” and “finish” details in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5A.

Splice loop wire for each direction of travel for the same phase, terminating in the same pull box, to a separate detector lead-in cable or loop multi-pair cable running from the pull box adjacent to the loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. Verify in the presence of the Engineer or their designee that the loops are operational before making the final splices between loop conductors and the detector lead-in cable or loop multi-pair cable. 8-10.5 Fused Splice Connectors
Install a fuse splice connector with a fuse in each ungrounded conductor for LED luminaires.

The connector shall be located in the pull box adjacent to the luminaires.

Crimp the connector terminals onto the ungrounded conductors using a tool under the manufacturer's instructions. Insulate the terminals and make them watertight.

When approved by the Engineer or their designee, install a fuse splice connector with a fuse in the ungrounded power conductor for video detection cameras. The connector shall be located in the pull box adjacent to the luminaires.
8-11 LED Luminaire and Photoelectric Unit
8-11.1 Material
The LED luminaire shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

ATTACHMENT 3-112
298
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 50 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Each luminaire shall be furnished with a photoelectric unit. The photoelectric unit shall:
1) Have a screen to prevent artificial light from causing cycling. 2) Have a rating of 60 Hz, 105-130 V(ac), 210-240 V(ac), or 105-240 V(ac). 3) Operate at a temperature range from -20 to 55 degrees C. 4) Consume less than 10 W.
5) Be a 3-prong, twist-lock type with a NEMA IP 65 rating, ANSI C136.10-compliant. 6) Have a fail-on state.
7) Fit into a NEMA-type receptacle.
8) Turn on from 1 to 5 footcandles and turn off from 1.5 to 5 times the turn-on level.

Measurements shall be made by procedures in EEI-NEMA Standards for Physical and Electrical Interchangeability of Light-Sensitive Control Devices Used in the Control of Roadway Lighting.

Photoelectric control's contactor shall be:
1) Normally open
2) Mechanical-armature type with contacts of fine silver, silver alloy, or better material 3) Installed to provide a minimum space of 2-1/2 inches between the contactor terminals and the enclosure's sides

The terminal blocks shall be rated at 30 A, 600 V(ac), molded from phenolic or nylon material, and be the barrier type with plated-brass screw terminals and integral marking strips. 8-11.2 Installation
Install the luminaire using the manufacturer’s instructions.

Mount the photoelectric unit into a NEMA twist-lock receptacle to be integral with the luminaire. 8-12 Bonding and Grounding
8-12.1 Material
Ground electrode shall be:
1) 1 piece
2) 10-foot minimum length of one of the following:
3) Galvanized steel rod or pipe not less than 3/4 inch in diameter 4) Copper clad steel rod not less than 5/8 inch in diameter 8-12.2 Installation
Install a grounding electrode for each controller cabinet and service equipment enclosure.

Ground metallic equipment mounted less than 8 feet above the ground surface on a wood pole.

Bond all metal components to form a continuous grounded system as specified in NEC.

Install a minimum no. 8 grounding copper conductor in conduit and connect it to all-metal components.

Attach a grounding conductor from the electrode using either a ground clamp or exothermic weld. Connect the other end of the conductor to the controller cabinet and service equipment enclosure.
8-13 Service Cabinet
ATTACHMENT 3-113
299
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 51 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

8-13.1 Material
Service equipment enclosures shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS” . Each cabinet shall have a utility section separate from the customer section. Each cabinet shall be supplied with a meter socket jumper cover as shown on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

Each enclosure shall have the following circuit breakers:
 2P-100A (Main Service Disconnect)
 1P-50A (Signal)
 1P-20A (Lighting)
 1P-30A (Spare)
 1P-15A (Spare)

Circuit breakers for a service equipment enclosure shall:
1) Be quick-break on either automatic or manual operation 2) Be trip indicating
3) Be internal-trip type
4) Be UL listed or NRTL certified and comply with UL 489 or equal 5) Be clearly marked with the frame size
6) Have an operating mechanism that is enclosed and trip-free from the operating handle on overload
7) Have the trip rating clearly marked on the operating handle 8) Have an interior made of copper

Circuit breakers used as disconnects shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 10,000 A, rms.

Service Cabinet address label shall be shown on the outside of the Cabinet, installed on the side facing approaching traffic. Address label shall be weatherproof, shall contain black text on white background, and shall be minimum of 2” text size.

Contractor shall obtain the necessary electrical permits from the Community Development Department-Building and Safety Division for service cabinet installation, inspection and electrical service authorization. The permit fee will be waived for City projects. 8-13.2 Installation
Installing a service cabinet includes constructing a power pole riser, the foundation, and installing an adjacent pull box, conduit, grounding electrode, and cabinet in accordance with Burbank Water and Power Standard Plan S-733C. Do not install service cabinets until the concrete foundation has cured for at least 3 days.

Install the service cabinet early enough to allow the utility to complete its work before completion of the electrical work.

Notify the Engineer or their designee at least 20 Working Days prior to starting service cabinet work. The Engineer will setup a field meeting with Burbank Water and Power Department (BWP) Electric Division to confirm the requirements for service work.

The BWP Electric Division shall approve the location of the riser on the power pole and the service cabinet orientation.

ATTACHMENT 3-114
300
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 52 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Bond and ground metal conduit as specified in NEC and by the service utility except the grounding electrode conductor shall be no. 6 or larger.

Circuit breakers shall be provided as shown on the Plans. Identify each circuit breaker and component by description using an engraved phenolic nameplate attached with stainless steel rivets or screws.

A plastic-laminated wiring diagram shall be attached inside the enclosure with brass eyelets by a UL-listed or NRTL-certified method.
8-14 Signal Cabinets and Controller Assemblies
8-14.1 Material
The signal cabinet and controller assembly shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”. Cabinets shall be factory wired and shall have:
1) Corbin #2 locks
2) Door envelope for plans and maintenance records
3) Rack drawer mounted directly under the controller for documents 4) Two LED fixtures on the Qualified Products List. The “On-Off” switch for the lighting fixture shall be:
a. A toggle switch mounted on the inside door panel, or b. A door-actuated switch that turns the light on when the door is open, and off when the door is closed
5) Three sets of wiring diagrams

Each 332L cabinet controller assembly consists of:
 One 2070E controller unit on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
 18 loop sensor units on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
 18 Model 200 switchpacks
 4 Model 242 isolators
 4 Model 252 isolators
 One conflict monitor on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
 One 16 channel Red Monitor Board and cable
 One Six-Position Auxiliary Output File (Output File #2)

All devices shall conform to the latest Caltrans Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications.
8-14.2 Installation
Installing a signal cabinet and controller assembly includes constructing the foundation and pad and installing conduit, grounding electrode, cabinet, and controller assembly components.

Controller assemblies shall be tested and approved by the City prior to installation.

Controller assemblies shall be installed to achieve the operation shown on the Plans.

All controller assembly components shall be dry and protected from moisture upon delivery.

ATTACHMENT 3-115
301
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 53 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Apply a mastic or caulking compound before installing the cabinet on the foundation to seal the openings.

Do not install signal cabinets until the concrete foundation has cured for at least 3 days.

Connect the field wiring to the terminal blocks in the cabinet. Neatly arrange and lace or enclose the conductors in plastic tubing or raceway. Terminate the conductors with properly sized captive or spring spade terminals. Apply a crimp-style connector and solder them.

Install and solder a spade-type terminal on no. 12 and smaller field conductors and a spade- type or ring-type terminal on conductors larger than no. 12. 8-15 Battery Backup System
8-15.1 Material
Battery Backup System (BBS) shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

A battery backup system includes the cabinet, batteries, and the electronics assembly.

The electronics assembly includes the inverter/charger unit, power transfer relay, manually- operated bypass switch, battery harness, utility interconnect wires, battery temperature probe, and relay contact wires.

Battery backup systems shall be tested and approved by the City prior to installation.

All necessary hardware for mounting (shelf angles, rack, bolts/fasteners, washers, etc) shall be included in the Lump Sum Bid Price for each “Traffic Signal”. 8-15.2 Installation
The battery backup system shall be installed on signal cabinets as indicated by the Plans and under the manufacturer's instructions.

Install the battery backup system cabinet to the right of the controller cabinet. If installation on the right side is not possible, obtain authorization for installation on the left side.

Provide access for power conductors between the cabinets using:
1) 2-inch nylon-insulated, steel chase nipple
2) 2-inch steel sealing locknut
3) 2-inch nylon-insulated, steel bushing

Remove the jumper between the terminals labeled BBS-1 and BBS-2 in the 5-position terminal block in the controller cabinet before connecting the electronics assembly.

For all BBS to be installed per Plans (including Contractor furnished BBS and City furnished BBS, the Contractor shall furnish and install all wiring, bolts, nuts, washers, and connectors necessary to provide utility power through the battery backup system and to the controller cabinet. If required by the BBS Manufacturer, the Contractor shall at his own expense, arrange to have a technician, qualified to work on the BBS and employed by the equipment manufacturer, or his representative, present at the time the equipment is installed or turn-on.

ATTACHMENT 3-116
302
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 54 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

8-15.3 Payment
Payment for the labor and all components of Battery Backup System (BBS) including tech support for installation and signal turn-on shall be considered as included in the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
8-16 Vehicle Signal Heads
8-16.1 Material
Vehicle Signal Heads shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 86-1.02R, " Signal Heads", of 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

A vehicle signal head consists of a signal mounting assembly, louvered backplate, and signal face. A signal face consists of signal sections with signal housings, LED modules, and visors.

All new vehicle signal indications shall be 12" nominal diameter. All new signal indications shall be Light Emitting Diode (LED), as specified on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

The head shall have a terminal block attached to the back of one housing. The terminal block shall have enough positions to accommodate all indications. Each position shall be permanently labeled for the indications used.

The signal housings and visors shall be metal and powder coated. The signal housings and visors shall be color no. 17038 or 27038 of AMS-STD-595. The metal signal heads shall not fracture or deflect more than half the lens diameter when tested under California Test 666.

The backplate shall be metal and powder coated. Plastic backplates are not allowed. A metal backplate shall be made of a minimum 1/16-inch-thick 3001-14 aluminum. The backplates shall be louvered, flat black, color no. 37038 of AMS-STD-595.

The visors shall be full circle type in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-4C.

Directional/programmed visibility louvers shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”. 8-16.2 Signal Mounting Assembly
Signal mounting assembly shall include:
1) 1-1/2-inch-diameter steel pipe or galvanized conduit 2) Pipe fitting made of ductile iron, galvanized steel, bronze, or aluminum alloy, Type AC- 84B, no. 380
3) Mast arm and post-top slip fitters and terminal compartments made of cast bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron
8-16.3 Installation of Vehicle Signal Heads
Installation of vehicle signal heads shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 87-1.03R, "Signal Heads", of 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Installing a vehicle signal head includes mounting the heads on standards and mast arms, installing backplates and visors, and wiring conductors to the terminal blocks.

ATTACHMENT 3-117
303
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 55 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Install the signal mounting assembly to be a minimum of 17 feet above the roadway or a minimum of 10 feet above the sidewalk.

Vehicle signal mounting assemblies shall be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-4A, ES-4C, ES-4D, ES-4E, and ES-7M.
8-17 Pedestrian Signal Heads
8-17.1 Material
Pedestrian signals shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 86-1.02S, "Pedestrian Signal Heads" of 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. A pedestrian signal head consists of a pedestrian signal mounting assembly and a pedestrian signal face comprising of a pedestrian signal housing, an LED countdown pedestrian signal face module, and a front screen.

Pedestrian signal mounting assemblies and signal faces shall be a black color that matches color no. 17038, 27038, or 37038 of AMS-STD-595. Pedestrian signal indication housings shall be metal.

Pedestrian signal shall be LED countdown type. The LED countdown signal face module shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

Signal mounting assembly.
8-17.2 Pedestrian Mounting Assembly
Pedestrian signal mounting shall include:
1) 1-1/2-inch-diameter steel pipe or galvanized conduit 2) Pipe fitting made of ductile iron, galvanized steel, bronze, or aluminum alloy, Type AC- 84B, no. 380
8-17.3 Installation Of Pedestrian Signal Head
Installation of pedestrian signal heads shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 87-1.03S, "Pedestrian Signal Heads", of 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Installing a pedestrian signal head includes mounting the heads on standards and wiring conductors to the terminal blocks.

Use the same brand and material for the pedestrian signal faces at each location.

Orient each mounting assembly to allow maximum horizontal clearance to the adjacent roadway.

Install the signal mounting assembly to be a minimum of 7 feet above the sidewalk.

Pedestrian signal mounting assemblies shall be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-4B and ES-4D.
8-18 Accessible Pedestrian Signals
ATTACHMENT 3-118
304
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 56 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

8-18.1 Material
The Accessible pedestrian signal shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
8-18.2 Installation of Accessible Pedestrian Signals
Where there are two accessible pedestrian signs on the same corner, the push buttons shall be mounted on poles separated by at least 10 feet. If the requirement for separation cannot be met due to location requirements, two accessible pedestrian signal related push buttons may be installed on a signal pole. If installed on the same pole, the APS must be equipped to provide speech-transmitted data or other technology that delivers an unambiguous message about what crosswalk has the walk signal indication.2

Use a slip fitter to secure the assembly on top of a 2-1/2-inch-diameter post.

Install an accessible pedestrian signal and the Caltrans standard 5” by 7.5” R10-3 sign on the crosswalk side of the standard.

Attach the sign to the assembly. Attach the accessible pedestrian signal to the standard using the manufacturer's instructions. Point the arrow on the accessible pedestrian signal and R10-3 sign in the same direction as the corresponding crosswalk.

When replacing an existing accessible pedestrian signal, the housing color shall match the color of the existing housing.

Arrange to have the Engineer or their designee at the job site to approve the programming of the accessible pedestrian signal with an audible message or tone.

Accessible pedestrian signals shall be installed in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-4C.

If required by the Manufacturer of the Accessible Pedestrian Signals, the Contractor shall at his own expense, arrange to have a technician, qualified to work on the Accessible Pedestrian Signals and employed by the equipment manufacturer, or his representative, present at the time the equipment is installed, during programing of the Accessible Pedestrian Signals, and at the time of signal turn-on.
8-18.3 Payment
Payment for the labor and all components of Battery Backup System (BBS) including tech support for installation, programing, and signal turn-on shall be considered as included in the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
8-19 Push Button Assemblies
8-19.1 Material
Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies shall conform to Subsection 86-1.02U, “Push Button Assemblies”, of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Unless shown otherwise on the Plans, Pedestrian Push Button shall be Type B in accordance

2 Public Rights-of-Way Access Advisory Committee (PROWAAC) Section X02.5.1.3 (G) Separation ATTACHMENT 3-119
305
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 57 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5C.

The push button's switch shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

Pedestrian push button assembly shall be ADA compliant furnished with stainless steel tamper- proof screws. Pedestrian push button assembly shall consist of 5”x7” housing (Color: Black), 2” ADA Moving Push Button (Color: Black, Button: Silver Stainless Steel), and Caltrans standard 5” x 7.5” R10-3 sign for pedestrian push buttons or R10-4 sign for bicycle or equestrian push buttons. At flashing beacon locations, push button signs shall be R10-25 in accordance with the California MUTCD, or as approved by the Engineer.
8-19.2 Installation
The Pedestrian Push Button Assembly shall be installed at ADA standard height of 42”, measured from top of sidewalk to center of push button. Pedestrian push buttons shall be mounted adjacent to a 32 inches by 54 inches clear ground space or a landing on the pedestrian access rout leading to the crosswalk, and shall slope no more than 1:48 in any direction.

Pedestrian push buttons shall be mounted no further than 5 feet from the extension of the crosswalk lines, and within 10 feet of the curb line, unless the curb ramp is longer than 10 feet.

Where a parallel approach to the push button is provided, controls shall be within 10 inches of the clear ground space, measured horizontally and centered on it. The control face of the push button shall be parallel to the direction of the crosswalk controlled by the push button, and no closer than 30 inches to the curb line.3

All exposed fasteners shall have anti-seize compound (NOA-Lox or Agency approved equal) applied before installation.

Installation of Push Button Assemblies shall be in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Specification Subsection 86-1.02U “Push Button Assemblies” and the 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-4C.
8-20 Inductive Loop Detectors
8-20.1 General
Detectors and detector lead-in cable shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 87-1.03V “Detectors” of 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Installing a detector includes installing inductive loop conductors, sealant, conduit, and pull boxes.
8-20.2 Material
Inductive loop conductors (loop wire), detector lead-in cable, and loop multi-pair cable shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

Loop wire shall be Caltrans Type 2 (THWN or XHHW no. 14 wire). Loop Multi-pair cable (4 pair) shall be Falcon Fine Wire 11LA18B4PIS-0 or equivalent. Install the Type 2 loop wire using winding details in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5A.

3 Public Rights-of-Way Access Advisory Committee (PROWAAC) Section X02.5.1.3 Push button location ATTACHMENT 3-120
306
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 58 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

8-20.3 Loop Installation
Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, center the detectors in the middle of travel lanes or within 5 feet from the nearest stripe.

Loops in the same travel lane shall be spaced 16 feet center to center and one foot behind the crosswalk or stop line stripe.

Loops placed near the crosswalk shall be Type 2 bicycle loops in accordance with Burbank Standard Plan BT-415. All other loop detectors shall be round, 6' (1.8 m) diameter, Type E in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5A and ES-5B unless otherwise noted on plans.

Pull box conduits for loop detectors shall be curb termination detail Type A in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5D.

If the project involves striping, all inductive loops shall be installed prior to final striping and after temporary cat track of proposed striping.

Loop wire shall be installed on the same day in which the loop slots are cut, including placement of the loop conductors and sealant.

If preformed loops are specified on the Plans, installation shall follow City of Los Angeles Department of Transportation Standard Plan S-70.1E.

Loops shall consist of turns presented in the table below.

Length
Number of
Loops in lane
Number of
Turns
Bicycle Detector 1 4
Caltrans Type E
2 4
3 3
4 3

Install the conductor without splices except at the pull box.

Identify the start of the conductor. Waterproof the ends of a Type 2 loop conductor before installing it in the conduit to prevent moisture from entering the cable.

Install the loop conductor in the slots and lead-in saw cuts using a 3/16- to 1/4-inch-thick wood paddle. Hold the conductors in place at the bottom of the slot with wood paddles during placement of the sealant.

Wind adjacent loops on the same sensor unit channel in opposite directions.

Twist the conductors for each loop into a pair consisting of a minimum of 2 turns per foot before placing them in the lead-in saw cut and the conduit leading to the pull box. Do not install more than 2 twisted pairs of conductors per lead-in saw cut.

Provide 5 feet of slack in the pull box.

ATTACHMENT 3-121
307
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 59 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

8-20.4 Loop Detector Sealants
Inductive loop detector sealant shall be Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant and in accordance with Subsection 86-1.02W “Loop Detector Sealants” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications.

Application of Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant shall be in accordance with Subsection 87-

1.03W “Sealants” of the 2018 Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

Test each loop for continuity, circuit resistance, and insulation resistance before filling the slots with Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant.

Fill the slot with a sealant flush to the surface. Remove excess sealant from the adjacent road surface before it sets. Do not use solvents to remove the excess. 8-20.5 Saw Cutting
Slots for loop detectors shall have a maximum width of 5/8 inches, a minimum depth of 3 inches, and a maximum depth of 5 inches. The minimum radius of the slot entering and leaving the circular part of the loop shall be 1.5 inches.

The slots shall be either core drilled or cut by the use of “Circular Loop Cutter” machine. This machine must be so configured that, once started, it will continue to cut a circle without any overlap, and able to circumscribe a six-foot-diameter round loop without being raised or repositioned. This method of installation shall not cause any additional holes to be placed in the pavement for the purpose of anchoring the installing machine.

The distance between the side of the loop and a lead-in saw cut from an adjacent detector shall be at least 2 feet. The distance between lead-in saw cuts must be at least 6 inches.

Prevent asphaltic material and saw cutting residue from entering storm drain systems and receiving waters. Cover drainage inlets and use linear sediment barriers to protect downhill receiving waters until saw cutting activities are completed and excess material has been removed.

Whenever precipitation is forecasted, limit paving, saw cutting, and grinding to places where runoff can be captured.

Collect the residue from activities with a vacuum. Do not leave the residue on the pavement or allow it to flow across the pavement. The residue shall be dumped in a private dumpsite, and it will not be allowed in catch basins and storm drains.

Wash the slots clean using water and blow dry them with compressed air to remove all moisture and debris.
8-20.6 Inductive Loop Splices
Inductive loop splice connector shall be King Connector Series 621, 622, or IDEAL Connector Models 61, 62. Install connectors for splicing loop wires to 4-pair loop cable per manufacturer’s directions.

Splice loop conductors based on number of loops in each channel and “start” and “finish” details in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-5A.

Verify in the presence of the Engineer or their designee that the loops are operational before ATTACHMENT 3-122
308
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 60 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

making the final splices between loop conductors and the lead-in cable. 8-20.7 Identification and Tagging
Identify the loop conductor pair in the pull box, marking the start with the letter S and the end with the letter F. Band conductors in pairs by lane in the pull box adjacent to the loops and in the cabinet. Identify each pair with the detector designation and loop number. 8-20.8 Preformed Inductive Loop Detectors
If specified on the Plans, installation shall be in accordance with Los Angeles Department of Transportation Standard Plan S-70.1E.

Install a preformed inductive loop detector consisting of 4 turns in the loop and a lead-in conductor pair twisted at least 2 turns per foot all encased in conduit and sealed to prevent water penetration. The detector shall be 6-foot round unless shown otherwise.

Construct the loop detector using a minimum 3/8-inch polypropylene conduit and no. 16 or larger conductor with Type TFFN insulation.

The top of the conduit shall be at least 4 inches below the top of the pavement. 8-21 Video Detection System
8-21.1 Material
The City uses cameras for surveillance and detection of bicycles and vehicles when shown on the Plans. Video detection systems shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.

When video detection is required, the Contractor shall furnish and install rack mounted Video Detection System as shown on the plan. The system shall include video detection equipment and cameras, processors, modules, cabinet equipment, and all necessary equipment, mounts, cabling, connectors, and any other items necessary to provide the intended operation as shown on the Plans.
8-21.2 Installation
The video detection camera shall be installed by factory-certified installers and using the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall provide proof of factory certification.

Mount cameras as shown on the Plans using brackets recommended by manufacturer.

One coaxial cable shall be provided in one continuous run from each video detection camera to the signal cabinet. A minimum of 10 feet of slack shall be provided in the cabinet to allow for terminations. Surge suppressors shall be installed on each coaxial cable at the cabinet using the manufacturer’s recommendations. Coaxial splitters shall be installed as needed to connect the video detection camera to the video encoder and the processor.

The Contractor shall have the Engineer or their designee present for aiming of cameras and configuring and testing detection zones. The Contractor are responsible for programming video detection zones as shown on the Plans. Detection zones shall be uniquely labeled and able to be edited by the user.

Verify that all components are working properly, traffic controller inputs are functional, and detection zones are per plan.

ATTACHMENT 3-123
309
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 61 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

If required by the Manufacturer of the Video Detection System, the Contractor shall at his own expense, arrange to have a technician, qualified to work on the Video Detection System and employed by the equipment manufacturer, or his representative, present at the time of installation, during programming of the video detection zones, and at the time of signal turn-on. 8-21.3 Payment
Payment for the labor and all components of Video Detection System including tech support for installation and signal turn-on shall be considered as included in the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
9-1 Ethernet Switch
9-1.1 Material
1) The Ethernet switch shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”. The Ethernet switch consists of:
2) One Ethernet switch unit
3) Two Ethernet switch SFP modules
4) One Ethernet switch power supply
5) One rack mount
6) One power distribution strip
7) Six (6) Category 6, straight through, network cables six feet in length 9-1.2 Installation
Securely attach the Ethernet Switch to the mount at the rear of the cabinet, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or their designee.

1) Securely mount the Power Distribution Strip to the side panel of the signal cabinet, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
2) Connect the Ethernet switch power supply to the power distribution strip. 9-2 Fiber Optic Cable System
9-2.1 Material
A fiber optic cable system includes fiber optic cables, fiber optic patch cords, and fiber optic connectors.

Fiber optic cables shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS” .

Patch cords shall:
1) Be a single mode fiber in a 900 µm tight buffer with a 0.12 inch outer diameter PVC jacket
2) Have fiber optic connectors attached on both ends
3) Be at least 6 feet in length
4) Have manufacturer's part number on the jacket

Duplex patch cords shall be of round cable structure, and not have zip-cord structure.

ATTACHMENT 3-124
310
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 62 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

All metal components of the fiber optic cable system shall be corrosion resistant.

All connectors shall be factory-installed and tested. Connectors shall be:
1) 0.1-inch ceramic ferrule pre-radiused type
2) Capped when not used

Couplers shall be made of the same material as the connector's housing and have ceramic sleeves.

Single mode fiber optic connectors shall have a yellow strain relief boot or a yellow base. 9-2.2 Installation
Fiber Optic Cable
Perform the optical time-domain reflectometer test:
1) On the fiber optic cable upon its arrival to the job site and before its installation. Complete the Cable Verification Worksheet. Do not install the fiber optic cable until the Engineer's written approval is received.
2) After the fiber optic cable segments have been pulled but before breakout and termination. Complete the Segment Verification Worksheet. 3) Once the passive cabling system has been installed and is ready for activation. If the measured individual fusion splice losses exceed -0.30 dB, re-splice and retest. At the conclusion of the OTDR test, perform the power meter and light source test. If the measured link loss exceeds the calculated link loss, replace the unsatisfactory cable segments or splices and retest. Complete the Link Loss Budget Worksheet.

Submit optical time-domain reflectometer data files for each test in a Microsoft Excel format.

Test results shall be provided to the City within seven (7) days of each test. A summary sheet shall be provided with the submittal of test results that identifies each cable segment and specific fiber, length, attenuation per kilometer, the number of point losses in excess of 0.1 dB, total measured link loss and calculated link loss budget.

Conduct bi-directional tests on each cable reel before installation. The measured attenuation for each individual fiber or fiber string shall be equal to or less than 0.7 dB.

The Contractor shall replace or repair any fiber optic cables, splices, pigtails, and patch cords that exceed the calculated link loss budget at own cost. The Contractor are not responsible for correcting existing splices or terminations present before construction.

During testing of the intelligent transportation system, the Contractor shall replace or repair any fiber optic cables, splices, pigtails, and patch cords until the circuit is accepted.

When using mechanical aids to install fiber optic cable:
1) Maintain a cable bend radius at least twenty times the outside diameter of the cable 2) Use cable grips having a ball bearing swivel
3) Use a pulling force on a cable not exceed 500 pound-foot or manufacturer’s recommended pulling tension, whichever is less

When installing the cable using the air blown method, the cable shall withstand a static air pressure of 110 psi.

ATTACHMENT 3-125
311
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 63 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Lubricate the cable using a lubricant recommended by the cable manufacturer.

Install fiber optic cable without splices except where shown.

Install the cable within bend radius and tensile strength limits specified in the manufacturer's data sheets. Check all conduit fittings to ensure the cable will not make any sharp bends or press against any sharp corners.

Cable Slack Requirements
Location Minimum Slack (feet)
Cabinet 5
Pull box 25
24”x36” Pull box 50

Install tracer wires in the fiber optic conduits as shown. Provide a minimum 5 feet of slack tracer wire in each pull box and vault from each direction. The Contractor may splice tracer wire at intervals of not less than 500 feet and only inside pull boxes.

Apply a non-hygroscopic filling compound to fiber optic cable openings.

Install strain relief for fiber optic cable entering a fiber optic closure.

Identify fibers and cables by direct labeling, metal tags, or bands fastened in such a way that they will not move. Use mechanical methods for labeling.

Place labels on the cables at the entrance and exit of splice closures and fiber distribution units.

Lace fiber optic cable inside controller cabinets and secure the cable to the cage.

Fiber Optic Patch Cord
Install patch cords in fiber distribution units. Permanently label each cord and each connector in the panel with the system as shown.

Fiber Optic Splices
Fiber optic slices shall only be at locations identified on the Plans and approved by the Engineer or their designee. All splices shall be protected and stored in splice trays stowed and protected in splice closures or fiber distribution units.

Use fusion splicing for fiber optic cables.

Splice single-buffer tube cable to multi-buffer tube cable using the mid-span access method under manufacturer's instructions. Any mid-span access splice or FDU termination shall involve only those fibers being spliced as shown.

Place fiber splices in the splice closures installed in the pull boxes. 9-3 Fiber Distribution Unit
9-3.1 Material
The fiber distribution unit consists of a housing, connector panel, and pigtails. A pigtail shall:
1) Be a simplex single mode fiber in a 900 µm tight buffer with a 0.12 inch outer diameter ATTACHMENT 3-126
312
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 64 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

PVC jacket
2) Have a fiber optic connector attached on one end and bare fiber on the other end 3) Be at least 3 feet in length
4) Have the manufacturer's part number on the jacket

Pigtails shall be single-fiber or ribbon type.

The fiber distribution unit housing and connector panel shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”. 9-3.2 Installation
Splice incoming fiber optic cable strands to fiber distribution unit pigtails.

Do not apply stress on the fiber when located in its final position. 9-4 Fiber Splice Closure
9-4.1 Material
The fiber splice closure shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
9-4.2 Installation
Maintain an equal amount of slack on each side of the splice closure.

Secure the fiber optic splices in splice tray. Secure the splice trays to the inner closure.

Label cables and buffer tubes.

Do not seal fiber splice closure until authorized and the power meter and light source test is performed. Seal the closure under manufacturer's instructions.

Visually inspect the closure. If bubbles are present, identify the locations where the bubbles are present, take corrective actions and repeat the flash test until no bubbles are present. 9-5 Pan-Tilt-Zoom Camera
The pan-tilt-zoom camera shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
9-6 Signal Interconnect Cable
A signal interconnect cable shall be a 12-pair type with stranded, tinned, copper no. 19 conductors, unless otherwise shown on the Plans.

The cable jacket shall be black HDPE rated for a minimum of 300 V(ac) and 60 degrees C. The jacket shall have a minimum nominal wall thickness of 40 mils.

The cable shall comply with RUS Bulletin 1735F-205 (PE-39). 9-7 Video Encoder
9-7.1 Material
The video encoder shall be on the Qualified Products List per Special Provisions SP2 ATTACHMENT 3-127
313
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 65 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Subsection 2 “TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS”.
9-7.2 Installation
Securely mount the video encoder to the DIN rail, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or their designee.

Connect the video encoder power supply to the power distribution strip.

TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION, RELOCATION, OR REMOVALS
10-1 General
The Contractor shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufacture articles, and shall perform all operations necessary to construct the traffic signal system, with appurtenant signing and striping, complete and operational as shown on the Plans and as specified in these Special Provisions.
10-2 Traffic Signal Installation
Contractor shall not erect posts, poles, or standards until the concrete foundation has cured for at least 7 days. All standards shall be erected and installed within six weeks of commencing excavation.

Install signal standards in accordance with 2018 Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7M.

Install signal standards with the handhole on the downstream side of the pole in relation to traffic.

The end of any signal mast arm tenon not to be used shall be covered by an approved galvanized steel cap.

Provide 2 nuts and washers for the upper threaded part of each anchor bolt. Provide 3 nuts and washers for each anchor bar or stud.

Do not weld HS steel used for anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs.

Plumb or rake by adjusting the leveling nuts before tightening nuts. Do not use shims or similar devices. After final adjustments of both top nuts and leveling nuts on anchorage assemblies have been made and each post, standard, and pedestal on the structure is properly positioned, tighten nuts as follows:
1) Tighten leveling nuts and top nuts, following a crisscross pattern, until bearing surfaces of all nuts, washers, and base plates are in firm contact. 2) Use an indelible marker to mark the top nuts and base plate with lines showing relative alignment of the nut to the base plate.
3) Tighten top nuts, following a crisscross pattern, an additional 1/6th of a turn.

Ground standards with a handhole by attaching a bonding jumper from the bolt or lug inside the standard to a metal conduit or to the grounding wire in the adjacent pull box. The bonding jumper shall be visible when the handhole cover is removed.

Ground standards without a handhole or standards with a slip base by attaching a bonding jumper to all anchor bolts using ground clamps and connecting it to a metal conduit or to the grounding wire in the adjacent pull box. The bonding jumper shall be visible after mortar has been placed on the foundation.

ATTACHMENT 3-128
314
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 66 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

10-3 Traffic Signal Relocation
If an existing standard is ordered to be relocated or reused, Contractor shall remove large dents, straighten shafts, and replace parts that are in poor condition. Contractor shall furnish anchor bolts or bars, nuts, bolts, and washers required for relocating or reusing signal standard. If a standard or mast arm is relocated, Contractor shall furnish:
1) New bolts, nuts, cap screws, and washers
2) New keeper plate, if the standard has a slip base

For relocated standards, Contractor shall construct new foundations and furnish anchor bolts of the proper type and size.

Holes left in the shaft of an existing standard due to the removal of equipment or mast arm shall be sealed by fastening a galvanized steel disk to cover the hole. Fasten using a single central galvanized steel fastener. Seal edges of the disk and hole with a polysulfide or polyurethane sealing compound complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. 10-4 Traffic Signal Removals
A foundation shall be completely removed if not shown to be reused or abandoned. Dispose of foundations that are removed. Backfill the resulting hole with one sack slurry.

If a foundation is shown to be abandoned, Contractor shall remove the top of the foundation, cut anchor bolts, and conduits to a minimum depth of 0.5 foot below the sidewalk surface or original ground. Backfill the resulting hole with one sack slurry.

TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Temporary signal standards shall be in accordance with Los Angeles Department of Transportation Standard Plan S-57.2B and S-57.2D. Temporary signal standards shall be installed to maintain signal face field of view standards in the California MUTCD.

Temporary signal cabinets shall be in accordance with Los Angeles Department of Transportation Standard Plan S-57.3.

REMOVING, REINSTALLING, OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 12-1 Remove
The Contractor may abandon unused underground conduit after pulling out all conductors and removing conduit terminations from the pull boxes.

If standards are to be removed, remove:
1) All components
2) Mast arms from the standards
3) Luminaires, signal heads, and signal mounting assemblies from the standards and mast arms
4) Concrete foundation complete
12-2 Reinstall
If the existing material is unsatisfactory for reuse and the Engineer orders the Contractor to replace it with new material, replacing the existing material with new material is change order work.

ATTACHMENT 3-129
315
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 67 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

If the removed electrical equipment is to be reinstalled, the Contractor shall, at his expense, supply all materials and equipment, including anchor bolts, nuts, washers, wiring, concrete foundation, signal mounting assemblies per Special Provisions SP2 Subsection 8:TRAFFIC SIGNALS, and all other materials needed to complete the new installation.

All removed equipment and traffic signal standards, including old signal standards, non-ADA compliant pedestrian pushbuttons, non LED pedestrian and vehicle heads, shall be reviewed by the Engineer or their designee to identify the equipment to be salvaged. 12-3 Salvage
All items to be salvaged shall be delivered, at the Contractor’s expense, to the following address:

Burbank Traffic Signal Shop
124 S. Lake St., Burbank CA 91502.

Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours prior to delivery unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

All other equipment and standards not to be salvaged shall become the Contractor property, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to remove, salvage, transport, and dispose of equipment not reused. 12-4 Payment
Payment for delivery of salvage equipment to the City Yard shall be considered as part of the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed.

Payment for disposal of old material or equipment as indicated per plan shall be considered as part of the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed.

MAINTAINING EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS
13-1 General
The contractor shall keep the traffic signal system in operations at all times during construction except for the traffic signal system turn-on and shutdowns for switchover of equipment. The traffic signal system consists of but not limited to the traffic signal controller, signal gears (vehicle and pedestrian indications, pedestrian push buttons, APS), lighting system, twisted pair interconnect cables, fiber optic cables, Railroad Pre-emption Systems, CCTV and/or Video Imaging Detection Systems, and Wireless Communication System. The Contractor is required to maintain these systems in working condition during construction by providing temporary wiring, splicing, relocating or any other necessary action. Existing lighting systems shall be functional and working by nightfall.

At the end of each working day, the Contractor shall thoroughly inspect the existing traffic signal system to ensure that all equipment is intact and functional. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if an existing facility is damaged by the Contractor activities and shall make every attempt to repair the damaged equipment immediately. The Contractor shall not leave the job site until the said damage has been repaired, restored to normal operation, and inspected by the Engineer.

If a traffic detector shall be disconnected for longer than 48 hours, provide a temporary detection system. Obtain the Engineer’s authorization for the type of temporary system and its installation method.

ATTACHMENT 3-130
316
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 68 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

Obtain authorization at least 72 hours before interrupting communication between an existing system and the traffic management center.

The contractor shall be responsible for any additional temporary wiring to keep the traffic signal system in operation, which may be required on a day-to-day basis due to the construction. 13-2 Damage Repair
Damaged lighting systems and signal gears (vehicle and pedestrian indications, pedestrian push buttons, and APS) shall be repaired or replaced on the same day of the damage before nightfall.

If the system cannot be fixed by nightfall, provide a temporary system until the system can be fixed.

If the Engineer notifies the Contractor that an existing traffic signal systems is not fully operational due to the Contractor activities, repair or replace the system within 72 hours. If the system cannot be fixed within 72 hours or it is located on a structure, provide a temporary system within 24 hours until the system can be fixed. Perform a functional test of the system in the presence of the Engineer. If the Contractor fail to perform the necessary repair or replacement work, the Department may perform the repair or replacement work and deduct the cost.

Contractor shall replace damaged loop detectors within 72 hours, or the Department replaces them and deducts the cost from progress payment.

If the Contractor damage an existing fiber optic cable, install a new cable such that the length of cable slack is the same as before the damage, measured from an original splice point or termination. All splices shall be made using the fusion method.

TESTING
14-1 General
Contact the Engineer to schedule an inspection of traffic signal work at least 10 Working Days prior to testing. The inspector shall ensure all work is satisfactory and ready for testing. 14-2 Conductor Test
Before starting operation of the traffic signal system, perform a conductor test in the presence of the Engineer or their designee. Conductor test consists of testing each conductor and the conductors in cables for:
1) Continuity
2) Grounds
3) Insulation resistance at 500 V(dc) between the circuit and ground. The insulation resistance shall be a minimum of 10 MΩ on circuits, except it shall be a minimum of 100 MΩ for inductive loop detector circuits.

Test loops and the detector cable circuits for continuity, ground, and insulation resistance at the controller cabinet before connecting detector lead-in cable to the terminal block. The loop circuit resistance shall not exceed 0.5 ohms plus 0.35 ohms per 100 feet of detector lead-in cable or loop multi-pair cable.
14-3 Bonding and Grounding Test
Demonstrate that all metal components are bonded to form a continuous grounded system as specified in NEC.

ATTACHMENT 3-131
317
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 69 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

14-4 Operational Test
An operational test consists of positioning new and existing signal heads, removal of poles blocking fields of view, signal system turn-on, and final adjustment of signal heads. In addition, detection may be placed on recall while corrections or additional work is completed.

Before starting the operational test for systems that impact traffic, the system shall be ready for operation, and all signs, striping, and markings shall be in place at that location. If striping and markings are not ready, temporary traffic control shall be installed for the proposed operation.

Start the operational test of the system on any day except Friday, Saturday, Sunday or the day before a holiday. The operational test for signals shall start from 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. Notify the Engineer or their designee a minimum of 72 hours before starting the test.

The operational test shall be a minimum of 5 Working Days of continuous, satisfactory operation of the system. A shutdown of the system caused by a power interruption does not constitute discontinuity of the test.

NEW SIGNAL/NEW TRAFFIC PATTERN PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
15-1 Safety Flags
Hi-vis orange safety flags (18”x18”) shall be mounted on the signal mast arm of each approach of new traffic signal or new traffic pattern.
15-2 Advance Warning Signs
On Collectors and local streets, the Contractor shall provide “NEW TRAFFIC PATTERN AHEAD” warning signs (36”x36”) upstream of the intersection. 15-3 Changeable Message Signs (CMS)
On Secondary and Major corridors, the Contractor shall provide trailer mounted CMS for each approach as directed by the Engineer. Said signs shall display the following message for 7 calendar days after a signal turn-on:

NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL AHEAD, or

NEW TRAFFIC PATTERN AHEAD
15-4 Payment
Payment for deployment of hi-vis safety flags, warning signs, and CMS shall be considered as included in the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

TRAFFIC SIGNAL ACTIVATION (TURN-ON)
16-1 General
All permanent striping, pavement markings, and signing shall be in place prior to beginning of the Functional Test Period for any new or modified traffic signal system. The Contractor shall complete all sandblasting, striping, pavement markings, and roadside signing installations and modifications shown on the Plans prior to beginning the Functional Test Period. 16-2 Technical Support
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all details concerning the turn-on of the ATTACHMENT 3-132
318
Last Updated 12/1/23 SP2 - 70 Reimbursement Agmt. For PD 14-0004599

traffic signal including scheduling of technical support for each traffic signal component. The Contractor, tech support or representative for the manufacturer of each of the Contractor furnished and City furnished traffic signal component, Public Works Inspector, City Signal Maintenance Technician, and the Engineer shall be at the intersection for the signal turn-on.

The Contractor shall at his own expense, arrange to have a technician, qualified to work on the equipment listed below and employed by the equipment manufacturer, or his representative, present at the time the equipment is turned on:
 Traffic signal controller and cabinet assembly
 Video detection equipment (if applicable)
 BBS (if applicable)
16-3 Work Schedule
Traffic signal system turn-on and shutdowns for switchover of equipment, if applicable, shall occur between the hours of 8:30am-3:30pm, Tuesday through Thursday only and not prior to a holiday weekend. Signal turn-on on Monday or Friday is not allowed unless approved by the Engineer. All components furnished for the desired operation shall be installed, tested, and fully functional prior to signal turn-on.
16-4 Traffic Control
During traffic system shutdowns for switchover of equipment, the Contractor shall follow all traffic control standards and requirements as specified in Special Provisions SP1 Subsection 15:

TRAFFIC CONTROL, PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, AND SAFETY. In addition, Contractor shall furnish advance warning signs including but not limited to changeable message signs, “ROAD WORK AHEAD”, “STOP AHEAD” and “STOP” signs during any shutdown period. Contractor shall place one “STOP” sign for each travel lane and left/right turn lane. There should be a minimum of two "STOP AHEAD" signs and two "STOP" signs for each direction of traffic. Sign sizes shall be 30” minimum. Locations of the signs shall be as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer and the Inspector shall be notified at least 5 Working Days before the intended shutdowns.

If deemed necessary by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide traffic control personnel to direct traffic at the intersection during signal shutdown period. The said traffic control personnel shall be trained and licensed to perform intersection traffic control service. 16-5 Payment
Payment for traffic signal turn-on shall include but not limited to furnishing and installation of all standards, equipment, hardware and software components, wiring, inspection, scheduling tech supports for the manufacturer of each traffic signal component, and testing, complete in place and operational. Payment shall be considered as included in the lump sum Bid price for each traffic signal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

ATTACHMENT 3-133
319
ATTACHMENT 3-134
320
ATTACHMENT 3-135
321
ATTACHMENT 3-136
322
ATTACHMENT 3-137
323
ATTACHMENT 3-138
324
ATTACHMENT 3-139
325
ATTACHMENT 3-140
326
ATTACHMENT 3-141
327
ATTACHMENT 3-142
328
ATTACHMENT 3-143
329
RESOLUTION NO. 26-29,714

A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

BURBANK APPROVING AN ENTRY AND CONSTRUCTION

AGREEMENT WITH BURBANK EMPIRE CENTER, LLC TO

CONSTRUCT PUBLIC SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS NEAR

EMPIRE INTERCHANGE AND DISPENSING WITH

COMPETITIVE BIDDING

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK FINDS:

C. The public improvements include public sidewalk and several lighting improvements that will be owned and maintained by the City (collectively, “Public Improvements.”)

Under the settlement agreement, Caltrans will pay $403,854 and the City will pay the remaining $96,257 for construction of the Public Improvements.

330
26-29,714
2 THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK RESOLVES:

331
26-29,714
3 5. The Public Improvements were evaluated under the Mitigated Negative Declarations/Findings of No Significant Impact issued in 2000 and 2002 in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) for the Empire Avenue Interchange Project, including the environmental re- evaluations conducted in 2005 and 2008. Construction of the Public Improvements does not require any subsequent or supplemental CEQA review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15162 and 15163.

PASSED and ADOPTED this 16th day of June 2026.

_s/Tamala Takahashi_________
Tamala Takahashi
Mayor

Approved as to Form
Attest: Office of the City Attorney

_s/Linda Thai__________________ By: _s/Lisa Kurihara__________ Linda Thai, Assistant City Clerk Lisa Kurihara Senior Assistant City Attorney

332
26-29,714
4 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF BURBANK )

I, Linda Thai, Assistant City Clerk, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Burbank at its regular meeting held on the 16th day of June 2026, by the following vote:

AYES: Anthony, Perez, Rizzotti, and Takahashi.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: Mullins.

_s/Linda Thai___________________
Linda Thai, Assistant City Clerk
333
1 STAFF REPORT
DATE: June 16, 2026
TO: Justin Hess, City Manager
FROM: Patrick Prescott, Community Development Director
VIA: Maribel Leyland, Assistant Community Development Director Kasey Lee, Housing Development Manager
BY: Sinai Gonzalez, Administrative Analyst I
SUBJECT: Adoption of a Resolution Approving the Fiscal Year 2026- 27 Measure A Subrecipient Agreement B etween the Burbank -Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust and the City of Burbank to Receive Measure A Funds and Authorize the City Manager or His Designee to Execute the Agreement and Any Future Amendments

RECOMMENDATION
Adopt A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK APPROVING THE FISCAL YEAR 2026 -27 MEASURE A SUBRECIPIENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN

THE BURBANK-GLENDALE-PASADENA REGIONAL HOUSING TRUST AND THE

CITY OF BURBANK TO RECEIVE MEASURE A FUNDS AND AUTHORIZE THE CITY

MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE THE AGREEMENT AND ANY FUTURE AMENDMENTS (Attachment 1).

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The proposed Measure A Subrecipient Agreement (Agreement) (Attachment 2) between the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust (Trust) and the City of Burbank will allow the City to receive and administer new Measure A funding allocated through the Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Solutions Agency (LACAHSA). These funds may be used for eligible housing and homelessness-related activities, including the production and preservation of affordable housing, renter protections, homelessness prevention programs, and technical assistance activities. The Agreement establishes the terms and

COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT
Consent Calendar
Item #8
conditions for administering the funds and ser ves as an administrative action necessary 334
2 to receive Measure A funding. It does not determine how the funds will be expended, as Council has previously provided direction regarding their use.

Staff recommends that the City Council approve the proposed Agreement and authorize the City Manager, or designee, to execute the Agreement and any future amendments.

BACKGROUND
The Burbank -Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust (Trust) is a Joint Powers Authority (JPA) established pursuant to Section 6500 et seq. of the California Government Code, including Section 6539.8, which authorizes local jurisdictions to form regional housing trusts. The Trust was created to facilitate the development and preservation of housing opportunities for individuals and families experiencing homelessness, as well as households with extremely low-, very low-, low-, and moderate-incomes within the tri-city region. The cities of Burbank, Glendale, and Pasadena approved the Joint Powers Agreement establishing the Trust on February 28, 2023, March 28, 2023, and March 27, 2023, respectively.

In 2017, Los Angeles County voters approved Measure H, which established a one- quarter cent sales tax to fund homeless services, housing, and prevention programs throughout the region. In November 2024, voters approved Measure A, which repealed and replaced Measure H and increased the sales tax from one- quarter cent to one- half cent. Measure H concluded on June 30, 2025, and Measure A became effective on July 1, 2025.

Under Measure A, the City will continue to receive Local Solutions Fund allocations previously provided under Measure H. In addition, Measure A established a new funding allocation to LACAHSA to support affordable housing development and homeless prevention programs countywide. Pursuant to Measure A expenditure requirements,

35.75% of Measure A revenues are allocated to LACAHSA, of which 70% must be distributed to eligible jurisdictions.

At the April 7, 2026, City Council meeting, staff presented an overview of eligible activities for LACAHSA Measure A funding, including potential programs and services. Following discussion, Council approved several proposed programs (listed in chart below), and staff included these programs in the Fiscal Year FY 2026-27 Adopted Budget. These programs only account for a portion of the LACAHSA funding the City will receive. Staff will return to Council at a later date with a proposed spending plan for the remaining available funds.

The cities of Burbank, Glendale and Pasadena are eligible jurisdictions that receive LACAHSA funding. The Trust will administer the funds on behalf of the cities of Burbank and Pasadena. As a Continuum of Care, the City of Glendale will receive a direct allocation. To facilitate the distribution and administration of these funds, the Trust 335
3 entered into a funding agreement with LACAHSA (Attachment 3 ), and the City will need to enter into a subrecipient agreement with the Trust (Attachment 2). This report summarizes the terms of the needed Subrecipient Agreement that will authorize the City to receive and administer Measure A funds allocated through the Trust for eligible housing and homelessness-related activities.

DISCUSSION
The Agreement between the City and the Trust establishes the terms and conditions governing the receipt, administration, r eporting, and expenditure of Measure A funds allocated to the City through the Trust. Funds received under the agreement may be used for eligible activities consistent with Measure A expenditure requirements, including the production and preservation of affordable housing, renter protections and homelessness prevention programs, and technical assistance activities related to housing and homelessness initiatives as presented to Council on April 7, 2026.

Spending Plan Breakdown
The Agreement outlines provisions related to the oversight and administration of the funds but does not require details regarding specific programs or projects. Details are determined at the discretion of the Council within the parameters of the LACAHSA requirements. After discussion during the City Council meeting on April 7, 2026, Council provided direction to fund existing programs utilizing General Fund monies to Measure A, and approved a new program during the Fiscal Year FY 2026-27 budget process.

The chart below shows the spending plan direction by the City Council as incorporated into the FY 2026–27 budget.

The approval of the Agreement will allow staff to request and receive funding and begin the administration of the above programs. Future annual funding allocations are based on sales tax revenue and have therefore not yet been determined. Staff will return to Council through the annual budget process, or as otherwise necessary, to accept and appropriate future funding allocations.
336
4 Staff recommends the Council authorize the City Manager, or designee, to execute the Agreement, and future amendments to the agreement, as necessary, to administer the program and implement funding requirements. This authorization is strictly related to the execution of the Agreement and does not include specific project or program budgets or programming.

ENVI

RONMENTAL REVIEW
This Agreement has no potential for resulting in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change to the environment and falls outside the definition of a “project” under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is therefore not subject to CEQA review pursuant to § 15378 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (CEQA Guidelines).

SCAL IMPACT
Approval of the Resolution authorizing the F Y 2026-27 Measure A Subrecipient Agreement between the Trust and the City will have no direct fiscal impact on the City’s General Fund. Approval of the Agreement allows staff to request and receive funding from the Trust. Future annual funding allocations have not yet been determined but will be presented to City Council through the annual budget process, or as otherwise necessary, for acceptance and appropriation in the applicable FY in which the revenues are received.

CONCL
USION
The proposed Subrecipient Agreement between the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust and the Ci ty of Burbank will allow the City to receive and administer new Measure A funding from LACAHSA. These new funds will support eligible activities including the production and preservation of affordable housing, homelessness prevention efforts, renter protection programs, and technical assistance activities related to housing and homelessness initiatives. Approval of the Agreement is necessary for the City to receive its Measure A allocation for FY 2025-26 and 2026-27. Accordingly, staff recommends that Council approve the proposed Agreement and authorize the City Manager, or designee, to execute the agreement and any future amendments necessary to administer the program.

ATT

ACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – Resolution
Attachment 2 – Subrecipient Agreement Between the City and Trust Attachment 3 – Memorandum of Understanding Between Trust and LACAHSA, and Amendment
337
1 ATTACHMENT 1 – 1

RESOLUTION NO. ____________

A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
BURBANK APPROVING THE FISCAL YEAR 2026 -27

MEASURE A SUBRECIPIENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN

THE BURBANK -GLENDALE-PASADENA REGIONAL

HOUSING TRUST AND THE CITY OF BURBANK TO

RECEIVE MEASURE A FUNDS AND AUTHORI ZE THE

CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE THE

AGREEMENT AND ANY FUTURE AMENDMENTS

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK FINDS:

A. The Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust (Trust) is a Joint Powers Authority established pursuant to Section 6500 et seq. of the California Government Code, including Section 6539.9, which authorizes local jurisdictions to form regional housing trusts for the purpose of supporting affordable housing and homelessness-related programs and services.

B. In November 2024, Los Angeles County voters approved Measure A, which repealed and replace d Measure H and established a one- half cent sales tax to fund affordable housing, homelessness prevention, and homeless services programs throughout Los Angeles County.

C. Measure A allocates funding to Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Solutions Agency (LACAHSA) to support affordable housing development and homelessness prevention programs countywide and requires LACAHSA to distribute a portion of those funds to eligible jurisdictions.

D. The City of Burbank and the City of Pasadena will receive LACAHSA administer Measure A funding through the Trust pursuant to a funding agreement between the Trust and LACAHSA.

E. The City of Burbank desires to enter into a Fiscal Year 2026-27 Measure A Subrecipient Agreement with the Trust in order to receive and administer Measure A funding for eligible housing and homelessness -related activities, including affordable housing production and preservation, renter protections, homelessness prevention programs, and technical assistance activities.

F. Approval of the Subrecipient Agreement is necessary for the City to receive its Measure A allocation for Fiscal Year 2026-27 and future fiscal year allocations.

G. This Agreement has no potential for resulting in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change to the environment and falls outside the definition of a “project” under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is therefore not subject to CEQA review pursuant to § 15378 of Title 14 of the California Code of 338
2 ATTACHMENT 1 – 2

Regulations (CEQA Guidelines).

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK RESOLVES:

1. The City Council has reviewed the Memorandum of Understanding and hereby approves the Fiscal Year 2026-27 Measure A Subrecipient Agreement between the Trust and the City to receive and administer Measure A funding. The City Manager, or his designee is authorized to execute the Agreement and or any minor future amendments, subject to review and approval by the City Attorney’s Office, on behalf of the City.

2. The City Manager , or his designee, is authorized to accept Measure A funding allocated to the City pursuant to the Subrecipient Agreement and take any necessary action to effectuate the receiving and appropriating of these grant funds.

3. Funding received pursuant to the Agreement shall be appropriated in the applicable fiscal year in which the revenues are received. Future funding allocations will be presented to City Council through the annual budget process, or as otherwise necessary, for acceptance and appropriation.

4. The Financial Services Director , or their designee , is authorized to make any revisions, changes in summaries, fund totals, grand totals, and other portions of the budget document as necessary to reflect and implement the appropriations specified in this resolution.

PASSED and ADOPTED this __ day of June 2026.

__________________________
Tamala Takahashi
Mayor

Approved as to Form:

Attest: Office of the City Attorney

___________________________ By: _______________________ Kimberley Clark, City Clerk Ray Johal
Senior Assistant City Attorney

339
3 ATTACHMENT 1 – 3

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF BURBANK )

I, Kimberley Clark, City Clerk of the City of Burbank , do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Burbank at its regular meeting held on June ___, 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

____________________________
Kimberley Clark, City Clerk
340
1 BURBANK-GLENDALE-PASADENA REGIONAL HOUSING TRUST

MEASURE A FUNDS

SUBRECIPIENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement made and entered into as of the date of full execution of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”), by and between the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust, a California Joint Powers Authority, (hereinafter referred to as “Housing Trust”) and the City of Burbank, a charter city, (hereinafter referred to as “Subrecipient”).

I. RECITALS
A. In 2022, the California Legislature passed Senate Bill 679, the Los Angeles County Regional Housing Finance Act (“SB 679” or “the Act”), which created the Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Solutions Agency (“LACAHSA” or “the Agency”). The Agency’s purpose is to increase the supply of affordable housing in Los Angeles County by providing enhanced funding and technical assistance at a regional level for renter protections, affordable housing preservation, and new affordable housing production.

B. In 2024, Los Angeles County voters approved Measure A, a half-cent sales tax to fund homeless services and affordable housing development throughout the County. The tax replaced Measure H, a quarter-cent sales tax for homeless services approved by voters in 2017.

The goal of Measure A is to significantly reduce and prevent homelessness in Los Angeles County.

Measure A is expected to generate more than $1 billion in revenue annually.

C. Just over one third (35.75%) of revenues generated by Measure A will be directed to LACAHSA for affordable housing production and preservation, renter protection and homelessness prevention, and technical assistance. LACAHSA, in turn, must pass through 70% of this funding to Eligible Jurisdictions. “Eligible Jurisdictions” include the County of Los Angeles, the City of Los Angeles, the City of Long Beach, the City of Glendale, the City of Santa Clarita, the Housing Trust, and the Councils of Government (COGs) in Los Angeles County.

D. Measure A directs the Los Angeles County Auditor-Controller to disburse 35.75% of the proceeds generated to Agency for use in accordance with the Act’s and Measure A’s requirements through fiscal year 2029-2030 (and thereafter, such percentage may be modified by the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors every five years, except that such percentage may not be less than 33.33%). These include, among other things, that: Agency use 60% of its Measure A funds for affordable housing production, preservation, and ownership (“PPO”) (Gov.

Code, § 64830(d)(1); Measure A, § 29(B)); that Agency use 5% of its Measure A funds for technical assistance, research, and policy development (“Technical Assistance”) (Gov. Code, § 64830(d)(4)); and that Agency use 30% of its Measure A funds for Renter Protection and Homelessness Prevention (“RPHP”) (Gov. Code, § 64830(d)(2)).

E. The Act requires Agency’s Board to adopt an annual expenditure plan and agency strategy, which must set forth the share of revenue and estimated funding to be spent on each ATTACHMENT 2 - 1
341
2 of the above-stated categories (“LACAHSA Expenditure Plan”). Agency’s Board adopted the first Annual Expenditure and Strategy Plan on June 25, 2025 (and it is anticipated that the Board will adopt subsequent LACAHSA Expenditure Plans on an annual basis). The LACAHSA Expenditure Plan establishes the proportional amount of revenues and estimated funding that Agency will distribute to the Housing Trust and each of the other Eligible Jurisdictions for each funding category. Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, contains the allocations as approved by Agency’s Board in the Fiscal Year 2025-26 LACAHSA Expenditure Plan.

F. Of the funds allocated for PPO, Agency must disburse 70% of such funds to Eligible Jurisdictions in accordance with each jurisdiction’s pro rata share of the total lower income housing needs assessment goal for Los Angeles County allocated pursuant to Government Code section 65584 (“Pro Rata RHNA Share”). (Gov. Code, § 64830.5(a)(1)(A)-(F), (a)(2)(A)(i).). The Housing Trust’s share for 2025-2026 is approximately 2.46%, which equates to approximately a

1.72% share of total PPO funding.

G. Of the funds allocated for RPHP, Agency must disburse 70% of such funds to Eligible Jurisdictions. Agency has elected to make such disbursement based on a per low-income renter basis (Gov. Code, § 64830.5(a)(1)(A)-(F), (a)(2)(B)(i)) (“RPHP Allocation”). Each Eligible Jurisdiction and its RPHP Allocation is provided in Exhibit A. The Housing Trust’s share of low- income renters is approximately 2.66%, which equates to approximately a 1.86% share of total RPHP funding.

H. Of the funds allocated for Technical Assistance, Agency must disburse 70% of such funds to Eligible Jurisdictions on a per low-income renter basis (Gov. Code, § 64830.5(a)(1)(A)- (F), (a)(2)(C)(i)) (“Technical Assistance Allocation”). The Housing Trust’s share of low-income renters is approximately 2.66%, which equates to approximately a 1.86% share of total Technical Assistance funding.

I. The Act and Measure A provide that Eligible Jurisdictions may receive their respective pro rata shares of PPO, RPHP, and Technical Assistance funding, provided that direct allocations are subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in the Act and Measure A for the receipt and use of the funds.

J. Eligible Jurisdictions are responsible for administering and expending Measure A funds in a manner consistent with the requirements included in Measure A, SB 679, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, and LACAHSA’s Program Guidelines.

K. On July 1, 2025, LACAHSA and the Housing Trust entered into an Affordable Housing Production, Preservation, and Ownership; Technical Assistance, Research and Policy; And Renter Protection And Homelessness Prevention Funding Memorandum Of Understanding to comply with the Act and Measure A and to memorialize the terms and conditions governing the disbursement and use of Housing Trust’s PPO, RPHP, and Technical Assistance funding.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 2
342
3 L. The Housing Trust will receive an annual allocation from Agency and will determine how to expend the funds within eligible uses to the Subrecipients City of Pasadena and City of Burbank.

M. In June 2025, the Agency adopted its FY 2025-26 LACAHSA Expenditure Plan and in September 2025 the Agency adopted its Transitional Program Guidelines (“Program Guidelines”). Reference to the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan in this Agreement means the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan in effect during the fiscal applicable fiscal year. Program Guidelines means the Transitional Program Guidelines and any final or amended version thereof, as applicable at the time the Subrecipient receives the funds from the Housing Trust. The Program Guidelines can be found here: https://lacahsa.gov/agendas-and-documents/
N. LACAHSA funding may only be used for the eligible uses in the respective category of funding as set forth in Government Code section 64830 and Measure A. The LACAHSA Board will have sole authority to determine whether any particular use is an eligible use, either through pre-approved eligible use, as established through the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan and Program Guidelines; or, for uses not already approved in the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan and the Program Guidelines, the Housing Trust may submit its proposed use to LACAHSA in a funding request.

O. Subrecipients are public agencies and private nonprofit agencies that receive funding from LACAHSA and/or Eligible Jurisdictions to administer and implement programs.

Subrecipients can include cities that receive funding from COGs, as well as nonprofits that receive funds from LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions. Subrecipients must comply with the same program requirements as LACAHSA and the Eligible Jurisdictions.

P. The Housing Trust, as an Eligible Jurisdiction, is responsible for ensuring that its Subrecipients have the capacity and ability to manage and carry out the activities awarded to them. The Housing Trust’s Subrecipients are the City of Burbank and the City of Pasadena. The City of Glendale will receive funds directly from LACAHSA as an Eligible Jurisdiction separate from the Housing Trust.

Q. The Housing Trust is electing to enter into agreements with its Subrecipients to directly administer all or a portion of their allocation on their behalf.

THEREFORE, the Housing Trust and Subrecipient, for and in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein contained, do agree as follows:

II. AGREEMENT
A. RECITALS
The above Recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein by reference.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 3
343
4 B. HOUSING TRUST AS ELIGIBLE JURISDICTION
The Housing Trust is an Eligible Jurisdiction under SB 679 and Measure A and is the direct recipient of funding from the Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Solutions Agency (LACAHSA). The Housing Trust is responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable requirements governing the use of such funds.

Through this Agreement, the Housing Trust designates Subrecipient to administer and implement certain eligible activities on its behalf. Subrecipient acknowledges that it is acting as a subrecipient of Measure A funds and agrees to comply with all requirements applicable to the Housing Trust under SB 679, Measure A, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, and Program Guidelines.

C. AGENCY ANNUAL EXPENDITURE PLAN AND PROGRAM GUIDELINES The Agency’s Annual Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy (“LACAHSA Expenditure Plan”) and Program Guidelines are incorporated herein by reference, and the provisions in those documents will govern in the event of a conflict or inconsistency with this Agreement.

D. HOUSING TRUST BUDGET
The Housing Trust shall develop and adopt an annual budget for the use of Measure A funds it receives from the LACAHSA, (“Housing Trust Budget”). The Housing Trust Budget for Fiscal Year 2025-26 is set forth in Exhibit B and shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the applicable LACAHSA Expenditure Plan and Program Guidelines, including all requirements related to eligible uses, funding categories, and applicable expenditure thresholds.

The Housing Trust Budget shall allocate funds among eligible activities, including PPO, RPHP, and TA, as applicable, and is intended to guide the allocation and use of funds under this Agreement. The Housing Trust may adopt an amended Housing Trust Budget, which shall be incorporated into Exhibit B without requiring a formal amendment to this Agreement, provided that such updates remain consistent with applicable requirements.

The Housing Trust may amend its budget, based on direction from the Housing Trust’s Board of Directors, or in coordination with Subrecipient. The Housing Trust shall provide the Subrecipient prompt written notice of any proposed amendments to the Housing Trust Budget and notifications from LACAHSA regarding items related to Measure A funding. The Housing Trust will coordinate with the Subrecipient to produce reports, documentation, or memorandum detailing the need for the amendment that may be required by the Housing Trust or Subrecipient.

E. SUBRECIPIENT EXPENDITURE PLAN
Prior to expending any Measure A funds under this Agreement, Subrecipient shall prepare and submit to the Housing Trust an expenditure plan (“Subrecipient Expenditure Plan”) describing the proposed use of funds by eligible activity category (e.g., PPO, RPHP, Technical Assistance), including anticipated budgets, programs, or projects to be funded.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 4
344
5 The Housing Trust shall review the expenditure plan for consistency with SB 679, Measure A, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, the Program Guidelines, and the Housing Trust Budget.

Subrecipient shall not materially deviate from the approved expenditure plan without prior written notification to, and coordination with, the Housing Trust.

Subrecipient shall promptly notify the Housing Trust of any proposed changes to the expenditure plan, including reallocation of funds between eligible activities or material modifications to program design, and shall obtain written approval from the Housing Trust prior to implementing such changes.

F. PAYMENT AND DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS
Funds made available under this Agreement are derived from Measure A revenues administered by LACAHSA and are subject to the availability of such funds and all applicable requirements of SB 679, Measure A, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, and Program Guidelines.

The Housing Trust shall make funds available to Subrecipient in a manner consistent with the receipt of funds from LACAHSA and the Housing Trust’s adopted budget. Disbursement of funds may be made on a reimbursement basis or, where appropriate and mutually agreed upon, on an advance basis to support program implementation.

Prior to requesting or receiving funds, Subrecipient shall ensure that funded activities are consistent with eligible uses and, where applicable, are sufficiently defined and documented in a manner consistent with LACAHSA requirements, including project or program set-up, budgeting, and documentation standards.

Subrecipient shall submit requests for payment in a form reasonably acceptable to the Housing Trust, including documentation sufficient to demonstrate that costs are eligible and consistent with this Agreement. The Housing Trust shall review such requests and may request additional information as reasonably necessary to confirm eligibility and compliance prior to disbursement.

Disbursement of funds shall not exceed the amount of funds available to the Housing Trust for the applicable funding category and shall be subject to Subrecipient’s continued compliance with the terms of this Agreement. This Section is intended to reflect, and not expand upon, the requirements applicable to the Housing Trust under the LACAHSA Program Guidelines.

G. USE OF FUNDS; DOCUMENTATION STANDARDS
Subrecipient shall use all funds provided under this Agreement solely for eligible activities consistent with SB 679, Measure A, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, and Program Guidelines.

Eligible activities are generally categorized as Production, Preservation, and Ownership (PPO), Renter Protection and Homelessness Prevention (RPHP), and Technical Assistance (TA).

ATTACHMENT 2 - 5
345
6 Subrecipient shall implement activities in accordance with the applicable program requirements, eligibility criteria, expenditure thresholds, and documentation standards set forth in this Agreement and the following exhibits:
x Exhibit C – PPO Program Requirements
x Exhibit D – RPHP Program Requirements
x Exhibit E – Technical Assistance Requirements
The exhibits are intended to summarize and operationalize applicable LACAHSA requirements and may be updated from time to time to reflect changes to such requirements. In the event Agency demands Subrecipient documentation in addition to what is required by this Agreement and the Program Guidelines, Subrecipient will cooperate with the Housing Trust to provide the additional documentation in a timely manner.

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the exhibits, the requirements of SB 679, Measure A, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, and Program Guidelines shall govern.

H. PERFORMANCE MONITORING
The Housing Trust shall monitor Subrecipient’s performance and use of funds to ensure compliance with SB 679, Measure A, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, and the Program Guidelines.

Subrecipient shall provide periodic reports, at a frequency reasonably determined by the Housing Trust and consistent with applicable LACAHSA reporting requirements, describing the status of funded activities, expenditures, and outcomes.

Subrecipient shall maintain complete and accurate records sufficient to demonstrate compliance with all applicable requirements and shall make such records available to the Housing Trust upon request within a reasonable timeframe. The Housing Trust may review and evaluate Subrecipient’s performance, including through desk reviews or other monitoring activities, as necessary to fulfill its oversight responsibilities.

Subrecipient acknowledges that the Housing Trust is subject to monitoring, reporting, and audit requirements by LACAHSA and other authorized entities and agrees to cooperate with the Housing Trust in connection with such requirements, including providing information or documentation needed to support the Housing Trust’s compliance.

The Housing Trust, or its authorized representatives, shall have the right to audit Subrecipient’s records related to this Agreement, upon reasonable notice, for the purpose of verifying compliance with applicable requirements.

Substandard performance or failure to comply with applicable requirements may constitute noncompliance with this Agreement. If corrective action is not taken within a reasonable period following notice from the Housing Trust, the Housing Trust may take appropriate action, including suspension or termination of this Agreement, as provided herein.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 6
346
7 I. INSURANCE
Subrecipient shall neither commence work under this Agreement until it has obtained all insurances required hereunder in a company or companies acceptable to the Housing Trust nor shall Subrecipient allow any subcontractor to commence work on a subcontract until all insurances required of the subcontractor have been obtained. Subrecipient shall take out and maintain at all times during the terms of this Agreement the following policies of insurance.

1. Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

Before beginning work, Subrecipient shall furnish to the Housing Trust a copy of its policy of insurance as proof that it has taken out full worker’s compensation insurance for all persons who it may employ directly or through subcontractors in carrying out the work specified herein, in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 3700, every employer shall secure the payment of compensation to his employees. Subrecipient, prior to commencing work, shall sign and file with the Housing Trust a certification as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions in Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Agreement.”

2. Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability.

Throughout the term of this Agreement, at Subrecipient’s sole cost and expense, Subrecipient shall keep, or cause to be kept, in full force and effect, for the mutual benefit of the Housing Trust and Subrecipient against claims and liabilities for personal injury, death, or property damage arising from Subrecipient activities, a policy of liability insurance with coverage at least as broad as Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (Occurrence Form GC 0001) with a limit of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate.

3. General Insurance Requirements.

All insurance required by express provision of this Agreement shall be carried only in responsible insurance companies licensed and admitted to do business in the State of California and policies required under paragraphs 6.a and 6.b shall name as additional insures the Housing Trust, its officials, officers, employees, and agents. All policies shall contain language, to the extent obtainable, to the effect that: (1) the insurer waives the right of subrogation against the Housing Trust and the Housing Trust’s officials, officers, employees, and agents; (2) the policies are primary and non-contributing with any insurance that may be carried by the Housing Trust; and (3) they cannot be canceled or materially changed except after thirty (30) days’ notice by the ATTACHMENT 2 - 7
347
8 insurer to the Housing Trust by certified mail. All such policies shall be amended or endorsed to add the Housing Trust and its officers, agents, representatives and employees as additional named insureds. Subrecipient shall furnish the Housing Trust with copies of all such policies and endorsements promptly upon receipt of them. A “Certificate of Insurance” showing the additional named insureds and other aforementioned provisions shall be adequate.

Subrecipient may effect for its own account, insurance not required under this Agreement.

J. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

1. Accounting Standards
The Subrecipient agrees to adhere to standard accounting principles and procedures required, utilize adequate internal controls, and maintain necessary source documentation for all costs incurred.

2. Retention
The Subrecipient shall retain all financial records, supporting documents, statistical records, and all other records pertinent to the Agreement for a period of five (5) years.

Notwithstanding the above, if there is litigation, claims, audits, negotiations or other actions that involve any of the records cited and that have started before the expiration of the five-year period, then such records must be retained until completion of the actions and resolution of all issues, or the expiration of the five-year period, whichever occurs later.

III. GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Amendments.

This Agreement may be amended or modified only by written agreement signed by all parties; and failure on the part of either party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to compel enforcement of such provision or other provisions.

B. Changes in Funding Allocation
The Housing Trust reserves the right to reduce the funding allocation when the Housing Trust’s fiscal monitoring indicates that Subrecipient rate of expenditure will result in unspent funds at the end of the program year. Changes in the funding allocation will be done after consultation with Subrecipient.

C. Termination and Suspension
The Housing Trust may suspend or terminate this Agreement if the Subrecipient materially fails to comply with any terms of this Agreement. This Agreement may also be ATTACHMENT 2 - 8
348
9 terminated for convenience by the Housing Trust or Subrecipient upon giving written “Notice of Termination” at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of termination specified in said Notice.

Suspension or termination may occur if the Subrecipient materially fails to comply with the requirements for the use of funds and documentation standards outlined above, or in any manner that violates or is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, or the Program Guidelines. In the event this Agreement is so terminated, Subrecipient shall be entitled to reimbursement for eligible costs incurred in accordance with this Agreement through the effective date of termination. In no event, however, shall Subrecipient receive more than the maximum specified in Section II.E of this Agreement. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Subrecipient shall transfer to the Housing Trust all Measure A funds on hand at the time of expiration/termination and any accounts receivable attributable to the use of Measure A funds.

D. Procurement
Subrecipient shall comply with its own applicable procurement policies and procedures in the expenditure of funds under this Agreement, provided that such policies and procedures are consistent with applicable requirements of SB 679, Measure A, the LACAHSA Expenditure Plan, and Program Guidelines.

Subrecipient shall maintain records of all procurements and contracts funded in whole or in part with Measure A funds sufficient to demonstrate compliance with applicable requirements and the eligibility of costs.

All program assets acquired or developed with Measure A funds shall be used for eligible purposes consistent with this Agreement and applicable requirements. In the event of termination of this Agreement, any unexpended funds, program income, and program assets associated with activities that are incomplete as of the date of termination shall, upon request by the Housing Trust, be returned to or otherwise disposed of in coordination with the Housing Trust in a manner consistent with applicable requirements.

Nothing in this Section is intended to require the transfer of ownership of real property, completed capital projects, or other long-term assets developed or acquired by Subrecipient in accordance with this Agreement, provided such assets continue to be used in compliance with applicable affordability, use, and other program requirements.

E. Indemnification
Subrecipient shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Housing Trust, its elected and appointed officials, officers, agents and employees, from all liability, from loss, damage or injury to persons or property, including the payment by Subrecipient of any and all legal costs and attorney’s fees, in any manner arising out of or incidental to the performance by Subrecipient of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all consequential damages to the maximum extent permitted by law.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 9
349
10 F. Assignment
No assignment of the Agreement or of any part or obligation of performance hereunder shall be made, either in whole or in part, by Subrecipient without the prior written consent of the Housing Trust.

G. Governing Law
The laws of the State of California shall govern the rights, obligations, duties and liabilities of the parties to this Agreement and shall also govern the interpretation of this Agreement.

H. Attorneys’ Fees
If any action at law or in equity, including an action for declaratory relief, is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to a reasonable attorneys’ fee and all costs of the action, which may be set by the court in the same action or in a separate action brought for that purpose, in addition to any other relief to which the parties may be entitled.

IV. ENTIRETY OF AGREEMENT
This Agreement represents the entire and integrated agreement between the Housing Trust and Subrecipient and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a subsequent written agreement signed by both parties.

A. Effective Dates of Agreement
This Agreement shall be in effect from the Effective Date until terminated or amended.

B. Notices and Designated Representatives
Any and all notices, demands, invoices, and written communications between the parties hereto shall be addressed and set forth in this paragraph. The below named individuals, furthermore, shall be those persons primarily responsible for the performance by the parties under this Agreement:

Housing Trust Representative: Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust Attn: Dima Galkin, Trust Manager
101 Progress Street, Suite 250
Irvine, CA 92618
email: [email protected]
With a copy to: Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust Attn: Elena Q. Gerli, Trust General Counsel
Burke, Williams & Sorensen LLP
ATTACHMENT 2 - 10
350
11 444 S. Flower Street, 40th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
[email protected]
Subrecipient Representative: City of Burbank, Community Development Department______________________________
Attn: Kasey Lee, Housing Development
Manager__________________________________
150 N. Third Street, Burbank, CA
91502__________________________________
With a copy to: City of Burbank, Community Development
Department__________________________________
Attn: Patrick Prescott, Community Development
Director__________________________________
150 N. Third Street, Burbank, CA
91502___________________________________
C. List of Exhibits
Exhibit A LACAHSA Expenditure Plan
Exhibit B Housing Trust Budget
Exhibit C PPO Program Requirements
Exhibit D RPHP Program Requirements
Exhibit E Technical Assistance Requirements
[signatures on the following page]

ATTACHMENT 2 - 11
351
12 IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties have caused their authorized representative to execute this Agreement on _____________________.
“HOUSING TRUST”

BURBANK-GLENDALE-PASADENA REGIONAL

HOUSING TRUST
“SUBRECIPIENT”
City of Burbank, a municipal corporation
By: _________________________________ By: _________________________________ Dima Galkin Justin Hess
Trust Manager City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED AS TO FORM:

BURKE, WILLIAMS, & SORENSEN, LLP
By: ____________________________________ By:____________________ Elena Q. Gerli Ray Johal
Housing Trust General Counsel Senior Assistant City Attorney Date: DĂǇϮϴ͕ϮϬϮϲ Date: _______________________________

RKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKE,E,E,EE,E,EE,E,E,EEEE,EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE,EEEEEEEEE,E,E,EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWILILLLLILILLLLLLILLLIILLLLLLLLLLLLLLLIIIIILLLLLLLLLLLLLLLIIILLLLLLLLLLLLLLILLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLILILILLLILILLILILLLLLLLLLILLILLLLLLLILLLLLLLLLLLLILLLLLILLLLLILILLLLILLLLLLLLLILLILLLLLLILILILLLLLLLLILILLILLLLLILIIILLLLLIIIILILLILIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIAMAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA S,S,S,S,S,S,,,,,S,,,,,,,,,S,,S,S,,,,,,,,,,,,,S,,,,,,S,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& SO _____________________________________________ __________ ATTACHMENT 2 - 12
352
13 EXHIBIT A: LACAHSA EXPENDITURE PLAN AND AGENCY STRATEGY

ATTACHMENT 2 - 13
353
FY 2025-26
Expenditure Plan &
Agency Strategy
June 2025
ATTACHMENT 2 - 14
354
T able of Contents
00 Executive Summary 4
Section 1. Funding Allocations 6
Section 2. Eligible Uses 9
Section 3. Agency Core Capacities 12
01 Funding Allocations 13
LACAHSA Share of Measure A Revenues (35.75%) 14
Allocation by Use Category 15
Allocation by Eligible Jurisdiction 16
Distribution Among Eligible Jurisdictions 17
Allocations by Jurisdiction, approved by LACAHSA Board of Direc tors for FY25-26 20
02 Eligible Uses 22
Production, Preservation, & Ownership (PPO) 23
Allocations 23
Statutory Requirements 24
The Limitations of T raditional Affordable Housing Finance 26 LACAHSAʼs Unique Role in Affordable Housing Finance 27
Deploying Measure A Revenue at LACAHSA 28
Overview of Eligible Uses 29
Direct Project Investments 32
Rent and Operating Subsidies 36
LACAHSA Mortgage 39
Impact Fund 43
Ownership Products 46
Renter Protection & Homelessness Prevention (RPHP) 48
Allocations 48
Statutory Requirements 49
LACAHSAʼs Unique Role in Renter Protection and Homelessness Pre vention 49 Overview of Eligible Uses 51
Examples of Existing Programs 52
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2
ATTACHMENT 2 - 15
355
T echnical Assistance (T A) 53
Allocations 53
Overview of Eligible Uses 54
Local Agency T echnical Assistance Grants 55
Direct T echnical Assistance Programming 55
Program Design, Administration, Evaluation, & Monitoring 55 Professional Services Support 56
03 Agency Core Capacities 57
Core Capacities 58
Project-Level Financing 58
Asset and Portfolio Management 59
Capital Markets and Cashﬂow Management 59
Program and Policy Management 59
Compliance and Risk Management 59
Operations 60
Case Studies 61
New York City Housing Development Corporation 61
New York City Economic Development Corporation 63
San Francisco Housing Accelerator Fund 65
King County Housing Authority 67
Acknowledgements 69
Appendices 71
Appendix A. Housing Needs Data T ables 72
Appendix B. Acronym Index 78
Appendix C. Glossary 79
Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions 83
Appendix E. RFI Responses 87
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3
ATTACHMENT 2 - 16
356
Executive
Summary
ATTACHMENT 2 - 17
357
In 2024 Los Angeles County voters approved the Affordable Housi ng, Homelessness Solutions, and Prevention Now Transactions and Use Tax Ordinance (“Measure A”), a half-cent sales tax to fund homeless services and affordable housing development throughout the County. The tax r eplaces Measure H, a quarter-cent sales tax for homeless services appro ved by voters in 2017. Measure A is expected to generate over $1 billion in r evenue annually,

35.75% of which will be directed to the recently-created Los An geles County Affordable Housing Solutions Agency (“LACAHSA” or “the Agency”) for affordable housing production, preservation, and renter protection service s.1 The remainder of Measure A funds will be directed towards the regionʼs compre hensive homelessness services initiatives. 2
Executive Summary
The adoption of Senate Bill 679 enabled the
creation of the Los Angeles County Regional
Housing Finance Act (“the LACAHSA Act,”
12 codiﬁed in Government Code section 64700
et seq.).
3 The LACAHSA Act requires that the
LACAHSA Board adopt an annual expenditure
plan by July 1 of each year to support long-term
planning. The annual expenditure plan must
set forth the share of revenue and estimated
funding amount to be spent on each of the
following programmatic categories:

1. Production, Preservation, &
Ownership (PPO)

2. Renter Protection and Homelessness
Prevention (RPHP), and

3. Technical Assistance (TA).
1 LACAHSA will receive 35.75% of Measure A funding, after allowing for a 0.5% for collection and distribution cost reimbursement to the County Auditor-Controller.
2 The Allocations presented in this report only correspond to LACAHSAʼs 35.75% share and are not inclusive of other Measure A funding streams such as comprehensive homelessness services funding; accountability, data, and research funding for the Los Angeles County Homeless Initiative; and local housing production funding for the Los Angeles County Development Authority.

LACAHSA is prohibited from funding homelessness services. 3 SB 679 is codiﬁed at Title 6.9 of the California Government Code (Sections 64700 through 64832). It has been amended since its initial adoption. References in this Plan are to the statutes as amended.

The FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency
Strategy fulﬁlls these requirements, looking
forward with a ﬁve-year planning horizon to
set the foundation for additional planning as
the Agency scales. The Plan is guided by ﬁve-
year metrics, outlined below. Following the
adoption of this Expenditure Plan and Agency
Strategy, LACAHSA will craft its own detailed
operating budget that will govern the spending
of its administrative funds. In addition, both
LACAHSA and each Eligible Jurisdiction will
design their own programs to deploy Measure
A funding. All programs will be consistent
with the eligible uses contained within the
LACAHSA Act, as well as requirements of
Measure A. The LACAHSA Act strictly prohibits
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions from
funding any homelessness services. In addition,
LACAHSA funds may not be conditioned on
immigration status.

Image credit: Jimmy Woo via Unsplash
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5Executive Summary ATTACHMENT 2 - 18
358
Section 1. Funding Allocations
Section 1. of this Expenditure Plan, Funding
Allocations, presents the distribution of
LACAHSA funds for each programmatic use and
each Eligible Jurisdiction.

Allocation by Programmatic Use
As demonstrated in Figure 1 below, together
the LACAHSA Act and Measure A require
the following distribution of funding by
programmatic use:
• 60% for Production, Preservation, &
Ownership (including a 77.25% set aside
for new construction);
• 30% for Renter Protection and
Homelessness Prevention;
• 5% for Technical Assistance, and
• 5% for LACAHSA administration.
4 Passthrough Agencies are outlined in Section 1, based on deﬁn itions and formulas in SB 679 Section 64830.5. 5 At the June 25, 2025, Board Meeting, the Board elected to all ocate the 15% discretionary funding by following the same 70%/30% split between Eligible Jurisdictions and The Agency.
6 Allocations by jurisdiction are deﬁned in SB 679 clause 64830 .5(a)(2) Allocations by Eligible Jurisdiction
The LACAHSA Act and Measure A also
dictate how LACAHSA funds are distributed
between LACAHSA and other Eligible
Jurisdictions, which include the County of Los
Angeles, certain individual cities, Councils of
Governments, and regional housing trusts.
4 • Administrative funds are fully allocated
to LACAHSA, and
• 15% of programmatic funds are allocated
at the discretion of the LACAHSA Board. 5
Of the remaining programmatic funds:
• 30% of programmatic funds are allocated
to LACAHSA, and
• 70% of programmatic funds are allocated
to the Eligible Jurisdictions. 6
Table 1 below provides the total allocation
estimates for FY 2025-26 to LACAHSA and
each Eligible Jurisdiction. A more detailed list
of distribution of funds by agency and use is
provided in Section 1 Funding Allocations.

46.35% 13.65% 30% 5% 5%
Production, Preservation, & Ownership (PPO) -
New Construction
PPO –
Flexible
Renter Protections &
Homelessness
Prevention (RPHP)
Technical
Assistance
(TA)
Admin
Figure 1. LACAHSA Funding Allocation by Use
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6Executive Summary ATTACHMENT 2 - 19
359
Table 1. FY 2025-26 Total Funding Allocation by Jurisdiction AGeNCY TOTAL BY AGeNCY
1 LACAHSA $128,229,226
2 Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional Housing Trust $6,452,118 3 City of Glendale $5,103,191
4 City of Long Beach $10,706,466
5 City of Los Angeles $133,421,084
6 City of Santa Clarita $3,457,981
7 Gateway Cities Council of Governments/Gateway Cities
Affordable Housing Trust
$18,538,195
9 Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments $459,405
9 North Los Angeles County Transportation Coalition JPA* $5,395,241 10 San Fernando Valley Council of Governments $518,005
11 San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
$25,691,324
12 South Bay Cities Council of Governments/South Bay
Regional Housing Trust
$13,002,770
13 Unincorporated Los Angeles County $24,782,720
14 Westside Cities Council of Governments $7,016,083
TOTAL $382,773,809
*The LACAHSA Act limits direct allocations to only certain citi es; other cities may only receive funding through a COG or Regi onal Housing Trust. Because Lancaster and Palmdale are the only citi es that are not part of a COG, their portion will be allocated and held until an Eligible Jurisdiction option is available to the JPA pending LACAHSA Board approval and adjustments to the JPAʼs purpose.

Image credit: Jeff Turner via Unsplash
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 7Executive Summary EExxececututivivee SuSummmmararyy01 Executive Summary FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Stra tegy | 7 ATTACHMENT 2 - 20
360
The Expenditure Plan is also required to set
metrics regarding the target income levels,
number of affordable housing units built or
preserved, and the number of tenants served
within each category of expenditure.

Measure A Section 4A outlines ﬁve overarching
goals to prevent and reduce homelessness
7 https://lacahsa.gov/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/03-12-2025-LACAHSA-Meeting-Minutes-Final-.pdf and provide solutions for affordable housing,
listed in Table 2 below. According to Measure A
Section 4C, the LACAHSA Board is responsible
for setting target metrics for Goals 4 and

5. To estimate the number of households
impacted by LACAHSAʼs work, the LACAHSA
Board adopted the following target metrics
in April 2025.
7 Table 2. Measure A Goals and Five-Year Target Metrics GOAL 1 Increase the number of people moving from encampments into perm anent housing to reduce unsheltered homelessness.

GOAL 2 Reduce the number of people with mental illness and/or substanc e use disorders who experience homelessness.

GOAL 3 Increase the number of people permanently leaving homelessness.

GOAL 4 Prevent people from falling into homelessness.
4A. Decrease by 20% in ﬁve years the number of people who become newly homeless, from a baseline of 63,202 in FY 23-24 to a targ et of 50,561 in 2030.
4B. Increase the successful impact of ﬂexible eviction and homeles s prevention services from a baseline of 1,796 in FY 23-24 to a t arget of 22,116 to 23,829 in the next ﬁve years, or an average of 4,423-4,766 p er year. 4C. Increase access to legal support services for tenant household s from a baseline of 8,377 in FY 23-24 to a target of 85,103 to 91,693 i n the next ﬁve years, or an average of 17,021 to 18,339 per year.

GOAL 5 Increase the number of affordable housing units in Los Angeles County. 5A. Produce a minimum of 1,800 affordable housing units per year, for a total of 9,000 units over the next ﬁve years.
5B. Preserve a minimum of 420 affordable housing units per year, f or a total of 2,100 units over the next ﬁve years.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 8Executive Summary ATTACHMENT 2 - 21
361
Measure A Section 4B also establishes ﬁve system performance me trics listed in Table 3, below, that LACAHSA will continue to track in partnership with the Exe cutive Committee for Regional Homeless Alignment (ECHRA).

Table 3. Measure A System Performance Metrics
KPI 1 Creating a standardization of basic services to bring people in side and ensure that people have access to social services, medical care, and b ehavioral/ mental health care.

KPI 2 Establishing a homeless-service-delivery system more accessible to all communities.

KPI 3 Meeting regional housing needs for Lower Income Households.

KPI 4 Using an equity lens, reducing racial disparities and the dispr oportionate impact of homelessness and housing insecurity for critical popu lations.

KPI 5 Increasing accountability and transparency as to the use of pub lic funds.

Section 2. Eligible Uses
According to the LACAHSA Act, the Expenditure
Plan must include a description of projects
or programs proposed to receive funding,
including the location, amount of funding,
and anticipated outcomes—to the extent
feasible. Section 2. Eligible Uses aims to
fulﬁll this requirement, outlining the funding
tools LACAHSA and the Eligible Jurisdictions
can use to meet the goals and metrics
adopted by the Board.

LACAHSA has a unique opportunity to leverage
public and private funding, act nimbly, innovate
government processes, and scale impact
regionally. Doing so will require powerful
ﬁnancial tools and highly skilled staff. LACAHSA
and the Eligible Jurisdictions will need ﬂexibility
to deploy funds to respond to ﬂuctuating
needs and market conditions, adapting as
communities grow and change. A one-size-ﬁts-
all approach will not work. Instead, LACAHSA
will take an “all tools in the toolbox” approach,
allowing each Eligible Jurisdiction to develop a
suite of programs to meet its unique needs—as
well as potentially allowing for open calls for
projects that may use versions of these tools,
or other tools not contemplated here that
would align with the goals and objectives of
LACAHSAʼs work.

If an Eligible Jurisdiction wants to allocate
LACAHSA funds to a use that has not been
preapproved in the Expenditure Plan and
Program Guidelines, the Eligible Jurisdiction
may submit its proposed use to LACAHSA in a
funding request. The funding request should
include a summary of the proposed activity
and how it aligns with Measure A and the Act.

The request will be submitted to the LACAHSA
Board or a committee established by the Board
for consideration and approval. The Board or its
designee will determine whether the proposed
use is eligible and whether it will require an
amendment to the Expenditure Plan.

The eligible uses described in Section 2 and
summarized below in Table 4 constitute the
toolbox. Each use description includes target
project types, illustrative terms, and examples.

Jurisdictions—and their corresponding
governing bodies—will be responsible for
selecting the tools most appropriate to meet
their goals, in collaboration with LACAHSA.

Table 4, below, outlines eligible uses.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 9Executive Summary ATTACHMENT 2 - 22
362
Table 4. Overview of Eligible Uses
PRODUCTION, PReSeRVATION, & OWNeRSHIP (PPO) USeS
PPO uses include both New Construction and Flexible uses.

Direct Project Investment Direct project investments work to address the existing backlog of entitled affordable housing deals in need of gap ﬁnancing. This may include projects that require local sources to secure LIHTC all ocations and/or additional state funding. Uses within this section are c urrently commonly used for the development and preservation of affordabl e and mixed-income projects.

Rent &
Operating Subsidies
Rent and operating subsidies provide ongoing payments to pay fo r expenses such as utilities, maintenance, taxes, management, as well as debt service payments. Rent and operating subsidies are avai lable for new construction, rehabilitation, and preservation projects . Rent and operating subsidies may come in multiple forms, including, but not limited to, project-based rental assistance, master lea sing, shallow rent subsidy, operating subsidies, and a capitalized op erating subsidy reserve.

LACAHSA Mortgage The LACAHSA Mortgage provides a one-stop-shop for developers to fund 65%-90% of development costs with low-interest, tax- exempt debt. The LACAHSA Mortgage is intended to reduce costs and development ﬁnance timelines, develop an avenue to ﬁnance affordable housing without LIHTC, and deploy Measure A revenue quickly.

Impact Fund Impact funds offer below-market ﬁnancial terms and greater ﬂexi bility than typical ﬁnancing by raising impact-driven investments that serve as ﬁrst-loss capital. A public entity seeds a new impact fund by attracting mission-driven capital sources including philanthrop y (such as through program-related investments (PRI) or Mission Related Investments (MRI), impact investors, and Community Reinvestment Act (CRA)-motivated ﬁnancial institutions. The fund may be held within LACAHSA or by a qualiﬁed CDFI or other ﬁnancial institut ion.

The focus of the impact fund will be on preserving existing sub sidized affordable housing, as well as acquiring and preserving Natural ly Occurring Affordable Housing (NOAH). Eligible Jurisdictions can elect to participate in the impact fund through investment of ﬁrst-lo ss capital or provision of residual receipts loans to awarded proj ects.

Ownership Products Ownership products include a variety of ﬁnancing structures to improve the affordability of existing ownership opportunitie s or to increase the production or preservation of affordable homeownership opportunities.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 10Executive Summary ATTACHMENT 2 - 23
363
ReNTeR PROTeCTION & HOMeLeSSNeSS PReVeNTION (RPHP) USeS RPHP uses are designed to provide services to lower income indi viduals and households that are currently housed, to protect renters from housing instability, displacement, and homelessness.

Marketing, Assessment,
Eligibility, and Referral
Marketing, Assessment, Eligibility and Referral identiﬁes house holds at risk of losing their housing, assesses their needs, determin es their eligibility for assistance, and connects them directly wi th RPHP resources. and support to avoid homelessness.

Legal Services and
Renter Education
Legal Services and Renter Education offers legal representation , advocacy, outreach, and education to households at risk of losing their housing.

Emergency
Rental Assistance
Emergency Rental Assistance provides ﬁnancial assistance for rental expenses to support the stabilization of households at r isk of losing their housing.

Flexible
Financial Assistance
Flexible Financial Assistance provides an array of ﬁnancial ass istance for households at risk of losing their housing.

Short-
T erm Income Support
Short-Term Income Support involves providing income assistance for households at risk of losing their housing.

TeCHNICAL ASSISTANCe (TA) USeS
T echnical Assistance uses are designed to provide services, directly or through partnerships with contracted service providers, that support LACAHSA and the Elig ible Jurisdictions in achieving metrics.

Local Agency T echnical
Assistance Grants
LACAHSA will administer a Local Agency Technical Assistance gra nt program that will allow Eligible Jurisdictions and their member jurisdictions to directly apply for technical assistance funds.

LACAHSA will also administer a Local Agency Technical Assistanc e grant program that will allow cities with populations under 50, 000 to directly apply for technical assistance funds.

Direct T echnical
Assistance Programming
LACAHSA may provide direct technical assistance programming for Eligible Jurisdictions and their member jurisdictions to engage in coordination and capacity building. Eligible programs can inclu de technical workshops, training sessions, education on best pract ices, and regulatory compliance support.

Program Design,
Administration,
Monitoring, & Evaluation
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions may use Technical Assistance funds to develop internal staff capacity and administrative infrastructure required to design, operate, monitor, and evalua te related programs.

Professional
Services Support
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions may use Technical Assistance funds to contract additional consultant services related to policy development and implementation, monitoring, auditing, and evaluation.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 11Executive Summary ATTACHMENT 2 - 24
364
Section 3. Agency Core Capacities
LACAHSA will need top-tier talent to run the
innovative ﬁnancing programs it has developed.

The Agency is unique in its mandate and
structure: it will serve at times as a lender,
an investor, a ﬁnancial guarantor, an asset
manager, a compliance monitor, a technical
assistance provider, and regional coordinator.

Securing staff and/or contracted partners
with strong backgrounds in traditional housing
ﬁnance, investment banking, debt issuance,
and complex transactions will be critical to the
Agencyʼs success.

Section 3 details the core capacities LACAHSA
will need to develop to work effectively with
developers, investors, service providers, and
public agencies across the region. Table 5,
below, summarizes these capacities.

Table 5. Core Capacities
CORe CAPACITIeS
Project-Level
Financing
LACAHSA will source, prioritize, underwrite, and close affordab le housing deals with complex structures and multiple funding mechanisms. The Agencyʼs investments will go beyond standard residual receipts loans, and will require creativity, strong ﬁnancial analysis capabilities, and a strong understanding of real estate underwriting.

Asset and
Portfolio
Management
LACAHSA will manage a diverse portfolio of investments and liab ilities that need continual monitoring and coordination. The Agency will als o need to oversee the management of a large portfolio of physical real estate assets, including monitoring lease up and long-term occupancy, eligibility determinations, ongoing compliance, and operating costs.

Capital Markets
and Cashﬂow
Management
To effectively utilize its bonding powers, LACAHSA will raise p rivate capital, manage bond cash ﬂows, develop securitization strategies, manag e guarantee risk, and place loans on the secondary market. Rental and opera ting subsidies, guarantees on B-Note bonds, and other ﬁnancial tools will require monitoring existing cashﬂow and managing cashﬂow over multiple years to meet LACHASAʼs ﬁnancial commitments regardless of market circum stances.

Program
and Policy
Management
To implement its Renter Protection and Technical Assistance pro grams, LACAHSA will design program guidelines, solicit service provide rs, execute programs, and manage contracts. LACAHSA will also need to evalu ate and monitor the effectiveness of its programs across both the A gency and Eligible Jurisdictions to reduce redundancy and improve ser vice quality—improving coordination across agencies and advocating f or policy improvements where needed.

Compliance and
Risk Management
LACAHSA will manage regulatory compliance across multiple juris dictions, meeting the highest standards of transparency and accountabilit y.

Compliance includes internal auditing, reporting, and oversight over LACAHSAʼs full portfolio of transactions, including preparing a nnual reports as required by state and local law.

Operations To support the functions described above, LACAHSA will need rob ust internal operations, including ﬁnance and accounting, general counsel, c ontract management, human resources, and IT. Staff or consultants will need to understand the complexity of public-sector operations while bei ng able to operate at the speed of private sector partners. Critically, th e Agency must quickly and efﬁciently execute MOUs and distribute money to the various Eligible Jurisdictions—who will rely on transparent and efﬁcien t LACAHSA operations in order to plan and execute their own programs—whil e also establishing the infrastructure needed to hold each Eligible Ju risdiction accountable for its use of LACAHSA funds.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 12Executive Summary ATTACHMENT 2 - 25
365
Funding
Allocations
ATTACHMENT 2 - 26
366
The LACAHSA Act (Government Code section 64700 et seq., enabled by SB 679)8 and Measure A9 describe legislative requirevments for LACAHSAʼs funding allocations for each allowable use category and each jurisdicti on eligible to receive funds.

LACAHSA Share of Measure A Revenues (35.75%)
Funding Allocations
Measure A, also known as the Affordable
Housing, Homelessness Solutions, and
Prevention Now Transactions and Use Tax
Ordinance, introduced a 0.5% sales and
use tax imposed by the County of Los
Angeles on the sales, storage, use, or other
consumption of tangible personal property at
retail establishments, effective as of April 1,
2025. Measure A has no expiration date. The
proceeds from this tax will be used for reducing
and preventing homelessness, increasing the
supply of affordable housing in Los Angeles
County by providing for signiﬁcantly enhanced
funding and technical assistance at a regional
level for renter protections, affordable housing
preservation, and new affordable housing
production for low-income households.
8,9
According to Measure A Section 3B.4, the
Los Angeles County Auditor-Controller will
distribute 35.75% of the Measure A sales tax to
LAHCASA, net of County costs to collect and
distribute the tax imposed not to exceed 0.5%
of annual tax proceeds.
8 https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billNavClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220SB 679 9 https://ﬁle.lacounty.gov/SDSInter/lac/1169975_Special-Sales-Tax-to-Fund-Homelessness-Programs-and-LACAHSA.pdf 10 https://ﬁle.lacounty.gov/SDSInter/bos/bc/1178494_FesabilityofImplementingtheBRCHonHomelessnessRecommendationsNo1a nd3-SIGNEDBOARDMEMO.pdf
11 Ibid.

To estimate Measure A revenues for FY 2025-
26, HR&A used a projection published by the
Los Angeles County Chief Executive Ofﬁce
on February 28, 2025, which estimated total
revenues of $1,076,076,350.
10 Of this total,
$382,773,809 is the anticipated 35.75% share
for LACHASA, after allowing for a 0.5% for
collection and distribution cost reimbursement
to the County Auditor-Controller.

The Allocations presented in this report only
correspond to LACAHSAʼs 35.75% share and
are not inclusive of other Measure A funding
streams such as comprehensive homelessness
services funding; accountability, data, and
research funding for the Los Angeles County
Homeless Initiative; and local housing
production funding for the Los Angeles County
Development Authority.
11 Image credit: LACAHSA
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 1401 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 27
367
Allocation by Use Category
The LACAHSA Act and Measure A identify four
allowable uses of LACAHSA funds.

1. Production, Preservation, and Ownership
(PPO) (60%): Measure A ordinance Section
29B mandates that 60% of funding be
used for production, preservation, and
ownership of affordable housing. Of
this amount, 77.25% is mandated for
construction of new affordable housing
(“PPO-New Construction”). The remainder
can be allocated to any eligible PPO use
(“PPO-Flexible”). Measure Aʼs requirements
supersede a minimum 40% spending for
PPO uses mandated by Government Code
section 64830(d)(1).
• PPO - New Construction: Creation of new
permanent residential units. May include
construction of affordable housing unit
where there are no existing uses and/
or substantial rehabilitation of existing
housing units or commercial or other
non-residential use to affordable housing,
and rent and/or operating subsidies that
support new construction.
• PPO - Flexible: The remaining 22.75% is
a ﬂexible category that can be spent
on any eligible PPO program including
construction, preservation, acquisition,
rehabilitation, ownership, and rent and
operating subsidies such as income
assistance for extremely low income
households or project-based rental
assistance contracts with no time limit that
are restricted to the support of extremely
low income households.
• Annual Board Priorities: Government Code
section 64830(d)(3) states that LAHCASA
should spend a minimum of 15% of its
annual programmatic budget for annual
priorities. To meet the 60% threshold set
by Measure A, the Annual Board Priority
share is directed towards production,
preservation, and ownership. However,
Government Code section 64830(d)
(3) does not subject the Annual Board
Priorities allocation to the 70%/30% split
between Eligible Jurisdictions and The
Agency. Thus, while the Board Priorities
allocation is functionally mandated
by Measure A to be allocated for PPO
purposes until June 30, 2035, the Board
has discretion as to how to allocate it
within this category. At the June 25, 2025,
Board Meeting, the Board elected to follow
the same 70%/30% split between Eligible
Jurisdictions and The Agency.

2. Renter Protection and Homelessness
Prevention (RPHP) (30%): Government Code
section 64830(d)(2) states that LAHCASA
should spend a minimum of 30% of its annual
programmatic budget on renter protection
and homelessness prevention programs.

3. T echnical Assistance (T A) (5%): Government
Code section 64830(d)(4) states that
LAHCASA should spend a minimum of
5% of its annual programmatic budget
on technical assistance, research, and
policy development.
• Technical Assistance for Small Cities: In
addition to the 5% allocation, Government
Code section 64830.5(a)(2) also mandates
that at least 5% of the Agency funds for
production, preservation and ownership,
renter protection and homelessness
prevention, and technical assistance
should be reserved for technical
assistance grants to small cities with
population under 50,000.

4. Agency Operations & Administration (5%):

Government Code section 64830(d)
(5), states that the Agency can spend a
maximum of 10% of its annual programmatic
budget for its administration and operating
expenses. However, after accounting
for increased programmatic funding
requirements within Measure A, the
Agency is limited to a maximum of 5% for
administrative uses. The Agency may choose
to reallocate administration funding to
other programmatic uses at its discretion;
thus, in this report the allocation reﬂects
only the maximum allowable expenditure.

Additional allowances for administrative
and direct costs for programs implemented
by Eligible Jurisdictions will be established
and adopted by the Board in LACAHSAʼs
Program Guidelines.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 1501 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 28
368
Allocation by Eligible Jurisdiction
The LACAHSA Act and Measure A dictate how
LACAHSA funds are distributed between the
Agency and the other Eligible Jurisdictions.

Share to the Agency: Government Code section
64830.5(a)(2) states that 30% of funds for
production, preservation, and ownership, renter
protection and homelessness prevention,
and technical assistance will be allocated to
the Agency to utilize at its discretion. The
funds for administration are entirely allocated
to the Agency.
12 Share to Eligible Jurisdictions: Government
Code section 64830.5(a)(2) states that 70%
of funds for production, preservation, and
ownership, renter protection and homelessness
prevention, and technical assistance are
allocated to the Eligible Jurisdictions.
12 Additional allowances for administrative and direct costs for programs implemented by Eligible Jurisdictions will be established and adopted by the Board in LACAHSAʼs Program Guidelines.

SB 679 identiﬁes the following Eligible
Jurisdictions, consisting of the County,
individual municipalities, councils of
governments (COGs), and regional
housing trusts:

1. County of Los Angeles (on behalf of
unincorporated areas)

2. City of Los Angeles

3. City of Long Beach

4. City of Glendale

5. City of Santa Clarita

6. San Gabriel Valley Councils of
Governments —whose share may be
allocated to the San Gabriel Valley
Regional Housing Trust

7. Gateway Cities Councils of Governments—
whose share may be allocated to the
Gateway Cities Affordable Housing Trust

8. South Bay Cities Councils of
Governments—whose share may be
allocated to the South Bay Regional
Housing Trust

9. Westside Cities Councils of Governments

10. San Fernando Valley Councils of
Governments

11. Las Virgenes/Malibu Councils of
Governments
Government Code section 64830.5(a)(1)(A)
(ii) allows regional housing trusts consistent
with the San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing
Trust model to be eligible to receive a direct
allocation. In addition, any regional housing
trust that does not correspond to an existing
council of government can be eligible to receive
a direct allocation at the Boardʼs discretion.

LACAHSA staff received an allocation request
from the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena
Regional Housing Trust (BGPRHT), and this
Image credit: Drew Dau via Unsplash
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 1601 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 29
369
Expenditure Plan anticipates that the Board
will approve a direct allocation to BGRPHT and
incorporates an allocation to it as a presumed
Eligible Jurisdiction.

12. Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional
Housing Trust (BGPRHT)
After identifying all Eligible Jurisdictions, HR&A
assigned each of the 88 incorporated cities and
unincorporated areas of Los Angeles County to
a respective Eligible Jurisdiction.

1. HR&A identiﬁed cities that receive a
direct allocation.

2. All unincorporated areas were assigned to
Los Angeles County.

3. The cities of Burbank and Pasadena were
assigned to BGPRHT. Because the City
of Glendale receives a direct allocation,
its allocations are not included in the
BGPRHT allocation.

4. The remaining municipalities were
assigned to a COG based on data
published by Southern California
Association of Governments (SCAG).
13 A complete index of municipality assignments
to Eligible Jurisdictions is provided in
Appendix A, Table A1.

There are two municipalities within the
County that each belong to two councils of
government—City of Montebello and the City of
Industry. After consultation with the respective
cities and councils of government, both
Montebello and Industry were assigned to the
San Gabriel Valley Council of Government.

Finally, there are two municipalities within
the County that do not belong to a council of
government and which did not receive a direct
allocation—the City of Lancaster and the
City of Palmdale. For the purpose of this
13 https://scag.ca.gov/post/scag-members-subregions
14 https://www.hcd.ca.gov/planning-and-community-development/regional-housing-needs-allocation 15 https://scag.ca.gov/sites/default/ﬁles/2024-05/6th_cycle_ﬁnal_rhna_allocation_plan_070121.pdf Expenditure Plan, allocations for these two
municipalities are assigned to:

13. North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
The JPA will amend its purposes to include
housing as eligible use of funds. This
Expenditure Plan anticipates that the Board will
approve a direct allocation to the North County
JPA and incorporates an allocation to it as a
presumed Eligible Jurisdiction.

Distribution Among Eligible
Jurisdictions
SB 679 also provides guidance on how funding for
each eligible use should be distributed among the
Eligible Jurisdictions.

PPO Distribution: Government Code section
64830.5(a)(2)(A)(i) states that funding for
production, preservation, and ownership should
be allocated to each Eligible Jurisdiction based
on its pro rata lower income housing need.

Government Code section 64830.5(f) states
that “pro rata lower income housing need”
is deﬁned as the jurisdictionʼs share of the
total lower income housing needs assessment
goal for the County of Los Angeles allocated
pursuant to Section 65584—the Stateʼs
Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA).

To conduct the Regional Housing Needs
Assessment, the California Department of
Housing and Community Development (HCD)
determines the regional housing need for each
region, considering factors like demographic
trends, housing conditions, overcrowding,
cost burden, vacancy rates, and jobs-
housing imbalances.
14 The Southern California
Association of Governments (SCAG) 6 th Cycle
Final RHNA Allocation Plan was approved by
HCD in March 2021 and covers the period from
October 2021 to October 2029—the latest data
available to inform the LACAHSA allocations.
15 FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 1701 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 30
370
Figure 2. PPO-New Construction Allocation Calculation Formula, City of Long Beach *Inclusive of Board Priorities Allocation for PPO-New Construct ion HR&A used the SCAG 6 th Cycle Final RHNA
Allocation Plan for each of the 88 municipalities
and unincorporated areas and aggregated to
each Eligible Jurisdiction using the assignments
described above. HR&A then calculated the
share of households with low and very low
income (AMI below 80%)
16 for each Eligible
Jurisdiction compared to the total countywide
need. HR&A used the resulting share of lower
income housing need to allocate available PPO
funds to each Eligible Jurisdiction.

Figure 2 above provides an example of the
calculation formula for the City of Long Beachʼs
PPO-New Construction share.

T A Distribution: Government Code 64830.5(a)
(2)(C)(i) states that funding for technical
assistance should be allocated to Eligible
Jurisdictions on a “per low-income renter
household basis.” However, unlike PPO, the
LACAHSA Act does not specify a data source
16 HCD uses the following categorization in RHNA: very low inco me (0-50% AMI), low income (50-80% AMI), moderate income (80-120% AMI) and above moderate income (above 120% AMI). https://abag.ca.gov/sites/default/ﬁles/abag_2023-2031_rhna_faq_-_ july_2020.pdf
17 https://www.huduser.gov/portal/datasets/cp.html. CHAS data is generally updated once latest ACS custom tabulations are available. https://www.huduser.gov/portal/datasets/cp/CHAS/update_chas.html to deﬁne “low-income renter households.”
Because no data source was speciﬁed, HR&A
used national best practices to identify a
widely accepted and transparent data source
to measure each jurisdictionʼs pro rata share of
low-income renter households.

The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) compiles Comprehensive
Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data
as a set of custom tabulations of American
Community Survey (ACS) data provided by the
U.S. Census Bureau. The latest CHAS data are
based on 2017-2021 ACS 5-year estimates.
17 The primary purpose of CHAS data is to
demonstrate the extent of housing problems
and housing needs, particularly for low-income
households. CHAS data categorize households
by income levels, primarily focusing on those
earning 30%, 50%, and 80% of the area
median income.
11,188
Long Beach RHNA Lower
Income Housing Need

46.35%
Total Distribution for
PPO-New Construction*

32.45%
Eligible Jurisdiction
Share for PPO-
New Construction

1.07%
Long Beach Share for
PPO-New Construction
340,295
Total LA County
RHNA Lower Income
Housing Need
70%
Share for
Eligible Jurisdictions

3.30%
Long Beach Pro Rata
Share RHNA Lower
Income Housing Need
$383 MILLION
Total LACAHSA
Allocation

3.30%
Long Beach Pro Rata Share
RHNA Lower Income
Housing Need

32.45%
Eligible Jurisdiction Share
for PPO-New Construction

1.07%
Long Beach Share for
PPO-New Construction
$4.1 MILLION
Long Beach Allocation for
PPO-New Construction
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 1801 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 31
371
CHAS data are widely used by state and local
governments to inform spending decisions:
• Federally, HUD awards funding for
Community Development Block
Grants (CDBG) using a formula that
employs CHAS data.
18 • Within the State of California, RHNA
estimates are directly informed by
CHAS data, and CHAS is integrated
into the Stateʼs Ofﬁce of Environmental
Health Hazard Assessment
CalEnviroScreen Tool.
19 • Other jurisdictions also employ CHAS
to inform housing planning and funding
allocation activities. New York State
Homes and Community Renewal uses
CHAS data for housing burden analysis
and funding applications.
20 Cities and
counties including Seattle, Miami-Dade
County, and Kansas City incorporate CHAS
data in their planning processes.
21, 22, 23
18 https://www.hudexchange.info/sites/onecpd/assets/File/CDBG-Formula-Appropriation-Process-Transcript.pdf 19 https://oehha.ca.gov/calenviroscreen/indicator/housing-burden 20 https://hcr.ny.gov/system/ﬁles/documents/2021/10/new-york-state-2021-2025-consolidated-plan-as-submitted-to-hud.pdf 21 https://www.seattle.gov/documents/Departments/OPCD/SeattlePlan/OneSeattlePlanpDraftHousingAppendixSupplementalTables. pdf
22 http://www.shimberg.uﬂ.edu/publications/Miami_Dade_data_appendix_061120.pdf 23 https://www.marc.org/news/economy/new-dashboards-added-housing-data-hub-shine-light-housing-problems-kansas-city- region
24 SB 679 clause 64710(c) deﬁnes the Agencyʼs purpose with a fo cus on households earning 80% AMI or below. 25 The legislative history for SB 679 indicates that the RPHP c ategory would be allocated on a “per low-income renter household basis.” The failure to include this requirement in the chaptered version of SB 679 was likely an error. See Senate Floor Analysis (Aug 15, 2022) at page 6, available here: https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billAnalysisClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220SB679 26 https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billNavClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220SB 679 Informed by these national best practices,
HR&A deﬁned the pro rata share of low-income
renter households using CHAS 2017-2021 5-year
Estimates for Renter Occupied Households (Table 7)
By Census Place for each jurisdiction within LA
County. For each jurisdiction, HR&A calculated
the total number of renter households below
80% AMI
24 and the totals for each Eligible
Jurisdiction using the assignments described
above. Finally, HR&A calculated the pro rata
share for each Eligible Jurisdiction.

RPHP Distribution: The LACAHSA Act does not
speciﬁcally dictate how RPHP funding should
be distributed among Eligible Jurisdictions.

However, HR&A and LACAHSA staff elected to
distribute RPHP funding using the same formula
used for TA Distribution—i.e., the pro rata share
of low-income renter households, as deﬁned
by CHAS—given the useʼs speciﬁc focus
on renter households.
25 Government Code
section 64830.5(c)(1) states that for the RPHP
distribution, the City of Los Angeles share is
“subject to a 50-percent limit.”
26 However, as
demonstrated in Appendix A, Table A3, the
City of Los Angeles has a 49.2% share of low-
income renter households in the County; thus,
the 50% cap was not applied.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 1901 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 32
372

PPO RPHP TA
AGeNCY
NeW
CONSTRUCTION FLeXIBLe

TA FOR SMALL
CITIeS RPHP

TA FOR SMALL
CITIeS

GeNeRAL
TA FOR
SMALL CITIeS ADMIN

TOTAL BY
AGeNCY
1 LACAHSA 13.91% 3.42% 0.68% 8.55% 0.45% 1.43% 0.08% 5.00% 33.50% 2 Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena
Regional Housing Trust

0.80% 0.24% 0.56% 0.09% 1.69%
3 City of Glendale 0.53% 0.16% 0.55% 0.09% 1.33%
4 City of Long Beach 1.07% 0.31% 1.21% 0.20% 2.80%
5 City of Los Angeles 17.61% 5.19% 10.34% 1.72% 34.86%
6 City of Santa Clarita 0.49% 0.14% 0.23% 0.04% 0.90%
7 Gateway Cities Council of
Governments/Gateway Cities
Affordable Housing Trust

1.83% 0.54% 2.12% 0.35% 4.84%
8 Las Virgenes/Malibu
Council of Governments

0.05% 0.02% 0.04% 0.01% 0.12%
9 North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA

0.58% 0.17% 0.56% 0.09% 1.41%
10 San Fernando Valley
Council of Governments

0.07% 0.02% 0.04% 0.01% 0.14%
11 San Gabriel Valley Council
of Governments/San Gabriel
Valley Regional Housing Trust

3.26% 0.96% 2.14% 0.36% 6.71%
12 South Bay Cities Council of
Governments/South Bay
Regional Housing Trust

1.47% 0.43% 1.28% 0.21% 3.40%
13 Unincorporated
Los Angeles County

3.75% 1.10% 1.39% 0.23% 6.47%
14 Westside Cities
Council of Governments

0.92% 0.27% 0.55% 0.09% 1.83%
TOTAL 46.35% 12.98% 0.68% 29.55% 0.45% 4.93% 0.08% 5.00% 100.00% Allocations by Jurisdiction, approved by LACAHSA Board of Direc tors for FY25-26 Applying the methodology described above, Table 6 below illustr ates the percentage share of LAHCASAʼs funding to the Agency an d each Eligible Jurisdiction by corresponding use.

Table 6. Percentage Share of LACAHSA Funding by Use and Jurisdi ction FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2001 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 33
373
Table 7 below estimates the total amount of LACAHSA funding to the Agency and each Eligible Jurisdiction by corresponding use.

Table 7. Estimated LACAHSA Funding by Use and Jurisdiction

PPO RPHP TA
AGeNCY
NeW
CONSTRUCTION FLeXIBLe

TA FOR SMALL
CITIeS RPHP

TA FOR SMALL
CITIeS

GeNeRAL
TA FOR
SMALL CITIeS ADMIN

TOTAL BY
AGeNCY
1 LACAHSA $53,224,698 $13,090,864 $2,583,723 $32,727,161 $1,722,482 $5,454,527 $287,080 $19,138,690 $128,229,226 2 Burbank-Glendale-
Pasadena Regional
Housing Trust
$3,058,288 $900,661 $2,137,002 $356,167 $6,452,118
3 City of Glendale $2,044,455 $602,089 $2,105,698 $350,950 $5,103,191 4 City of Long Beach $4,083,071 $1,202,458 $4,646,518 $774,420 $10,706,466 5 City of Los Angeles $67,414,093 $19,853,341 $39,560,271 $6,593,378 $133,421,084 6 City of Santa Clarita $1,872,563 $551,467 $886,244 $147,707 $3,457,981 7 Gateway Cities Council
of Governments/
Gateway Cities
Affordable Housing Trust
$7,018,735 $2,067,006 $8,102,103 $1,350,350 $18,538,195 8 Las Virgenes/Malibu
Council of Governments
$204,737 $60,295 $166,605 $27,768 $459,405
9 North Los Angeles
County Transportation
Coalition JPA
$2,237,149 $658,837 $2,142,219 $357,037 $5,395,241
10 San Fernando Valley
Council of Governments
$267,874 $78,888 $146,780 $24,463 $518,005
11 San Gabriel Valley
Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley
Regional Housing Trust
$12,480,955 $3,675,621 $8,172,640 $1,362,107 $25,691,324 12 South Bay Cities Council
of Governments/
South Bay Regional
Housing Trust
$5,641,046 $1,661,279 $4,886,096 $814,349 $13,002,770
13 Unincorporated
Los Angeles County
$14,356,803 $4,228,055 $5,312,453 $885,409 $24,782,720
14 Westside Cities
Council of Governments
$3,511,192 $1,034,041 $2,117,872 $352,979 $7,016,083
TOTAL $177,415,660 $49,664,902 $2,583,723 $113,109,660 $1,722,482 $18 ,851,610 $287,080 $19,138,690 $382,773,809 FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2101 Funding Allocations ATTACHMENT 2 - 34
374
Eligible
Uses
ATTACHMENT 2 - 35
375
Production, Preservation, & Ownership (PPO)
Eligible Uses
Allocations
In FY 2025-26, 60% of the LACAHSA budget
will be dedicated to Production, Preservation,
and Ownership programs—$229.6 million.

As mandated in Government Code section
64830(d)(1)(A)(i), eligible uses can include
but are not limited to:
“land acquisition, housing acquisition, ﬁnancing,
and ownership programs, including the agency
27 https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billNavClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220SB 679 serving as a single source of ﬁnancing as
appropriate, income assistance for extremely
low income households, and project-based
rental assistance contracts with no time limit that
are restricted to the support of extremely low
income households.”
27 The distribution of PPO funds by jurisdiction is
presented in Table 8 below.

Image credit: Paul Hanaoka via Unsplash
Table 8. Estimated LACAHSA Funding by Use and Jurisdiction AGeNCY
PPO - NeW
CONSTRUCTION PPO - FLeXIBLe TOTAL
1 LACAHSA (including small cities TA) $55,220,624 $13,678,661 $68,899,286 2 Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional
Housing Trust
$3,058,288 $900,661 $3,958,949
3 City of Glendale $2,044,455 $602,089 $2,646,544
4 City of Long Beach $4,083,071 $1,202,458 $5,285,528
5 City of Los Angeles $67,414,093 $19,853,341 $87,267,434 6 City of Santa Clarita $1,872,563 $551,467 $2,424,030
7 Gateway Cities Council of Governments/
Gateway Cities Affordable Housing Trust
$7,018,735 $2,067,006 $9,085,742
8 Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments $204,737 $60,295 $265, 032 9 North Los Angeles County Transportation
Coalition JPA
$2,237,149 $658,837 $2,895,986
10 San Fernando Valley Council of Governments $267,874 $78,888 $346 ,762 11 San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
$12,480,955 $3,675,621 $16,156,577
12 South Bay Cities Council of Governments/
South Bay Regional Housing Trust
$5,641,046 $1,661,279 $7,302,325
13 Unincorporated Los Angeles County $14,356,803 $4,228,055 $18,584,858 14 Westside Cities Council of Governments $3,511,192 $1,034,041 $4, 545,233 TOT AL $179,411,586 $50,252,699 $229,664,285
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2302 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 36
376
Statutory Requirements
The following represents a synthesis of
statutory guidelines that apply to LACAHSAʼs
work. Program level guidelines to support
implementation of these statutory mandates
are forthcoming.

New Construction Requirements
Measure A Section 29B mandates that 60% of
funding be used for Production, Preservation,
and Ownership (PPO). Of this amount, 77.25%
is mandated for construction of new affordable
housing (“PPO-New Construction”).
28 Based
on this requirement, Table 8 breaks out
Production, Preservation, and Ownership into
two categories:
• PPO - New Construction: The minimum

77.25% of the total allocation required to
be spent on new construction and rent
and operating subsidies that support
new construction.
• PPO - Flexible: The remaining 22.75%
is a ﬂexible category that can be spent
on any eligible PPO program including
construction, preservation, acquisition,
rehabilitation, ownership, and rent and
operating subsidies.

Project Labor Requirements
Measure A Section 28B and Government Code
section 64720.5(a) stipulate that any new
construction and rehabilitation project receiving
funding constitutes a public work subject to
prevailing wage requirements. Construction or
rehabilitation contracts and subcontracts must
include provisions requiring the payment of
prevailing wages.

Additionally, Measure A Section 28C and
Government Code Section 64720.5(b) also
require that projects with 40 units or more
to comply with the City of Los Angeles
Department of Public Works Project Labor
28 https://ﬁle.lacounty.gov/SDSInter/lac/1169975_Special-Sales-Tax-to-Fund-Homelessness-Programs-and-LACAHSA.pdf 29 https://ﬁle.lacounty.gov/SDSInter/lac/1169975_Special-Sales-Tax-to-Fund-Homelessness-Programs-and-LACAHSA.pdf 30 https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billNavClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220SB679 Agreement 2020-2030 if the project is within
the City of Los Angeles, or the Countywide
Community Workforce Agreement executed by
the Chief Executive Ofﬁcer on June 7, 2023 if
the project is elsewhere, or any successor to
either agreement. Construction or rehabilitation
contracts for projects with 40 units or more
must include provisions requiring compliance
with the applicable Project Labor Agreement
based on the location of the project.
29, 30
Affordability Requirements
The LACAHSA Act and Measure A also
stipulate the minimum AMI levels for individual
projects and the combined LACAHSA
investment portfolio.

1. Project-Level Requirements –
New Construction
According to Government Code section
64830(d)(1)(A)(ii)(II):
“...for each project, 10 percent of the units
in the project shall be reserved for extremely
low income households and 10 percent
of the units shall be reserved for very low
income households.”
Based on these parameters, any new
construction project must include a minimum of:
• 10% of homes below 30% AMI, and
• 10% of homes below 50% AMI.
10%
of homes
below 30% AMI
10%
of homes
below 50% AMI
Any new construction project must
include a minimum of:

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2402 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 37
377
For the remaining 80% of the building,
Government Code section 64830(d)(1)(A)(ii)
provides two options:

1. 80% of the building is below 80% AMI, or

2. 50% of the building is below 120% AMI, and
30% of the building is below 80% AMI, if
LACAHSA funds only support the 30% AMI
and 50% AMI units.

Government Code (64830(d)(1)
(A)(ii)) states:
“Financing for any development costs
associated with a project or funding grant that
is for housing that is 100 percent affordable,
which means restricted to any household that
earns less than 80 percent of the area median
income (AMI), including permanent supportive
housing that includes onsite supportive
services. An eligible project may also include
a subset of at least 50 units, or 50 percent of
the total units, whichever is greater, in a larger
development that includes units targeted
up to 120 percent of AMI, in which case the
agency may only fund units that are designated
for extremely low and very low income
households, and agency funds shall not be
used in connection with any unit that is income
restricted due to development incentives,
density bonuses, or similar programs.”
In conclusion, LACAHSA and each Eligible
Jurisdiction may fund the full capital stack for
projects that are 100% affordable at or below
80% AMI. Projects may include 120% AMI
homes, for a maximum of at least 50 homes
or 50% of the building, whichever is greater.

However, in these cases, LACAHSA may only
fund the portion of the capital stack designated
towards 30% AMI and 50% AMI homes. Rent
levels for 120% AMI units are not deﬁned in
SB 679 64830(d)(1)(A)(ii). However, in a later
section, SB 679 64830(d)(1)(B)(i) states that:
“Existing residents of buildings acquired for
the purpose of affordable housing preservation
shall not be permanently displaced, even if
the residentʼs household income exceeds the
31 California Legislative Information. Section 50093 of the Hea lth and Safety Code. https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/codes_ displaySection.xhtml?lawCode=HSC&sectionNum=50093.
32 California Department of Housing and Community Development. 2024 State income Limits. https://www.hcd.ca.gov/sites/default/ ﬁles/docs/grants-and-funding/income-limits-2024.pdf
moderate-income limits in Section 50093 of
the Health and Safety Code.”
The Health and Safety Code uses consistent
language in deﬁning the household income
limits for Extremely Low Income (ELI / 30%
AMI) Very Low Income (VLI / 50% AMI), Low
Income (LI / 80% AMI), and Moderate Income
(MI / 120% AMI). The language in all cases
aligns the household limits that are “adjusted
for family size by the California Department
of Housing & Community Development with
adjustment factors adopted and amended from
time to time by the United States Department
of Housing and Urban Development pursuant
to Section of the United States Housing Act of
1937.”
31 Notably, the HUD methodology adjusts
the ELI, VLI, and LI household income limits
upwards to account for a regionʼs high housing
costs. However, HUD does not adjust the MI
household income limits in the same way and
neither does the department. Consequently,
the MI household limits ($117,850 for a family
of four in 2024) are only marginally higher
than the LI household income limits ($110,950
for a family of four in 2024).
32 This limits the
positive impact of increased rental income on
a projectʼs economics afforded by including
120% AMI rather than 80% AMI Units.

2. Project-Level Requirements – Preservation
For projects preserving existing subsidized
affordable housing or converting market-
rate housing to affordable, Government Code
section 64830(d)(1)(B)(ii) states:
“Buildings acquired for the purpose of
affordable housing preservation shall achieve
100 percent occupancy by extremely low or
very low income households over time through
unit turnover.”
This allows for buildings that are not currently
subsidized to be converted to affordable
housing over time, working towards occupancy
of 100% of the building affordable to
households earning 50% AMI or below. This
provision effectively prohibits the use of
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2502 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 38
378
Measure A funding for tenant evictions, even if
the tenants are not income-qualiﬁed following
the affordability conversion.

3. Portfolio-Level Requirements
Lastly, for Eligible Jurisdictions, 25% of all
homes funded must serve households earning
at or below 30% of AMI, and 25% of all homes
must serve households earning at or below
50% AMI. This is evaluated on a rolling two-
year period. Speciﬁcally, Government Code
section 64830(d)(1)(A)(i)(I) states:
“(I) For each of the eligible jurisdictions, as
deﬁned in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of
Section 64830.5, 25 percent of all funded units
shall be reserved for extremely low income
households, as deﬁned in Section 50106 of the
Health and Safety Code, and 25 percent shall
be reserved for very low income households,
as deﬁned in Section 50105 of the Health and
Safety Code, over any two-year period, with
regular monitoring by the citizensʼ oversight
committee and board of units funded and
constructed during that two-year period.”
The Limitations of Traditional Affordable
Housing Finance
Californiaʼs housing ﬁnance system is built on
layers of funding sources and requirements—
on the one hand generating “leverage” to
stretch funding and on the other hand adding
considerable time and expense. Together,
the various federal, state, and local sources
make the process of building affordable homes
slower, more expensive, and less ﬂexible. One
study found that in 2024, for each additional
California state funding source, there is an
incremental per unit cost increase of $16,810
and four months of additional time before
construction starts.
33 33 Terner Center. Reducing the Complexity in Californiaʼs Affor dable Housing Finance System. https://ternercenter.berkeley.edu/ blog/reducing-the-complexity-in-californias-affordable-housing-ﬁnance-system/ 34 Private Activity Bonds are tax-exempt bonds sold by the gove rnment on behalf of private businesses. The 1986 Federal Tax Reform Act limits the maximum amount of private activity bonds in a state each year, otherwise known as the bond ceiling or ”cap” . https://www.treasurer.ca.gov/cdlac/bonds.asp
35 Courtesy of Enterprise Community Partners. Calculated as par t of the 2025 California Affordable Housing Pipeline Brief, https:// www.enterprisecommunity.org/sites/default/ﬁles/2025-03/State_Pipeline_Brief_2025.pdf 36 California Housing Partnership. 2025 Subsidized At-Risk Repo rt. https://chpc.net/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/CHP_2025- Subsidized-At-Risk-Report.pdf
The largest and most important single
funding source within this system, the Low-
Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) Program,
is signiﬁcantly oversubscribed. California
consistently reaches its private-activity bond
cap, which limits the number of 4% LIHTC
projects that can be funded each year. Other
statewide programs providing affordable
housing grants and loans are consistently
oversubscribed.
34 It is not uncommon for
traditional affordable housing developments
to have 3 or more sources of state and
local funding.

In Los Angeles County alone at the end of 2024,
there were 82 affordable housing projects in
the development pipeline, representing over
8,500 units, that had applied for state subsidies
but remained unable to advance to construction
due to ﬁnancing gaps.
35 Projects that receive 4% LIHTC allocations tend
to be deeply affordable across all units in the
building, which are prioritized by Californiaʼs
Qualiﬁed Allocation Plan (QAP). Other types
of projects, such as preservation of existing
affordable housing or low-to-moderate income
housing, are left without a reliable funding
source. In Los Angeles County in 2025, an
estimate of 14,746 homes, or 10% of the
entire affordable housing stock is set to lose
affordability in the next 5-10 years. 2,276 of
these units are estimated to be at risk for loss
of affordability in less than a year.
36 There are
extremely limited sources of funding to protect
these existing public assets, let alone the
number of apartments that may be considered
”Naturally Occurring Affordable Housing”
(NOAH), which are unsubsidized but provide
affordable rents.

In addition, the existing system increases
project costs, as projects are often slowed by
months or years winding their way through
annual funding allocation processes to
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2602 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 39
379
assemble the necessary capital. Even projects
that successfully receive 4% LIHTC allocations
still require additional upfront subsidies—so-
called “gap ﬁnancing.” To ﬁll these gaps,
municipalities, housing agencies, and regional
housing trust funds utilize various local funding
sources—including Community Development
Block Grants, local tax revenues, and public
land donations. However, these sources are
also competitive and add additional layers
of time and cost.

After homes are built, most projects with homes
affordable below 50% of AMI, particularly PSH,
require ongoing operating subsidies to cover
the operating cost of the building and the cost
of ongoing debt payments used to ﬁnance
construction. There are a variety of sources
available in Los Angeles County to bridge
this gap, both targeted at speciﬁc units and
speciﬁc households. One of the main sources
for ongoing operating subsidies are project-
based vouchers (PBVs, which are speciﬁc to a
unit) and tenant-based vouchers (TBVs, most
commonly federal Housing Choice Vouchers,
37 Housing Authority of the County of Los Angeles. " HACLA to Open Section 8 Housing Voucher Waiting List Lottery.” October 11, 2022. https://www.hacla.org/en/news/hacla-open-section-8-housing-voucher-waiting-list-lottery which are speciﬁc to a household). However,
there are a limited number of vouchers in any
given market. The Housing Authority of the City
of Los Angelesʼ waitlist has been closed since
2022, when HACLA received over 223,000
applications, of which only 30,000 applicants
were selected and placed on the Section 8
waiting list.
37 LACAHSAʼs Unique Role in Affordable
Housing Finance
LACAHSA is uniquely positioned to enhance
the existing housing ﬁnance system. LACAHSA
and Eligible Jurisdictions can both ﬁll ﬁnancing
gaps for conventionally ﬁnanced affordable
housing projects and pursue innovations to
increase the production of affordable homes.

Using its dedicated funding stream, regional
mandate, and ability to leverage additional
funds, LACAHSA will streamline processes,
pare back requirements, and increase
access to diverse capital sources. Figure
3 below illustrates LACAHSAʼs innovative
value proposition.

Figure 3. LACAHSA Value Proposition for Affordable Housing Fina nce

LOCAL CONTROL
• Offer rental and operating subsidies
• Prioritize preservation
• Set bedroom sizes and other physical
requirements to reduce costs
LOWeR COST CAPITAL
• Bond ﬁnancing backed by
sales tax revenues
• Municipal bond rated debt
• Ability to leverage private funds
SHORTeR TIMeLINeS
• Fewer sources of ﬁnancing
• Open solicitations
• Independent investment committee
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2702 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 40
380
Deploying Measure A Revenue
at LACAHSA
To meet its production goals, LACAHSA can
deploy its Measure A funding in two ways,
which are not mutually exclusive:
• Pay As Y ou Go (PA YGO): LACAHSA could
deploy funding on an annual basis as sales
tax revenue is collected, or
• Bond Financing: LACAHSA could issue a
bond against the sales tax revenue stream,
allowing LACAHSA to access and deploy
future years of sales tax revenue.

LACAHSA may choose to use some portion
of its ﬁnancing on PAYGO, and some on
bond ﬁnancing. Eligible Jurisdictions will
likely only use the PAYGO method, due to its
administrative simplicity. While there is no
preferred method, there are opportunities and
challenges associated with either approach:

Table 9. Comparison of Financing Approaches
OPPORTUNITIeS CONSTRAINTS
PAYGO • Flexibility: PAYGO allows for annual
adjustments based on actual sales
tax revenue, making it adjustable to
economic conditions.
• Straightforward: Model requires less
risk and technical capacity. Avoids
long-term debt and interest payments.
• Immediate Use, but Limited Scale:

As revenue comes in it can be
deployed into projects. However,
annual revenue may not be
sufﬁcient for the scale of need,
limiting scope and impact.
• Variability as Market Fluctuates:

Due to reliance on annual revenues,
shifts in economic conditions could
delay projects. May also leave
jurisdictions exposed to rising
construction costs or interest rates.

Bond
Financing
• Accelerated Production: Measure A
revenue will take time to accumulate,
but Los Angeles County needs more
homes now. Bond ﬁnancing allows for
securing funding upfront. This provides
access to multiple years of future
Measure A revenue, enabling signiﬁcant
investments in the near term.
• Leverage: Bonds can be used
to leverage additional low-cost
capital, potentially increasing overall
project scope.
• Fixed Borrowing Costs and Lower
Construction Costs: LACAHSA
borrowing costs are ﬁxed, with the
ability for LACAHSA to consider
reﬁnancing if the market improves.

Executing projects now secures
construction costs at lower rates before
they increase further.
• Debt Obligations: Issuance of bonds
creates long-term debt obligations,
tying up future Measure A funding.
• Interest Costs: Bonds come with
interest payments, which are less
efﬁcient over the long term when
interest rates are high.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2802 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 41
381
Overview of Eligible Uses
The following section identiﬁes ﬁve categories
of eligible PPO uses. Within each category,
LACAHSA has identiﬁed a variety of ﬁnancial
tools that can be deployed and often combined
to deliver and preserve affordable homes.

Both LACAHSA and each Eligible Jurisdiction
will have ﬂexibility to deploy the tools that
best respond to its unique market conditions,
organizational capacity, and individual risk
tolerance. As agencies design their own
Production, Preservation, and Ownership
programs, considerations should include:
• Usage: Will the tool target production,
preservation, or ownership opportunities?
• Subsidy Type: Does the source have
ownership interest or is it a loan that must
be repaid? Is it structured as a one-time
payment or ongoing payments?
• Agency Role: Does the agency have the
internal capacity to administer the tool?
• Households Served: what levels of
affordability are associated with the tool?
If an Eligible Jurisdiction wants to allocate
LACAHSA funds to a use that has not been
preapproved in the Expenditure Plan and
Program Guidelines, the Eligible Jurisdiction
may submit its proposed use to LACAHSA in a
funding request. The funding request should
include a summary of the proposed activity
and how it aligns with Measure A and the Act.

The eligible uses within this section are
the ﬁnancing tools that can be utilized by
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions. The
tools can be deployed to invest in a variety of
housing typologies and ownership structures.

Each jurisdiction is given the ﬂexibility to
invest in diverse housing typologies including
but not limited to traditional multifamily
housing, social housing, adaptive reuse, land
acquisition, ADUs, NOAH preservation, LIHTC
resyndication, and mobile homes. In addition,
these tools may be used in concert with one
another to support a projectʼs capital and
operational feasibility. Table 10 below provides
an overview of the eligible ﬁnancial tools.

Image credit: LACAHSA
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 2902 Eligible Uses02 Eligible Uses FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 29 ATTACHMENT 2 - 42
382
Table 10. Eligible Uses for Production, Preservation, and Owner ship TOOL USAGe SUBSIDY TYPe ROLe HOUSeHOLDS SeRVeD
Direct Project Investments
Residual Receipts Loans New construction or
preservation
Soft-pay debt Jurisdictions could originate
loans directly to projects.

Primarily serving households below 80%
AMI. Most effective in 30% to 80% AMI
range. Tools pair well with operating
subsidies to reach deeper affordability.

Limited Cashﬂow Loan Soft-pay debt
Hard Pay Subordinate Loan Hard-pay debt
Predevelopment/Acquisition
Strike Loan
Predevelopment, acquisition,
and/or preservation
Hard-pay debt
Preferred Equity New construction,
preservation, or ownership
Equity
Equity Investment
Rent & Operating Subsidies
Project-Based Rental Assistance New construction or
preservation
Annual operating
subsidy (ongoing)
Jurisdictions may enter into
agreements or provide rent and
operating subsidies.

Households earning between 0-30% AMI.

Master Lease
Shallow Rent Subsidy
Operating Subsidies Households earning between 0-80%
AMI.Capitalized Operating Subsidy
Reserve (COSR)
LACAHSA Mortgage
A-Note Primarily new construction,
available for some
preservation
Senior,
hard-pay debt
LACAHSA is bond issuer for the
A-Note and B-Note.

Jurisdictions may provide
additional investments and/or
operating subsidies for related
projects.

Households earning between 30% to
80% AMI. May serve projects that include
homes at 120% AMI; however, funds may
only be used for 50% AMI and 30% AMI
homes.

B-Note with Guarantee Bond and interest
guarantee
(ongoing) bond
Impact Fund
Mini-Permanent Loan Predevelopment, acquisition,
and/or preservation
of existing subsidized
affordable and NOAH,
or ownership
Hard-pay debt Jurisdictions may provide
additional residual receipts loans
and/or operating subsidies.

Households earning between 30% to
80% AMI. If preservation, at building
acquisition, all AMI levels are eligible.

As units turnover over time, 100% of the
building must reach 50% AMI.

Predevelopment/Acquisition
Strike Loan
Jurisdictions could originate
loans directly to projects.

Ownership Products
Community Land Trust
Investment
Ownership Hard-pay debt,
soft-pay debt,
grant
Jurisdictions could
originate loans directly to non-
proﬁt organizations or
households.

Primarily targeted towards households
earning below 80% AMI. May serve
projects that include homes at 120%
AMI; however, funds may only be used
for 50% AMI and 30% AMI homes in this
scenario.

Limited or Shared Equity
Cooperatives Investment
Interest Rate Subsidy
Soft Second Mortgage
Foreclosure Assistance
Affordable Homeownership
Products Financing
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3002 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 43
383
The ﬁnancial tools can be deployed across various project types , often serving as complementary tools in a single capital stac k, or ongoing subsidies to support project ﬁnancing. Table 11 below illustrat es how various housing projects could be suited to multiple ﬁna ncial tools.

Table 11. Eligible Uses by Housing Project Type

MULTI-FAMILY

CONSTRUCTION
ADAPTIVe
ReUSe
PeRMANeNT
SUPPORTIVe

HOUSING
SOCIAL

HOUSING
PUBLIC

HOUSING

COMMUNITY

LAND TRUSTS

ADUS OR
MOBILe
HOMeS
LAND

ACQUISITION

ACQUISITION
& ReHAB
LIHTC
ReSYNDICATION
NOAH
PReSeRVATION
PPO-New
Construction
PPO-Flexible
Direct
Project
Investments
Residual
Receipts Loans
Limited Cashﬂow
Loan
Hard Pay
Subordinate Loan
Predevelopment/
Acquisition Strike
Loan
Preferred Equity
Equity Investment
Rent and
Operating
Subsidies
Project-Based
Rental Assistance
Master Lease
Shallow Rent
Subsidy
Operating Subsidies
Capitalized
Operating Subsidy
Reserve (COSR)

LACAHSA
Mortgage
A-Note
B-Note with
Guarantee
Impact Fund Mini-Permanent
Loan
Predevelopment/
Acquisition Strike
Loan
Ownership
Products
Community Land
Trust Investment
Limited or Shared
Equity Cooperatives
Investment
Interest Rate
Subsidy
Soft Second
Mortgage
Foreclosure
Assistance
Affordable
Homeownership
Products Financing
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3102 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 44
384
Direct Project Investments
T ool Deﬁnitions
Residual Receipts Loans Subordinate, soft-pay construction-to-permanent debt with below - market interest rates. Payments on the debt are made only if th ere is surplus project cash ﬂow, with any unpaid interest deferred and accruing. The outstanding loan balance is due when the loan ter m ends or when the property is sold or reﬁnanced. In most cases, resid ual receipts loans are underwritten with the expectation that the l oan will not be fully repaid at maturity, rather extended, and resubordi nated in exchange for continued affordability. Residual receipts loans a re the most common existing tool for gap ﬁnancing currently.

Limited Cashﬂow Loan Subordinate, soft-pay debt for small investments to increase affordability in moderate income projects of $10,000 per unit.

Payments on the debt are made only from surplus project cash ﬂo w with any unpaid interest deferred and accruing.

Hard Pay
Subordinate Loan
Subordinate debt with a mandatory ﬁxed monthly (hard-pay) payme nt, often with below-market interest rates. Debt service payments c ome from the projectʼs residual income and can include both interes t and principal payments. The outstanding loan balance is due when th e loan term ends or when the property is sold or reﬁnanced. For these loans, the loan-to-value ratio (LTV) is higher, meaning the loan amoun t is a larger percentage of the propertyʼs value. Most properties, esp ecially deeply affordable ones, do not have sufﬁcient residual income t o cover payments, making hard-pay subordinate loans uncommon.

Predevelopment/
Acquisition Strike Loan
Low-cost debt that is available for costs associated with a pro jectʼs acquisition (inclusive of land, or sites with existing structur es) and predevelopment for a short term (1 to 5 years). Strike funds or acquisition funds allow affordable housing developers to compete with market-rate developers for preservation and development opportunities.

Preferred Equity Preferred equity is prioritized before common equity in the cas hﬂow distribution when the loan term ends or when the property is so ld or reﬁnanced. Preferred equity increases the chance for the equity holder to beneﬁt from the projectʼs income and earn more from property sales or reﬁnancing than residual receipts loans. In exchange for red uced risk, preferred equity investors expect smaller returns.

Equity Investment Non-proﬁt affordable housing developers are limited in their ab ility to quickly raise equity and acquire larger portfolios of land or a ffordable buildings. The fund would cover a portion of the equity investm ent needed to acquire a building or site. It can work in place of o r in addition to an Acquisition Strike Loan.

Purpose
Direct project investments work to address
the existing backlog of entitled affordable
housing deals in need of gap ﬁnancing. This
may include projects that require local sources
to secure LIHTC allocations and/or additional
state funding. Uses within this section are
currently commonly used for the development
and preservation of affordable and mixed-
income projects.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3202 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 45
385
Opportunities and Constraints
• Familiarity. Residual receipts loans and
other soft-pay products are the most
common existing subordinate debt source
provided by municipalities and agencies in
Los Angeles County.
• Flexibility. Residual receipts loans and
other soft-pay products offer the most
generous and ﬂexible terms of any of the
ﬁnancing tools and are best suited for
LIHTC projects that have deep affordability
supported by project-based vouchers
or other operating subsidies. Regional
housing trust funds and municipalities
have experience administering these
loans. New funding will bolster the
existing Notice of Funding Availability
(NOFA) processes.
• Resource Intensity. These loans are
resource intensive and do not recycle,
meaning the expectation for repayment
is low. Therefore, these loans should
be targeted towards the highest
priority projects.
• LIHTC Limitations. Residual receipts
loans, preferred equity, and hard pay
subordinate loans are primarily used for
new construction, targeted at 4% and 9%
LIHTC projects. There are limited LIHTC
funding resources, limiting the ability of
these loans to scale further. These direct
project investments can be used for non-
LIHTC affordable new construction or
preservation but require a much larger
amount of funding per unit to make up for
the LIHTC equity unless total development
costs can decrease and/or the affordability
level of the project can be moderated.
• Opportunities for Use with Preservation
and Future Development. Forgivable
cashﬂow loans and predevelopment/
acquisition strike funds primarily target
preservation of existing NOAH properties
or land for future development.
• Opportunities for Use with Social Housing.

Eligible jurisdictions and LACAHSA
may consider utilizing direct project
investment, paired with allowance for
mixed income buildings, to develop
social housing.
• Need for Additional Subsidy. All direct
project investment models likely require
pairing with existing affordable housing
funding sources (local gap ﬁnancing,
LIHTC, federal CDBG/HOME).
• Lack of Residual Cashﬂow for Preferred
Equity and Subordinate Loans. There
are numerous low-cost and ﬂexible ﬁrst
mortgages available to affordable housing
developments. However, because these
ﬁrst mortgages allow for higher LTV
ratio and lower debt service coverage
ratio (DSCR), there is little residual net
operating income (residual cash ﬂow) to
support hard-pay debt or equity. For this
reason, hard-pay and some forms of equity
are tools used relatively infrequently for
deeply affordable housing.

Image credit: LACAHSA
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3302 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 46
386
Figure 4. Illustrative Example: Direct Project Investments with 4% LIHTC Note: For more information on assumptions, please see Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions.

KeY ASSUMPTIONS
# of Units 200
Affordability Mix 40% @ 30%
35% @ 50%
25% @ 80%
Construction Type Type V, Mid-Rise, New Construction
T otal Development Cost $159M
T otal Development Cost per Unit $796K
Uses
Figure 4 provides an illustrative example
of how an affordable housing project is
conventionally ﬁnanced in Los Angeles
County. Projects typically require multiple
direct project investments, in addition to 4%
LIHTC allocation and tax-exempt debt. In this
illustrative example, the total development
cost to develop a 200-unit residential complex
is $159 million—nearly $800,000 per unit.

Although high, this per unit cost is aligned with
typical 4% LIHTC deals in Los Angeles County.

Because of the high cost, multiple residual
$98M (62%)
Hard Costs
$42M (27%)
Soft Costs
$6M (3%) Land Acquisition
$13M (8%) Developer Fee
Multiple soft debt sources
are needed to close the gap
for most 4% LIHTC projects
Eligible Jurisdictions &
LACAHSA invest with RRL
Uses Sources
$31M (19%)
Tax Exempt Debt
$64M (44%)
4% LIHTC
$24M (15%)
Eligible Jurisdiction
Residual Receipt Loan
$13M (8%) Regional
Housing Trust Fund
$11M (7%) State HCD Grant
$5M (3%) Mission-Driven Donor
$7M (4%) Developer Fee
receipt loans or other forms of subordinate
debt are required to ﬁll the ﬁnancing gap.

The project requires a one-time, upfront
investment of $300,000 per unit in residual
receipts loans, provided by LACAHSA,
Eligible Jurisdictions, or a combination of
both. Due to funding limitations, multiple
sources—including Eligible Jurisdictions,
LACAHSA, and philanthropic or other funders—
are likely needed.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3402 Eligible Uses PPO: Direct Project Investments
ATTACHMENT 2 - 47
387
Uses Sources
$31M (19%)
Tax Exempt Debt
$24M (15%)
Eligible Jurisdiction
Residual Receipt Loan
$13M (8%) Regional Housing
Trust Fund
$11M (7%) State HCD Grant
$5M (3%) Mission-Driven Donor
$7M (4%) Developer Fee
GAP
In this prototypical deal example, an
average of $320K of LIHTC equity
was required per unit, in addition to
an average of $265K in direct project
investments per unit. This reaches
a total average public investment of
$585K per unit of capital subsidy.

Figure 5. Illustrative Example: Direct Project Investments with out 4% LIHTC If a project is unable to access 4% LIHTC, a
substantial gap emerges for the project. Figure
5 demonstrates the scale of that gap. Without
LIHTC, developing a prototypical building
with an income averaged 50% AMI would cost
$727,000 per unit in direct project investments
and rent and operating subsidies.
$98M (62%)
Hard Costs
$42M (27%)
Soft Costs
$6M (3%) Land Acquisition
$13M (8%) Developer Fee
Note: For more information on assumptions, please see Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3502 Eligible Uses PPO: Direct Project Investments
ATTACHMENT 2 - 48
388
Rent and Operating Subsidies
Purpose
New or existing buildings with deep affordability
may require additional ongoing payments in
order to pay operating expenses and debt
service payments.

T ool Deﬁnitions
Rent and operating subsidies can provide
ongoing payments to pay for expenses such as
utilities, maintenance, taxes, management, as
well as debt service payments.

New Construction
Rent and operating subsidies can be provided
to a new construction property for up to
15 years, with renewable terms allowed
so long as that property has established
affordability covenants.

Existing Properties
Rent or operating subsidies for existing
properties may be eligible for PPO-Flexible
funds based on the existing or new affordability
covenants placed on the property. Such
projects must receive LACAHSA technical
assistance and approval prior to obligation.

Assisting an existing property is eligible within
the Flexible Production, Preservation, and
Ownership category of PPO activities, as long
as it is tied to the extension or deepening of
affordability in the assisted units. Rent and
operating subsidies may come in multiple
forms, including, but not limited to tools
described below.

Affordability Requirements
Rental subsidies—including project-based
rental assistance, master leasing, and shallow
rent subsidies—that provide direct rental
assistance are limited to households at or
below 30% of AMI.

Operating subsidies and capitalized operating
subsidy reserves (COSR) that support a
buildingʼs ongoing operations and are not tied
to rental incomes, can be used for households
at or below 80% of AMI.

T ool Descriptions
Project-Based
Rental Assistance
Operating subsidy provided through a lease agreement to cover t he rental payment gap between:
• 30% of a residentʼs income, which resident pays to the lessor a nd, • fair market rent, or another target rent, which the lessor pays to the owner.

Master Lease Master leasing is a housing strategy where an organization (suc h as a nonproﬁt or government agency) becomes the primary tenant by leasing homes within a building or an entire building from the owner.

The master lessor then subleases these spaces to individuals wh o might otherwise face barriers to housing. Master leasing is eli gible within the Flexible Production, Preservation, and Ownership cat egory of PPO activities as long as it is tied to the extension or dee pening of affordability in the master leased units.

Shallow Rent Subsidy An ongoing monthly payment for a set share of units within a bu ilding to reduce the cost burden of lower income residents.

Operating Subsidies Flexible operating subsidy provided for monthly debt service co sts, operating expenses, tenant improvements, or temporary unit vaca ncy.

Capitalized Operating
Subsidy Reserve (COSR)
Financial reserve created to cover eligible operating deﬁcits, such as shortfall in rental income, operating expenses, or reserves for replacement contributions.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3602 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 49
389
Opportunities and Constraints
• Best for Deeply Affordable Units.

Operating subsidies are frequently needed
for new construction and preservation of
PSH projects and projects with a share of
homes affordable to 30% and 50% of AMI.
• Increased NOI Certainty. Operating
subsidies, depending on the time period
agreed upon to provide funding, can
increase the certainty that the building will
have high enough net operating income to
cover its debt obligations.
• Reduced Lease-Up Risk. Some rent and
operating subsidies can help to remove
lease-up timing risk, covering the rent
of a home while it is vacant and getting
households into homes faster. Rent and
operating subsidies can also mitigate some
risk associated with a buildingʼs ability to
attract voucher holders.
• Large, Ongoing Investment. Depending
on the type of operating subsidy and
how the contract is structured, operating
subsidies may require a substantial
annual investment. For permanent
supportive housing, an even larger subsidy
would be required.
• Exit Assumptions. For underwriting
purposes, short 5-year rent and operating
subsidies create voucher overhang risk for
projects and create ﬁnancing challenges
in the long term. Longer term rent and
operating subsidies (such as 10 to 15
years) may be considered to address
ﬁnancing challenges.

Image credit: Mayra Beltran Vasquez/ Los Angeles County 02 Eligible Uses FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 37 ATTACHMENT 2 - 50
390
Income
Rent below
30% AMI
Shortfall
Rent and
Operating
Subsidy
<30% AMI
Rent
Shortfall
<50% AMI
Rent
Shortfall
80% AMI
Rent
Shortfall
Debt Service
& Operating
Expenses
Operating
Expenses
Figure 6. Illustrative Example: Rent Required to Cover Monthly Operating & Financing Expenses Rent and operating subsidies may be necessary
for a building to be able to pay its monthly
operating expenses and service its debt.

Figure 6 demonstrates how this shortfall varies
depending on the AMI level of the home. In
the case of a home with a rent limit of 30% of
AMI, a rental and operating subsidy would be
needed to both meet operating expenses and
pay for ongoing debt service. The scale of this
necessary subsidy decreases as the AMI level
of the home increases. The ﬁnal column on the
right demonstrates how a rent and operating
subsidy can help to ﬁll this gap. Each home
affordable to households at or below 50% of
AMI requires an ongoing subsidy ranging from
$4,700 to $19,000 per year.

Note: For more information on assumptions, please see Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3802 Eligible Uses PPO: Rent and Operating Subsidies
ATTACHMENT 2 - 51
391
LACAHSA Mortgage
Purpose
The LACAHSA Mortgage provides a one-
stop-shop for developers to fund 65%-90%
of development costs with low-interest, tax-
exempt debt. The LACAHSA Mortgage is
intended to reduce costs and development
ﬁnance timelines, develop an avenue to ﬁnance
affordable housing without LIHTC, and deploy
Measure A revenue quickly.

T ool Descriptions
A-Note Senior, permanent debt with mandatory ﬁxed monthly payments (ha rd- pay). The A-Note conforms to typical ﬁrst mortgages for constru ction or permanent loans in structure with higher leverage and lower- cost due to its tax-exempt status.

B-Note with Guarantee Subordinate, typically second position, permanent residual rece ipts loan with a guarantee from the lender that increases the abilit y to sell the bond to third-party investors at a low interest rate.

The guarantee is a commitment that the lender will cover the di fference between the payments made by the project and the coupon of the B-Note. It can take many forms such as a operating deﬁcit reser ve or a contingent loan.

By guaranteeing the B-Note, the LACAHSA Mortgage becomes an asset that has the potential to be resold in the secondary mark et to further recycle LACAHSA funds for reinvestment.

Note: LACAHSA and/or Eligible Jurisdictions will need to work w ith bond counsel to ensure that projects qualify for tax-exempt bond ﬁnancing and determine if the tax-exempt bond ﬁnancing is exemp t from the CA volume cap for private-activity bonds.

T ool Deﬁnitions
The LACAHSA Mortgage is a ﬁnancing tool
to raise lower-cost capital through the bond
market and provide tax-exempt debt ﬁnancing
for 100% affordable and mixed-income
projects. There are two complementary
ﬁnancing tools that could be utilized to create
this product—the A-Note and the B-Note with
Guarantee—though these tools may also be
used individually or in combination with other
ﬁnancing tools.

While the LACAHSA Mortgage is primarily
intended as a countywide funding structure,
there are partnership opportunities with
Eligible Jurisdictions to further these deals.

There may also be opportunities for further
technical assistance from LACAHSA to
support partnerships.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 3902 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 52
392
Opportunities and Constraints
• Substantially Less Public Subsidy.

Compared to a typical LIHTC capital stack
comprised of both LIHTC equity and
various local government residual receipts
loans, the LACAHSA Mortgage would not
require tax credits. Residual receipts loans
required for a LACAHSA Mortgage are
comparable in scale to those required for
LIHTC projects.
• Cost Efﬁciencies. The LACAHSA Mortgage
reduces ﬁnancing carrying costs and
improves deal economics as the full
funding capital stack originates from the
public entity.
• Time Efﬁciencies. These tools may induce
faster timelines from entitlements through
construction with a reduced reliance on
piecemeal local, state, and philanthropic
funding sources. Reduces the complexity
of the capital stack.
• Pursues Avenue Outside of LIHTC. The
LACAHSA Mortgage reduces reliance
on 4% LIHTC equity, which is limited by
federally mandated state bond caps.
• More Conducive for Social Housing.

LACAHSAʼs ﬂexibility for projects that
include 80% and 120% AMI homes allows
for alternative ownership structures like
social housing more than traditional
LIHTC-ﬁnanced projects and/or
public housing.
• Limited Deal Pipeline for New Funding
Source. There is a limited existing pipeline
of non-LIHTC mixed income and affordable
housing deals within Los Angeles County.

A LACAHSA Mortgage will take time to be
established as a reliable capital source for
projects. Developers will be interested in
successful examples prior to redesigning
capital stacks and affordability mixes to
align with the program.
38 California Housing Finance Agency, Conduit Issuer Program. https://www.calhfa.ca.gov/multifamily/programs/forms/termsheet- conduit.pdf
• Still Requires Operating Subsidies
and Residual Receipts Loans. In most
scenarios, a residual receipts loan funded
at initial ﬁnancial closing is necessary
to generate the ﬁnancial return required
by all ﬁnancing sources. The residual
receipts loan could be provided by
LACAHSA from its retained funding or from
Eligible Jurisdictions. Additionally, rent
and operating subsidies, are necessary
for homes below 50% AMI to generate
sufﬁcient net operating income for the
property to meet its debt obligations.

This product is not compatible with
100% Permanent Supportive Housing
properties, given the need for extensive
operating subsidies.

A-Note Speciﬁc Opportunities and Constraints
• Other Existing Sources of A-Notes. Similar
senior debt products exist from California
Housing Finance Agency and other
private issuers with proven track records,
particularly for LIHTC deals.
38 • Flexibility in Use Case. A-Notes may be
used as a construction-to-permanent
loan for new construction or substantial
rehabilitation, a permanent loan for NOAH
preservation, or a forward commitment of
a permanent loan for new construction or
substantial rehabilitation. A-Note may be
utilized across building typologies.

B-Note Speciﬁc Opportunities and Constraints
• New Product in California. While tested in
other markets, the B-Note with guarantee
is a new product not yet tested by the
market. Servicing the full funding capital
stack also brings potential additional risks.
• Usage. B-Note with Guarantee primarily
would be used for new construction. They
may also be implemented as a forward
commitment of soft-pay debt associated
with new construction or soft-pay debt
as part of recapitalization of existing
affordable housing assets.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4002 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 53
393
$81M (66%)
Hard Costs
$28M (23%)
Soft Costs
$13M (8%) Developer Fee
$5.5M (4%) Land Acquisition
Eligible Jurisdiction or LACAHSA provides
small residual receipts loan (RRL).

LACAHSA Mortgage provides A-Note
and B-Note, reducing cost and time
needed to assemble ﬁnancing.

Uses Sources
$52M (39%)

LACAHSA
Mortgage A-Note
$62M (55%)
LACAHSA Mortgage
B-Note
$8M (6%) RRL
Figure 7 . Illustrative Example: LACAHSA Mortgage
Figure 7 provides an illustrative example of a
LACAHSA Mortgage utilized to build a 200-
unit, mid-rise, rental complex. The LACAHSA
Mortgage includes an A-Note and a B-Note.

In this example, the LACAHSA Mortgage
also leverages rent and operating subsidies,
in addition to a B-Note guarantee. While
projects with a lower cost of development may
KeY ASSUMPTIONS
# of Units 200
Affordability Mix 10% @ 30%
10% @ 50%
80% @ 80%
Construction Type Type V, Mid-Rise, New Construction
T otal Development Cost $123M
T otal Development Cost per Unit $615K
Note: For more information on assumptions, please see Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions. not need additional subsidy, this illustrative
example still requires an additional residual
receipts loan to bridge the ﬁnancing gap.

The project requires a one-time, upfront
investment of $40,000 per unit in residual
receipts loans and an average ongoing
investment of $16,000 per unit.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4102 Eligible Uses PPO: LACAHSA Mortgage
ATTACHMENT 2 - 54
394
Figure 8. Illustrative Example: 4% LIHTC compared with LACAHSA Mortgage Figure 8 highlights the differences between
Figures 5 and 7. With the LACAHSA mortgage,
LACAHSA can provide a single-source of locally
controlled ﬁnancing—reducing the number of
sources required to fund a project and the per
unit total development cost.

Supported by $3.2M
in annual rent and
operating subsidies
over 15 years, paid
for by LACAHSA or
Eligible Jurisdictions.
$31M (19%)
Tax Exempt Debt
$68M (44%)
4% LIHTC
$24M (15%) Eligible
Jurisdiction Residual
Receipt Loan
$11M (7%) State HCD Grant
$7M (4%) Developer Fee
$52M (39%)
LACAHSA Mortgage A-Note
$62M (55%)
LACAHSA Mortgage
B-Note
$8M (6%) RRL
$13M (8%) Regional Housing
Trust Fund
$5M (3%) Mission-Driven Donor
TDC
4% LIHTC
TDC per unit: $796K
LACAHSA Mortgage
TDC per unit: $615Kvs.

Sources Sources
Note: For more information on assumptions, please see Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4202 Eligible Uses PPO: LACAHSA Mortgage
ATTACHMENT 2 - 55
395
Impact Fund
Purpose
Impact funds are intended to leverage
additional capital sources in conjunction with
public funding to preserve existing subsidized
affordable housing, acquire and preserve
Naturally Occurring Affordable Housing
(NOAH), and in the future, develop housing
products at a faster and less costly pace.

T ool Deﬁnitions
Impact funds offer below-market ﬁnancial
terms and greater ﬂexibility than typical
ﬁnancing by raising impact-driven investments.

A public entity seeds a new impact fund serving
as ﬁrst-loss capital and attracting mission-
driven capital sources including philanthropy
through program-related investments (PRI)
or Mission Related Investments (MRI), impact
investors, and Community Reinvestment Act
(CRA)-motivated ﬁnancial institutions. The
fund may be held by LACAHSA, an Eligible
Jurisdiction, or by a qualiﬁed CDFI or other
ﬁnancial institution. The focus of the impact
fund may be on preserving existing subsidized
affordable housing, as well as acquiring and
preserving Naturally Occurring Affordable
Housing (NOAH). Eligible Jurisdictions can
also elect to participate in a LACAHSA-led
impact fund through investment of ﬁrst-loss
capital or provision of residual receipts loans to
awarded projects.

Figure 9: Illustrative Fund Composition and Preservation Impact Fund Comparisons Housing Accelerator Fund
Minneapolis NOAH
Impact Fund
Washington DC
Preservation Fund
Wake Affordable
Housing
Preservation Fund
Nashville Catalyst Fund
New York City
Acquisition Fund
Golden State
Acquisition Fund
PReSeRVATION IMPACT FUNDS ACROSS THe COUNTRY
$50M
CRA Driven
Financial
Institutions and
Banks
$25M
Mission-Driven and
Impact Investors
$25M

LACAHSA
$15M
Philanthropic PRI
Higher RIsk
Lower RIsk

LACAHSA
investment is
“top-loss”
~12:1
leverage at the
project level
Impact funds are tools used through the
country to preserve housing affordability. Figure
9 highlights some of these example funds
utilized for the acquisition and preservation
of existing subsidized affordable housing and
preservation of NOAH. On the left, the diagram
depicts an illustrative example of how these
precedent funds are structured. A public entity
acts as ﬁrst-loss capital, leveraging additional
investments of varying risk levels. At a project
level, there may be up to a 12:1 leverage ratio
utilizing this additional lower-cost debt.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4302 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 56
396
T ool Descriptions
Mini-Permanent Loan Low-cost debt with mandatory ﬁxed monthly payments (hard-pay) used to cover immediate acquisition and rehabilitation requirem ents for a medium term (less than 5 to 7 years).

Predevelopment /
Acquisition Strike Loan
Low-cost debt that is available for costs associated with a pro jectʼs acquisition (inclusive of land, or sites with existing structur es) and predevelopment for a short term (1 to 5 years). Strike funds or acquisition funds allow affordable housing developers to compete with market-rate developers for preservation and development opportunities.

Opportunities and Constraints
• Preservation of Existing Affordability.

An impact fund will primarily invest in
the preservation of existing affordable
homes, including:
- subsidized affordable properties,
such as recapitalization properties
(e.g., existing PSH or master leased
projects) or expiring affordability
restrictions, and
- acquisition and rehabilitation of
NOAH or conversion of existing
market-rate homes.
• Leverage. An impact fund structure creates
opportunities to access additional capital
markets by pairing low-cost capital from
public entities with investments from
mission-driven investors (philanthropy,
CRA institutions, etc.). An initial investment
from a public entity into the fund creates
increased certainty of returns for mission-
driven investors, drawing in additional
capital that would not be available
otherwise. The result is a lower share of
funding required per unit when compared
with a direct project investment.
• Time Efﬁciencies. An impact fund would
allow faster deployment of capital
compared to traditional public tools,
making preservation of properties feasible.
• Still Requires Operating Subsidies and
Residual Receipts Loans. In most scenarios,
a residual receipts loan funded at initial
ﬁnancial closing is necessary to generate
the ﬁnancial return required by all ﬁnancing
sources. This is due to high ﬁnancing and
total development costs. Either Eligible
Jurisdictions or LACAHSA, through its
retained funding, could provide the residual
receipts loan. Additionally, operating
subsidies for homes below 50% AMI may be
necessary to improve net operating income
for some projects.
• Deferred Maintenance Needs. For
some properties, the scale of capital
improvements may qualify the project as
substantial rehabilitation. In these scenarios,
greater upfront capital expenditure
will be required to improve the homesʼ
quality up to minimum standards. Under
SB 679, preservation projects involving
substantial rehabilitation are considered
new construction.
• Limited Share of Capital Stack. When
projects already have a high-leverage ﬁrst
mortgage, there is little cash ﬂow available
to support additional debt.
• Limited Investment T erm. Most impact
funds provide bridge capital during the
initial investment and renovation period for
preservation products. Reﬁnancing at the
end of the term may pose a challenge for
deeply affordable projects.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4402 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 57
397
*This is a moderate level of rehab, over the longer-term additi onal investment capital improvements will be needed. $50M (66%)
Acquisition Costs
$14M (18%)
Rehabilitation Costs*
$12M (15%) Soft Costs
$56M (74%)
Senior Debt
$20M (26%)
Impact Fund
$5M (6%)
Impact Fund: LACAHSA
$15M (20%)
Impact Fund: Private Sources
Uses Sources
Figure 10. Illustrative Example: Impact Fund Investment Figure 10 provides an illustrative example
of an affordable housing acquisition and
rehabilitation project ﬁnanced by an Impact
Fund investment. In this example, the total
cost of development is $380,000 per unit—
typical of a moderate rehab in LA County.

Although most of the project can be ﬁnanced
with traditional debt, the $20 million Impact
Fund investment bridges the ﬁnancing gap,
allowing the project to provide deeper levels
of affordability. The $5 million investment
from LACAHSA serves as “top-loss” money,
KeY ASSUMPTIONS
# of Units 200
Affordability Mix 100% @ 50%
Construction Type Acquisition and
Substantial Rehab, Mid-Rise
T otal Development Cost $76M
T otal Development Cost per Unit $380K
Note: For more information on assumptions, please see Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions. to secure the $15 million investment from
private sources.

The project requires a one-time investment of
$100,000 per unit in residual receipt loans—
funded by both LACAHSA and its Impact Fund
partners. Each home affordable to households
at or below 50% of AMI also requires an ongoing
subsidy ranging from $4,700 to $19,000 per
year. Overtime, additional investments will be
needed to cover capital investments.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4502 Eligible Uses PPO: Impact Fund
ATTACHMENT 2 - 58
398
Ownership Products
Purpose
Ownership products aim to create opportunities
for affordable homeownership and wealth
building by bolstering shared equity ownership
opportunities, buying down interest rates,
down-payment assistance, foreclosure
prevention, and increasing access to credit and/
or purchase capacity for low- to moderate-
income households.

T ool Descriptions
Community Land
Trust Investment
Community Land Trusts retain ownership of the underlying land a nd allow owners to only purchase the home. Investments in Communit y Land Trusts may include, but are not limited to, loan products for h ouseholds to purchase homes through a community land trust, interest rate subsidies, ownership by Community Land Trusts, or direct invest ments into Community Land Trust organizations.

Limited or Shared
Equity Cooperatives
Investment
Limited Equity Cooperatives (LECs) and Shared Equity Cooperativ es (SECs) provide opportunities for households to purchase a share of a development as opposed to an individual home. Price growth is restricted based on a formula for equity growth, and shares in the building can be resold at prices that ensure continued affordab ility and modest equity growth. Investments in LECs and SECs may include, but are not limited to, construction subsidies or low-interest ﬁnancing, through the provision of loan products for residents to own sha res in a cooperative housing corporation.

Interest Rate
Subsidy
Capital to reduce the upfront cost of homeownership through a p ayment on a portion of interest owed.

Soft Second
Mortgages
Capital to reduce the upfront cost of homeownership through a permanent loan, forgivable over a speciﬁc period of time, for i ncome- qualiﬁed households to cover a portion of the down payment and/ or closing costs for a home.

Foreclosure
Assistance
Programs, services, or resources designed to help homeowners who are at risk of losing their homes due to missed mortgage payments. Foreclosure assistance may include, but is not limite d to, loan modiﬁcation, emergency ﬁnancial aid, or temporary mortgage assistance.

Affordable
Homeownership
Products Financing
Loans for the construction or preservation of existing affordab le accessory dwelling units (ADUs), mobile homes or manufactured h omes, or other affordable homeownership products.

Ownership products include a variety of
ﬁnancing structures to improve the affordability
of existing ownership opportunities or to
increase the production or preservation of
affordable homeownership opportunities.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4602 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 59
399
Opportunities and Constraints
• Wealth Building for Low-and-Moderate
Income Households. Homeownership can
provide a pathway to generational wealth,
particularly for groups historically excluded
from homeownership markets.
• Expanding Pathways to Ownership.

Ownership products can be paired with
Tenant Opportunity to Purchase (TOPA)
and Community Opportunity to Purchase
(COPA) policies to provide tenants and/
or qualiﬁed purchasers the opportunity
of the Right of First Offer and/or Right of
First Refusal to potentially purchase their
homes. A qualiﬁed purchaser could include
a nonproﬁt, affordable housing developer,
cooperative corporation controlled by a
majority of residents, a limited equity co-
op, or community land trust.
• Ability to T arget Variety of Housing
Typologies. Ownership products may
support a variety of entry level
homeownership opportunities.

This may include:
- existing shared equity building
typologies;
- new construction affordable
homeownership opportunities, such
as condos, accessory dwelling units
(ADUs), townhomes, mobile homes,
or single-family homes;
- Preservation of existing affordable
homeownership products, such as
existing Below-Market-Rate (BMR) units.
• Resource Intensive. While allowable under
the LACAHSA Act, these products require
signiﬁcant investments of capital to
support a relatively small number of homes
or households. The scale of resource
intensity may make some ownership
products incompatible with reaching
LACAHSAʼs goals.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4702 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 60
400
Renter Protection & Homelessness Prevention (RPHP)
Allocations
In FY 2025-26, 30% of the LACAHSA budget
will be dedicated to Renter Protection and
Homelessness Prevention (RPHP)—$114.8
million. As mandated in the LACAHSA Act, this
funding is designed to help “renters of lower
income households” (0-80% AMI) and eligible
uses can include, but are not limited to:
“(i) Pre-eviction and eviction legal services,
counseling, advice and consultation, training,
renter education and representation, and services
to improve habitability that protect against
displacement of tenants.
39 https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billNavClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220SB 679 (ii) Providing rental assistance for lower-income
households. Rental assistance shall be provided
to a speciﬁc household for a reasonable amount
of time not to exceed six months, and shall
be paired with supportive services, such as
eviction prevention and defense, to the greatest
extent possible.
(iii) Providing relocation assistance for lower
income households beyond what is legally
required of landlords according to local
or state law.”
39 The distribution of RPHP funds by jurisdiction is
presented in Table 12 below.

Table 12. Estimated LACAHSA Funding for Renter Protection and H omelessness Prevention by Jurisdiction AGeNCY
TOTAL

FOR RPHP
% OF RPHP
TOTAL
% OF LACAHSA
TOTAL
1 LACAHSA (including small cities TA) $34,449,643 30.0% 9.00% 2 Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional
Housing Trust
$2,137,002 1.9% 0.56%
3 City of Glendale $2,105,698 1.8% 0.55%
4 City of Long Beach $4,646,518 4.0% 1.21%
5 City of Los Angeles $39,560,271 34.5% 10.34%
6 City of Santa Clarita $886,244 0.8% 0.23%
7 Gateway Cities Council of Governments/
Gateway Cities Affordable Housing Trust
$8,102,103 7.1% 2.12%
8 Las Virgenes/Malibu
Council of Governments $166,605 0.1% 0.04%
9 North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
$2,142,219 1.9% 0.56%
10 San Fernando Valley
Council of Governments $146,780 0.1% 0.04%
11 San Gabriel Valley Council
of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
$8,172,640 7.1% 2.14%
12 South Bay Cities Council of Governments
South Bay Regional Housing Trust
$4,886,096 4.3% 1.28%
13 Unincorporated Los Angeles County $5,312,453 4.6% 1.39% 14 Westside Cities Council of Governments $2,117,872 1.8% 0.55% TOT AL $114,832,143 100.0% 30.00%
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4802 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 61
401
Statutory Requirements
LACAHSAʼs establishing legislation mandates
protection of renters from housing instability,
displacement, and homelessness. Therefore,
LACAHSA encourages the ﬂexible use of
funds that support housing stability within the
following statutory requirements established by
the LACAHSA Act:
• RPHP funds must be used for low-
income renters with a household income
between 0% and 80% of Area Median
Income (AMI).
40 • RPHP funds cannot fund support
services for individuals experiencing
homelessness.
41 • Rental assistance cannot exceed six
months and should be paired with
supportive services.

LACAHSA may adopt policies and guidelines
to further implement and interpret the
requirements of the Act. For example, LACAHSA
will develop and adopt a formal deﬁnition of
“renter” in the forthcoming program guidelines.

LACAHSAʼs Unique Role in Renter
Protection and Homelessness Prevention
As a regional organization, LACAHSA has
the unique ability to develop an integrated
approach to renter protection and
homelessness prevention throughout Los
Angeles County in order to maximize limited
resources, improve equitable access to
services, and ensure effective outcomes in
reducing homelessness. Critical performance
improvements include:
• Making access to services consistent for
households across the region;
• Facilitating more efﬁcient referrals and
resource coordination;
40 As deﬁned in Section 50053 of the California Health and Safe ty Code. 41 As speciﬁed in Government Code section 64710.
• Targeting resources to households most
likely to become homeless or experience
housing instability without assistance;
• Promoting regional alignment and reducing
duplication; and
• Enabling consistent data collection
to support program evaluation and
equity analyses.

To support this approach across the region,
LACAHSA will develop an RPHP Integrated
Service Model and provide the option for
Eligible Jurisdictions to participate or opt-in
to this model.

This Integrated Service Model will build on
and enhance coordination between existing
RPHP programs to deliver standardized,
comprehensive RPHP services throughout
Los Angeles County. It will be a networked
model with shared tools and administrative
functions as well as streamlined contracting,
reporting, and compliance. The Integrated
Service Model will be designed in collaboration
with participating Eligible Jurisdictions and
administered by LACAHSA.

For Eligible Jurisdictions that choose to
participate or opt-in to the Integrated Service
Model, LACAHSA will provide a 15% funding
match to expand service levels within the
Eligible Jurisdiction and support the Eligible
Jurisdictionʼs participation in collaborative
planning and evaluation activities.

Additionally, a portion of LACAHSA Technical
Assistance funds will be dedicated to support
the development of this Integrated Service
Model, including providing funding for planning,
collaboration, evaluation, and infrastructure
to enable integration and effective
service delivery.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 4902 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 62
402
The Integrated Service Model will include a
combination of all eligible RPHP uses:
• Marketing, Assessment, Eligibility, and
Referral
• Legal Services and Renter Education
• Emergency Rental Assistance
• Flexible Financial Assistance
• Short-Term Income Support
As the Integrated Service Model develops,
LACAHSA will make every effort to coordinate
with non-LACAHSA funded RPHP programs
throughout the county and use the
infrastructure of the Integrated Service Model
to support systemwide integration.

In the future, Eligible Jurisdictions and other
countywide stakeholders may contribute
additional resources to the Integrated Service
Model or align other non-LACAHSA funded
services with the Integrated Service Model. For
example, if an Eligible Jurisdiction operates an
existing prevention program and would like to
bring it under the “umbrella” of the Integrated
Service Model, it may do so and use the shared
tools and systems developed for the Integrated
Service Model.

Participation in the Integrated Service Model
will include technical assistance and capacity
building support for collaborative planning and
evaluation activities such as:
• Participating Eligible Jurisdictions can
provide guidance to LACAHSA on speciﬁc
needs within their jurisdiction and the
corresponding distribution of resources
across the RPHP eligible uses
• Stakeholder engagement to solicit
feedback on the design and operation of
countywide, integrated approach
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5002 Eligible Uses Image credit: Michael Owen Baker
02 Eligible Uses FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 50 ATTACHMENT 2 - 63
403
• Development of potential models for
countywide approaches and shared tools
to support integration
• Identiﬁcation of streamlined approaches to
contracting and compliance
• Development of shared data and
administrative systems, such as
standardized data collection and screening
tools and/or shared administrative services
such as ﬁscal agent services
• System evaluation activities to
review performance
• Countywide learning collaboratives or
other stakeholder engagement activities to
share data and best practices and support
continuous improvement
Overview of Eligible Uses
The following outlines ﬁve eligible uses of RPHP
funds: marketing, assessment, eligibility, and
referral; legal services and renter education;
emergency rental assistance, ﬂexible ﬁnancial
assistance, and short-term income support.

Eligible Jurisdictions may provide services
directly, through partnerships with contracted
service providers, and in partnership with
LACAHSA and other eligible jurisdictions on
countywide or regional initiatives. As needed,
inquiries regarding eligible additional uses for
RPHP funding may be raised to the LACAHSAʼs
Chief Programs Ofﬁcer for assistance
and consideration.

Table 13. Eligible Uses for Renter Protection and Homelessness Prevention OVeRVIeW OF TOOLS
Marketing, Assessment,
Eligibility, and Referral
Marketing, Assessment, Eligibility and Referral identiﬁes households at risk of losing their housing, assesses their need s, determines their eligibility for assistance, and connects them directly with RPHP resources. and support to avoid homelessness .

Legal Services and
Renter Education
Legal Services and Renter Education offers legal representation , advocacy, outreach, and education to households at risk of losing their housing.

Emergency
Rental Assistance
Emergency Rental Assistance provides ﬁnancial assistance for rental expenses to support the stabilization of households at r isk of losing their housing.

Flexible
Financial Assistance
Flexible Financial Assistance provides an array of ﬁnancial assistance for households at risk of losing their housing.

Short-T erm Income
Support
Short-Term Income Support involves providing income assistance for households at risk of losing their housing.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5102 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 64
404
Examples of Existing Programs
Bay Area, CA: Integrated Service Model
Keep People Housed (also known as the Bay
Areaʼs Regional Homelessness Prevention
initiative) is an example of an integrated
service model that provides ﬂexible ﬁnancial
assistance, legal assistance, and housing
stabilization services to households at risk
of becoming homeless in an accessible and
standard way across the Bay Area region. Keep
People Housed uses a technology platform that
offers a public-facing, web-based application;
standard eligibility and prioritization
tools; document collection uploading, and
functionality for case management services and
ﬁnancial management. Building toward regional
coverage, Keep People Housed is now available
in four communities—City of Oakland, Contra
Costa County, Solano County, and Sonoma
County—and the integrated service model
has provided assistance to more than 24,000
households across the region.

Long Beach, CA: T enant Right to Counsel Program
The City of Long Beachʼs Tenant Right to
Counsel program is a partnership with Stay
Housed LA. Stay Housed LA is a partnership
between Los Angeles County, the City of
Los Angeles, and local community and legal
service providers.

The program offers free legal representation
to qualiﬁed tenants facing eviction in Long
Beach, including limited scope and full scope
representation. The program also provides
tenant education workshops and legal clinics.

Los Angeles, CA: Short-T erm Emergency
Assistance
The City of Los Angelesʼ Short-Term Emergency
Assistance program seeks to prevent
homelessness by ensuring that short-term
emergency rental assistance is available to
tenants who are experiencing or have recently
experienced an economic hardship. The
program is currently administered by City staff.

The program is designed to provide emergency
rental assistance equal to a maximum of six
months of rent, either arrears or prospective,
to landlords on behalf of low-income tenant
applicants. Applicants must submit requested
materials to determine eligibility.

Santa Monica, CA: Preserving Our Diversity
The Preserving Our Diversity program is cash-
based assistance to low-income, long-term
Santa Monica residents in rent-controlled
apartments in Santa Monica. The program is
currently administered by City staff.

The program is designed to achieve a minimum
monthly after-rent income of $986 for a one-
person household or $1,724 for a two-person
household. Applicants must submit requested
materials to determine eligibility.

Although Preserving Our Diversity is an ongoing
program, any ﬁnancial assistance programs
funded by LACAHSA must limit support to a
maximum of six months.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5202 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 65
405
T echnical Assistance (T A)
Allocations
In FY 2025-26, 5% of the LACAHSA budget
will be dedicated to Technical Assistance (TA)
programs—$19.1 million. As mandated in the
LACAHSA Act, Technical Assistance includes
research and policy development and eligible
uses include, but are not limited to:
“(A) Collecting and tracking information related
to displacement and displacement risk, rents,
and evictions in the region.
42 https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billNavClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220SB 679 (B) Drafting model affordable housing land
use ordinances that may be adopted by any
jurisdiction in Los Angeles County."
42 The LACAHSA Act also requires that the Agency
a) set aside programmatic funds speciﬁcally
to provide technical assistance to cities with
a population under 50,000 and b) create a
bench of consultants able to provide technical
assistance to those cities. The distribution
of TA funds by jurisdiction is presented in
Table 14 below.

Table 14. Estimated LACAHSA Funding for Technical Assistance by Jurisdiction AGeNCY
TOTAL
FOR TA
% OF TA
TOTAL
% OF LACAHSA
TOTAL
1 LACAHSA (including small cities TA) $5,741,607 30.0% 1.50% 2 Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional
Housing Trust
$356,167 1.9% 0.09%
3 City of Glendale $350,950 1.8% 0.09%
4 City of Long Beach $774,420 4.0% 0.20%
5 City of Los Angeles $6,593,378 34.5% 1.72%
6 City of Santa Clarita $147,707 0.8% 0.04%
7 Gateway Cities Council of Governments/
Gateway Cities Affordable Housing Trust
$1,350,350 7.1% 0.35%
8 Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments $27,768 0.1% 0.01% 9 North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
$357,037 1.9% 0.09%
10 San Fernando Valley Council of Governments $24,463 0.1% 0.01% 11 San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
$1,362,107 7.1% 0.36%
12 South Bay Cities Council of Governments
South Bay Regional Housing Trust
$814,349 4.3% 0.21%
13 Unincorporated Los Angeles County $885,409 4.6% 0.23% 14 Westside Cities Council of Governments $352,979 1.8% 0.09% TOT AL $19,138,690 100% 5.0%
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5302 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 66
406
Overview of Eligible Uses
The following descriptions identify four eligible
uses of TA funds. For each type, Eligible
Jurisdictions may provide services directly or
through partnerships with contracted service
providers. If an Eligible Jurisdiction wants to
allocate LACAHSA funds to a use that has not
been preapproved in the Expenditure Plan and
Program Guidelines, the Eligible Jurisdiction
may submit its proposed use to LACAHSA in a
funding request. The funding request should
include a summary of the proposed activity
and how it aligns with Measure A and the Act.

Table 15. Eligible Uses for Technical Assistance
OVeRVIeW OF TOOLS
Local Agency T echnical
Assistance Grants
LACAHSA will administer a Local Agency Technical Assistance gra nt that will allow Eligible Jurisdictions and their member jurisdi ctions to directly apply for technical assistance funds.

LACAHSA will also administer a Local Agency Technical Assistanc e grant that will allow cities with populations under 50,000 to d irectly apply for technical assistance funds.

Direct T echnical
Assistance Programming
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions may provide direct technical assistance programming for Eligible Jurisdictions and their mem ber jurisdictions to engage in coordination and capacity building.

Eligible programming can include technical workshops, training sessions, education on best practices, and regulatory complianc e support. Capacity building programs may also include investing in training for service providers, affordable housing developer s, and other program delivery partners, who made need upskilling t o fully participate.

Professional
Services Support
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions may use Technical Assistance funds to contract additional consultant services related to pol icy development and implementation, monitoring, and evaluation.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5402 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 67
407
Local Agency T echnical Assistance
Grants
LACAHSA will administer a Local Agency
Technical Assistance grant program that will
allow Eligible Jurisdictions and their member
jurisdictions to directly apply for technical
assistance funds. The grants could be used
to bolster an Eligible Jurisdictionʼs current
allocation of TA funds or provide direct
funding to member cities and their Housing or
Community Development Departments.

As mandated by the LACAHSA Act, LACAHSA
will also administer a Local Agency Technical
Assistance grant program that will allow cities
with populations under 50,000 to directly apply
for technical assistance funds. The grants will
provide direct funding to member cities and
their Housing or Community Development
Departments. Funding could also ﬂow through
Councils of Government or Housing Trusts.

Program Design Considerations:
• Cadence: Will LACAHSA administer a
notice of funding availability on an annual
or biannual basis or accept applications on
a rolling or open basis?
• Prioritization: How will LACAHSA evaluate
grant proposals to prioritize uses that
advance its goals?
• Award Size: What is the maximum award
size to enable effective use of the funds,
while promoting fair access?
Direct T echnical Assistance Programming
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions may provide
direct technical assistance programming
for Eligible Jurisdictions and their member
jurisdictions to engage in coordination and
capacity building. Eligible programs can
include technical workshops, training sessions,
education on best practices, and regulatory
compliance support. LACAHSA may hire
dedicated staff to lead programming and
coordination efforts and/or engage with outside
experts including academics, practitioners,
and third-party consultants. Capacity building
programs may also include investing in
training for service providers, affordable
housing developers, and other program
delivery partners, who made need upskilling to
fully participate.

Eligible uses include but are not limited to:
• Full-time staff dedicated to regional
coordination, such as an Ombuds role; and
• Training and capacity building workshops
for Eligible Jurisdictions related to core
services including Notice of Funding
Availability (NOFA) administration,
loan underwriting, risk analysis, and
asset management.
• Training for service providers, affordable
housing developers, or other program
delivery partners who made need
upskilling to fully participate.

Program Design, Administration,
Evaluation, & Monitoring
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions may use
Technical Assistance funds to develop internal
staff capacity and administrative infrastructure
required to design, operate, monitor, and
evaluate related programs. Programming
may be provided by agency staff, third-party
experts, and/or consultants.

Eligible uses include but are not limited to:
• Dedicated staff for policy analysis,
program development and administration,
monitoring, and/or evaluation;
• IT infrastructure, data, and software
subscriptions necessary for research,
policy analysis, program administration,
monitoring and evaluation; and
• Staff attendance at conferences,
workshops, or educations training
programs focused on program-related
technical skills.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5502 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 68
408
Additional allowances for administrative
and direct costs for programs implemented
by Eligible Jurisdictions will be established
and adopted by the Board in LACAHSAʼs
Program Guidelines.

Professional Services Support
LACAHSA and Eligible Jurisdictions may
use Technical Assistance funds to contract
additional professional services related to
policy design and implementation, monitoring,
and evaluation.

Eligible uses include but are not limited to:
• Program design and NOFA Administration;
• Real estate and land acquisition support;
• Underwriting, closing, and asset
management support;
• Program monitoring, auditing,
and evaluation;
• Legal counsel;
• Data and policy analysis;
• Public outreach and engagement; and
• Accounting and ﬁnancial management.

Program Design Considerations:
• Procurement: How might the Agency design
‘piggybackingʼ contract opportunities
to reduce barriers to contracting? What
procurement regulations, if any, would
LACAHSA require for Eligible Jurisdictions?
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5602 Eligible Uses ATTACHMENT 2 - 69
409
Agency Core
Capacities
ATTACHMENT 2 - 70
410
Image credit: Mayra Beltran Vasquez/ Los Angeles County LACAHSA is a ﬁrst-of-its-kind agency with an ambitious mandate, facing a complex regulatory context and challenging market conditions. L ACAHSA will serve at times as a lender, an investor, a grantor, a ﬁnancial guarantor, an asset manager, a compliance monitor, a technical assistance provider, and a regional coordinator, among other roles. Some of these roles—compliance monitor, lender, technical assistance provider—regularly exist in high-p erforming housing agencies. Other roles, such as ﬁnancial guarantor, involve ﬁnan cial savvy essential to managing the Agencyʼs balance sheet, cash ﬂow, and liquidity to enable access to the bond market. These technical skills are highly sp ecialized and will require bringing in talent with ﬁnance or banking backgrounds. The agency will also be responsible for managing and stewarding public money, a n enormous responsibility requiring the highest level of accountability an d transparency.

Agency Core Capacities
LACAHSA will play a unique role as a public
agency that leverages private and institutional
ﬁnance mechanisms and funding sources,
through the innovative ﬁnancing programs
described in Section 2 of this Expenditure
Plan and Agency Strategy. The Agency will
therefore require top-tier talent with expertise
that exceeds housing policy knowledge into,
for example, direct project underwriting and
development experience. LACAHSA leadership
will need to be able to think creatively and
establish a culture of innovation in the Agency.

In some cases, LACAHSA will be able to
outsource capacities to third-party contractors,
consultants, or other public agencies or
partners. Securing staff and consultants with
strong backgrounds in investment banking,
debt issuance, and transactions will be key
to LACAHSAʼs success. LACAHSA will need
competitive salaries and comprehensive beneﬁt
packages to attract top talent, including living
wages for entry-level positions.

Core Capacities
To be effective, LACAHSA needs to develop
the following core capacities that will enable it
to work effectively with developers, investors,
service providers, and public agencies.

Project-Level Financing
LACAHSA will source, prioritize, underwrite,
and close affordable housing deals with
complex structures and multiple funding
mechanisms. The Agencyʼs investments will
go beyond standard residual receipts loans
and will require creativity and strong ﬁnancial
analysis capabilities.
• Residual Receipts: Standard gap ﬁnancing
in California is through residual receipts
loans, which are straightforward and do
not require underwriting repayment risk.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5803 Agency Core Capacities ATTACHMENT 2 - 71
411
• Hard-Pay: In many cases LACAHSA loans
may be hard pay, and many involve some
form of ﬁnancial guarantee. As a result,
it will require more robust and thorough
underwriting than the residual receipts
loans most local governments originate
for LIHTC projects. Staff or consultants
with affordable housing underwriting
experience will be imperative.

Asset and Portfolio Management
LACAHSA will manage a diverse portfolio of
investments and liabilities that need continual
monitoring and coordination. The Agency will
also need to oversee the management of a
large portfolio of physical real estate assets,
including monitoring lease up and long-
term occupancy, eligibility determinations,
ongoing compliance, and operating costs.

Successfully managing LACAHSAʼs physical
and ﬁnancial assets will require staff,
consultants, or contracted partners with
experience in targeting both economic
returns and social metrics (such as renters
housed), as well as expertise in ﬁnancial and
programmatic compliance.

Capital Markets and Cashﬂow
Management
To effectively utilize its bonding powers,
LACAHSA will raise private capital, manage
bond cash ﬂows, develop securitization
strategies, manage guarantee risk, and place
loans on the secondary market. Operating
subsidies, guarantees on B-Note bonds and
other ﬁnancial tools will require monitoring
existing cashﬂow and managing cashﬂow
over multiple years to meet LACHASAʼs
ﬁnancial commitments regardless of market
circumstances.

LACAHSA will only be successful in securing
low-cost capital from the bond market for
affordable housing if investors and bond
underwriters have a high degree of conﬁdence
in the capacity of LACAHSAʼs team to manage
cashﬂows from Measure A and other sources
43 24 CFR 266.100 Qualiﬁed Housing Finance Agency (HFA): https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-24/section-266.100 to meet ﬁnancial commitments. LACAHSA will
need staff and consultants with experience
in managing cashﬂow commitments at a fund
or institutional level and extensive experience
accessing bond markets for mortgage revenue
bonds and similar products. At a minimum,
to receive a credit rating and access the
HUD/California Housing Finance Agency risk
share program, LACAHSA must have at least
two key staff positions with ﬁve years of
lending experience.
43 Program and Policy Management
To implement its Renter Protection and
Technical Assistance programs, LACAHSA
will design program guidelines, solicit service
providers, execute programs, and manage
contracts on a highly accelerated timeline.

LACAHSA will also need to evaluate and
monitor the effectiveness of its programs
across both the Agency and Eligible
Jurisdictions to reduce redundancy and
improve service quality—improving coordination
across agencies and advocating for policy
improvements where needed. Designing and
managing these programs will require staff who
bring deep familiarity with existing housing
policies and programs, an ability to think
creatively to generate innovative ideas, and an
eye for systems improvements across large-
scale public sector programming.

Compliance and Risk Management
LACAHSA will manage regulatory compliance
across multiple jurisdictions, meeting the
highest standards of transparency and
accountability. Compliance includes internal
auditing, reporting, and oversight over
LACAHSAʼs full portfolio of transactions,
including preparing annual reports as required
by state and local law. LACAHSA will also be
monitored by a Citizen Oversight Committee.

To ensure transparency and accountability,
the Agency will need senior leadership
with signiﬁcant experience in public-sector
compliance and oversight, coupled with a deep
understanding of housing programs and policy.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 5903 Agency Core Capacities ATTACHMENT 2 - 72
412
Operations
To support the functions described above,
LACAHSA will need robust internal operations,
including ﬁnance and accounting, general
counsel, contract management, human
resources, and IT. Staff, consultants, or
contracted partners will need to understand
the complexity of public-sector operations
while operating at the speed of private sector
partners. Critically, the Agency must quickly
Image credit: LACAHSA
and efﬁciently execute MOUs and distribute
money to the various Eligible Jurisdictions—
who will rely on transparent and efﬁcient
LACAHSA operations in order to plan and
execute their own programs—while also
establishing the infrastructure needed to hold
each Eligible Jurisdiction accountable for its
use of LACAHSA funds.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6003 Agency Core Capacities03 Agency Core Capacities FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 60 ATTACHMENT 2 - 73
413
Case Studies
Because of LACAHSAʼs unique structure and mandate, there are no perfect peers; however, several public and quasi-public entities offer insight into how some of these func tions can be efﬁciently delivered. The following case studies exemplify some of the core capacities described ab ove.

New Y ork City Housing
Development Corporation
Attracting talent with extensive banking
backgrounds allows NYC HDC to access the
bond market and deploy lower cost ﬁnancing to
affordable and mixed-income development.

Overview
New York City Housing Development
Corporation (HDC) is the top issuer of multi-
family housing bonds in the nation, issuing
$2.3 billion in bonds and other debt obligations
in 2024 to close on the ﬁnancing for more than
27,000 homes. HDCʼs primary bond fund is
rated AA+, and the agency is rated AA.
44 44 https://www.nychdc.com/invest
45 https://2023annual.nychdc.com/
HDC can invest in housing for a broad range
of income levels, enabling the portfolio to
generate operating proﬁts that make the entity
sustainable. Its bond funds have also grown
substantially over time, as HDC reﬁnanced
outstanding bonds at lower interest rates.
45 HDC reinvests these surpluses into future
developments, growing its portfolio and
available ﬁnancing year over year.

While the scale of HDCʼs ﬁnancing capabilities
will take time to replicate, LACAHSA can learn
from HDCʼs strategy of hiring top ﬁnance talent
to build landmark programs.

CORe CAPACITIeS
Project-Level Financing Hard-Pay: HDCʼs Development team underwrites loans for repayment risk and negotiates terms to maximize the public beneﬁt.

Residual Receipts Loans: HDCʼs ﬁnancing often supports underwriting for RRL from other public funders to
streamline the process and maximize leverage.

Asset and
Portfolio Management
HDCʼs Asset Management team works closely with
developers and property management partners to manage
ﬁnancial and physical assets.

Capital Markets and
Cashﬂow Management
HDCʼs Finance team manages bond transactions and
portfolio performance.

Policy and
Program Management
HDC works closely with NYCʼs Housing and Preservation
Department, which offers policy and Program
Management. HDC itself does not offer program
management at the scale or level of sophistication
that LACAHSA will.

Compliance and
Risk Management
HDC has an internal Chief Risk Ofﬁcer and General
Counselʼs Ofﬁce.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6103 Agency Core Capacities ATTACHMENT 2 - 74
414
Staff & Organizational Structure
HDCʼs core teams are divided into three
divisions: 1) Capital Markets and Investments,
2) Development, and 3) Asset Management.
46 1. Capital Markets & Investments
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Capital Markets and
Cashﬂow Management
In addition to more standard ﬁnance
functions, HDCʼs Capital Markets team
manages its bond portfolio and monitors
the performance of HDCʼs Open Resolution
and other bond resolutions to ensure they
are properly leveraged and continue to
generate surplus. The team is run by an
Executive Vice President and a Senior
Vice President with a combined 55+
years of experience in capital markets,
debt issuance, housing transactions,
and investment banking. HDC requires
both a strong balance sheet and a highly
experienced team to secure its high credit
rating, and access programs like FHA Risk-
Share which allow access to very low-cost
ﬁnancing for affordable housing.

2. Development
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Project-Level
Financing
HDCʼs Development team underwrites
loans to support new construction of
affordable housing and preservation of
existing affordable housing. Unlike lending
with residual receipts loans which do not
require regular payments and are not
expected to be repaid, HDC underwrites
hard-pay loans for repayment, closely
evaluating project- and sponsor-level
ﬁnancial risk. The Public Housing team
works closely with the New York City
Housing Authority (NYCHA) to stabilize
funding for public housing and provide
essential capital repairs to buildings.

The Senior Vice Presidents who run
each function have more traditional
backgrounds in multifamily housing
ﬁnance, including experience working
for nonproﬁt developers, lenders, and
public agencies.

3. Asset Management
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Asset and
Portfolio Management
HDCʼs Portfolio Analysis team monitors
the ﬁnancial and physical performance
of the agencyʼs portfolio and offers
underwriting solutions for projects in
need of restructuring. The Compliance
team is responsible for lease-up and
eligibility review, as well as IRS-required
monitoring for projects with tax credits
and tax-exempt bonds. The Senior Vice
President of Asset Management has
almost 20 years of asset management and
compliance experience.

Other teams include HR, government affairs,
communications, and policy & analytics.

HDC also has its own General Counsel and
Chief Risk Ofﬁcer.

Salary Ranges
TITLe BACKGROUND SALARY RANGe 47
Portfolio Analyst BA + 2 years $68-$74K
Asset Management Director BA + 5 years $100-$115K
Assistant Vice President 10+ years $120-$130K
Senior Vice President 10+ years including management $200K+ Executive Vice President 15+ years including management $230K+ 46 https://www.nychdc.com/meet-hdc#people-section
47 Salaries were sourced from publicly available job postings as of 5/2/2025, via the NYCHDC website: https://www.nychdc.com/careers.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6203 Agency Core Capacities Case Study
ATTACHMENT 2 - 75
415
New Y ork City Economic
Development Corporation
An independent board comprised of industry
experts allows EDC to make informed and
efﬁcient investment decisions.

Overview
New York City Economic Development
Corporation (NYCEDC), a quasi-public
entity that serves as the ofﬁcial economic
development organization for NYC, induced
almost $1.5 billion in private investment in
2024 and supported 6.4 million square feet
48 https://edc.nyc/sites/default/ﬁles/2025-04/NYCEDC-Impact-Report-2024-Digital-Accessible.pdf 49 https://edc.nyc/sites/default/ﬁles/2023-10/Tab%2012a.%20NYCEDC%20FY2023%20Board%20Structure.pdf 50 https://edc.nyc/people
of commercial and residential development. 48
NYCEDCʼs board is independent—the
Mayor appoints members based in part on
nominations from Borough Presidents and the
Speaker of the New York City Council.
49 The boardʼs Executive Committee, which
is comprised of real estate and ﬁnancial
experts, approves all investments and large-
scale ﬁnancial decisions. Empowering an
independent group of industry experts enables
NYCEDC to make sound ﬁnancial decisions
that are removed from the politics of any given
administration.

CORe CAPACITIeS
Project-Level Financing Both the Real Estate Transactions team (RETs) and the Strategic Investment Group (SIG) structure project-
level ﬁnancing, including both Hard-Pay and Residual
Receipts Loans.

Asset and
Portfolio Management
EDCʼs Asset Management team oversees 200+ unique
assets, including ﬁnancial returns and physical space.

Capital Markets and
Cashﬂow Management
SIG runs both tax-exempt and taxable bond ﬁnancing.

Policy and
Program Management
SIG offers more limited technical assistance than the scale or complexity of what LACAHSA will offer.

Compliance and
Risk Management
EDC has a General Counsel and a dedicated Compliance
team that employs compliance specialists for each
program EDC runs.

Staff & Organizational Structure
EDC has a broad scope, and its staff span
a wide range of industries and expertise.

Its real estate work is concentrated in
three core teams, all overseen by the Chief
Operating Ofﬁcer.
50 1. Real Estate Transactions (RETs)
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Project-Level
Financing
The Real Estate Transactions (RETs)
division executes and advises on real
estate development and public private
partnerships, including affordable
housing. RETs is co-led by two Executive
Vice Presidents, each with 20+ years
experience in investment banking and real
estate development.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6303 Agency Core Capacities Case Study
ATTACHMENT 2 - 76
416

2. Strategic Investments Group (SIG)
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Project-
Level Financing; Capital Markets and
Cashﬂow Management
The Strategic Investments Group (SIG)
structures impact investments to unlock
access to capital and mobilize private
investment. SIG has two divisions:

Incentives, and Funds & Advisory.

Incentive programs include Build NYC, a
tax-exempt and taxable bond ﬁnancing
authority. The Funds & Advisory practice
includes the Industrial Development
Loan Fund, which provides discounted
subordinate loans to industrial real estate
projects. SIG is led by an Executive Vice
President with 20+ years of experience in
transactions and impact investing.

3. Asset Management
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Asset and
Portfolio Management
The Asset Management division manages
commercial real estate properties as well
as other physical assets, targeting both
51 https://www.goldmansachs.com/what-we-do/asset-management/impact-investing 52 https://edc.nyc/board-disclosures#meetings
53 Salaries were sourced from publicly available job postings as of 5/2/2025, via the NYCHDC website: https://www.nychdc.com/careers. economic returns and social metrics like
job creation. The division manages over
64 million square feet of space, with
40 sites and 200+ unique assets. Asset
Management is led by an Executive Vice
President with 30 years of experience in
asset management.

4. Board Executive Committee
The NYCEDC Board and Executive
Committee are currently chaired by
Margaret Anadu, a former Partner at
Goldman Sachs where she ran the Urban
Investment Group (Goldman Sachsʼ
community and economic development
investment arm, which deploys over $3
billion annually).
51 The other 8 members
currently on the Executive Committee
are leaders in impact investing, real
estate development and transactions,
and affordable housing.
52 Except for the
CEO of NYCEDC, all Executive Committee
members are fully independent. The
Executive Committee makes all investing
decisions over approximately $250,000.

Salary Ranges
TITLe BACKGROUND SALARY RANGe 53
Senior Associate BA + 4 years $84-$86K
Assistant Vice President MA + 5 years $97-$100K
Vice President 8+ years $130-$140K
Senior Vice President 15+ years $155-$185K
Executive Vice President 20+ years $200K+
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6403 Agency Core Capacities Case Study
ATTACHMENT 2 - 77
417
San Francisco Housing
Accelerator Fund
HAF has a small, nimble team with strong
backgrounds in ﬁnance, enabling a focus
on fast-moving and innovative public-
private partnerships.

Overview
The San Francisco Housing Accelerator Fund
(HAF) originated within San Francisco City Hall
but now operates as an independent nonproﬁt
working in very close alignment with City goals.

HAF runs an impact fund that invests in housing
preservation and development—matching City
funds with private and philanthropic capital to
make public dollars go further. HAFʼs private-
sector investors and funders include banks
54 https://www.sfhaf.org/partners/
55 https://www.sfhaf.org/statistics/
56 https://www.sfhaf.org/team/
(Bank of America, Citi, JP Morgan Chase,
US Bank, Wells Fargo), foundations (Chan
Zuckerberg Initiative, Hewlett Foundation,
San Francisco Foundation), and major
nonproﬁt housing partners like Enterprise
Community Partners.
54 Since 2017, HAF has raised $453 million
in capital and supported more than 2,900
affordable homes that house more than
6,100 residents.
55 Removing HAF from City Hall allows the
organization to quickly mobilize public, private,
and philanthropic ﬁnancing to invest in high-
impact projects. Its team combines traditional
housing development knowledge with deep
expertise in private-sector impact investing
and debt origination, a combination that has
enabled the organizationʼs success.

CORe CAPACITIeS
Project-Level Financing HAFʼs Investment and Lending team and Capital and Credit team oversee project-level ﬁnancing. Most of HAFʼs ﬁnancing tools are hard-pay.

Asset and
Portfolio Management
The ﬁnance team oversees the ﬁnancial
performance of assets.

Capital Markets and
Cashﬂow Management
Policy and
Program Management
HAF evaluates the success of its programs to inform
policy development but does not offer program
management at the scale or level of sophistication
as LACAHSA will.

Compliance and
Risk Management
HAF works with consulting experts for legal services and ﬁnancial advising.

Staff & Organizational Structure
With only 11 full-time employees, HAF has a
relatively ﬂat structure and a small, nimble
team, enabling them to move quickly and
efﬁciently. The CEO has almost 30 years of
experience in social impact investing and public
sector investment. She previously worked at
Goldman Sachs, as well as public agencies and
nonproﬁt organizations.
56 1. Finance T eam
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Operations
HAFʼs ﬁnance team supports ﬁnance
and accounting operations, compliance,
and capital management, including new
capital raises. The team is led by a Chief
Financial Ofﬁcer with more than 20 years
of experience in non-proﬁt and public
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6503 Agency Core Capacities Case Study
ATTACHMENT 2 - 78
418
sector ﬁnancial management. The CFO
is supported by a Finance Manager and a
Finance Analyst.

2. Investment and Lending
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Project-Level
Financing
The lending team manages project-
level ﬁnancing, including borrower
conversations, feasibility assessments,
deal structuring, and loan closing. The
team is co-led by a Chief Investment
Ofﬁcer and a Chief Lending Ofﬁcer, each
of whom have ~30 years of experience in
affordable and market-rate development
including LIHTC, tax exempt bonds,
and other ﬁnancing mechanisms.

The team also includes two Vice
Presidents of Lending.
57 Salaries were sourced from publicly available job postings a s of 5/2/2025, via the HAF website: https://www.sfhaf.org/team/

3. Capital and Credit
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Project-Level
Financing
The capital and credit team leads the
structuring and implementation of lending
and investing products. The team is run by
a Senior Vice President for Underwriting
& Credit, who brings 15+ years of
experience in debt origination, real estate
development, and community lending
& investment for banking institutions.

The team also includes a Senior Loan
Administrator.

HAF contracts with outside experts for
legal services, accounting, construction
management, IT, and ﬁnancial advising.

All contracts are supervised by the
Management Team.

Salary Ranges
TITLe BACKGROUND SALARY RANGe 57
Analyst 2-6 years $88-$110K + <5% bonus
Senior Loan Administrator 5+ years $90-$110K + <5% bonus Vice President 5-15 years $110-$170K + <10% bonus
Senior Vice President 15+ years $170-$195K + <20% bonus Chief Financial Ofﬁcer 20+ years $240K
Chief Executive Ofﬁcer 25+ years $280K
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6603 Agency Core Capacities Case Study
ATTACHMENT 2 - 79
419
King County Housing Authority
Pairing public bond ﬁnancing and private
ﬁnancing allows King County Housing Authority to
run a large-scale NOAH preservation program.

Overview
For over 30 years, King County Housing
Authority (KCHA) has purchased rental
properties to permanently preserve affordability
and expand the pool of units available to
Section 8 voucher holders. Through its
acquisition program, KCHA has acquired
6,000 units of previously privately-owned
multifamily buildings serving moderate-
income households. The program relies on a
combination of tax-exempt municipal bonds
58 https://news.microsoft.com/2019/09/26/60-million-microsoft-investment-boosts-king-countys-efforts-to-preserve-affordable- housing-in-greater-seattle-region/
59 https://www.kcha.org/about/overview
from King County and mezzanine debt from
lenders and private sponsors who provide
low interest rates to reduce the required
equity contribution—Microsoft provided a
15-year $60 million loan at 1% interest to
support the program.
58 In total, KCHA now owns more than 155
properties with 12,700 units and administers
vouchers for more than 14,000 households.
59 KCHA has achieved impressive results by
pairing traditional housing ﬁnance tools with
private sector partnerships. LACAHSA will need
a team with stronger ﬁnance backgrounds to
run its more complex programs, but KCHA is a
model for acquisition and preservation.

CORe CAPACITIeS
Project-Level Financing KCHAʼs Development team oversees project-level ﬁnancing. KCHA brings both hard-pay debt and Residual
Receipts tools to deals. KCHA is both the lender and the developer/sponsor.

Asset and
Portfolio Management
KCHAʼs internal asset management team oversees
management expenses, debt service payments, and
IRS compliance. The agency partners with a mix of
in-house and private property managers who ensure
properties generate cash ﬂow needed to service debt and advance its mission.

Capital Markets and
Cashﬂow Management
KCHA leverages a guarantee from King County to access
low-cost bond ﬁnancing for the subordinate or B-note
position of project ﬁnancing. They have successfully
executed this structure for 30 years without default or need to call the guarantee.

Policy and
Program Management
KCHAʼs Policy, Research, and Social Impact Initiatives
team offers some programming for residents and oversees research and evaluation efforts that inform future policy.

Compliance and
Risk Management
KCHAʼs internal asset management team oversees
IRS compliance.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6703 Agency Core Capacities Case Study
ATTACHMENT 2 - 80
420
Staff & Organizational Structure
KCHA has more than 500 staff across the entire
agency. It is governed by a 5-member volunteer
Board of Commissioners appointed by the
King County Executive and approved by the
Metropolitan King County Council.
60 1. Housing Operations and Administration
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Asset and
Portfolio Management
KCHAʼs Housing Operations team manages
its Housing Choice Voucher Program,
public housing inventory, resident
services, and compliance. The Executive
Vice President of Housing Operations has
almost 20 years of experience in housing
program management. The Administration
team provides overall management and
ﬁnancial services across the agencyʼs
portfolio (excluding asset management,
described below). The Executive Vice
President of Administration has more
than 30 years of experience managing
operations and administration for
housing authorities.
60 https://www.kcha.org/about/leadership

2. Policy, Research, and Social Impact
Initiatives
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Policy and
Program Management
The Policy, Research, and Social Impact
Initiatives team develops, administers, and
evaluates all programmatic components of
KCHAʼs work, including after-school and
early learning programs, health initiatives,
and emergency preparedness planning.

The Senior Vice President who leads this
work has 25 years of experience in housing
program management.

3. Development and Asset Management
LACAHSA Core Capacity: Asset and Portfolio
Management; Project-Level Financing
The Development team is responsible for
acquisition, development, ﬁnancing, and
management of ﬁnancial operations of
approximately 9,000 units across KCHA
programs. The Asset Management team is
responsible for all contracted management
of KCHA-owned property, as well as on-
site staff for home ownership programs.

Both teams are overseen by a Senior Vice
President, who has been with KCHA for 30
years and has a background in ﬁnance and
real estate development.

KCHA also has internal teams for communications,
IT, and HR.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 6803 Agency Core Capacities Case Study
ATTACHMENT 2 - 81
421
Acknowledgements
Thank you to the many local community leaders, elected ofﬁcials , housing ﬁnance and policy experts, and other stakeholders who generously provided time an d insight to guide the creation of this Plan.
• Jed Leano, Councilmember, City of
Claremont
• John Mirisch, Councilmember, City
of Beverly Hills
• Holly J. Mitchell, Supervisor, Second
District, Los Angeles County
• Nithya Raman, Councilmember,
City of Los Angeles
• Emma Sharif, Mayor, City of Compton
• Hilda L. Solis, Supervisor, First District,
Los Angeles County
All Eligible Jurisdictions
• County of Los Angeles
• City of Los Angeles
• City of Long Beach
• City of Glendale
• City of Santa Clarita
• San Gabriel Valley Councils of
Governments and San Gabriel Valley
Regional Housing Trust
• Gateway Cities Councils of Governments
and Gateway Cities Affordable Housing
Trust
• South Bay Cities Councils of Governments
and South Bay Regional Housing Trust
• Westside Cities Councils of Governments
• San Fernando Valley Councils of
Governments
• Las Virgenes/Malibu Councils of
Governments
LACAHSA Board
• Chair Rex Richardson, Mayor,
City of Long Beach
• First Vice Chair Miguel A. Santana,
President & CEO, California
Community Foundation
• Second Vice Chair Victor Sanchez,
Councilmember, City of Bellﬂower
• Kome Ajise, Executive Director, Southern
California Association of Governments
• Kathryn Barger, Los Angeles County
Supervisor, District 1
• Karen Bass, Mayor, City of Los Angeles
• Jorgel Chavez, Councilmember, City
of Bell Gardens
• Jason Gibbs, Councilmember, City
of Santa Clarita
• Alan Greenlee, Executive Director,
Southern California Association of
Nonproﬁt Housing (SCANPH)
• Janice Hahn, Supervisor, Fourth District,
Los Angeles County
• Marqueece Harris-Dawson, Council
President, City of Los Angeles
• Lindsey P. Horvath, Supervisor, Third
District, Los Angeles County
• Jonathan Jager, Staff Attorney, Public
Counsel
• Zerita Jones, Housing Justice Organizer,
Interim Citizens Oversight Chair
• Natalie Knott, Supervising Attorney,
Community Legal Aid SoCal
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 69Acknowledgements ATTACHMENT 2 - 82
422
• Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional
Housing Trust (BGPRHT)
• North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
Other Stakeholders
• Linc Housing
• Arctaris Impact Fund
• RMG Housing
• San Francisco Housing Accelerator Fund
• Century Housing
• Trammel Crow Company
• Morgan Stanley
• Thomas Safran & Associates (TSA Housing)
• Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
• FSL Public Finance
• Los Angeles County Housing for Health
(Los Angeles County Department of
Health Services)
• LA Family Housing
HR&A T eam
• Connie Chung, Managing Partner,
Los Angeles
• Phillip Kash, Partner
• Peter Brewton, Principal
• Landry Doyle Wiese, Director and
Project Manager
• Anna Gallicchio, Senior Analyst
• Harman Dhodi, Senior Analyst
• Allie Padgett, Senior Analyst
• Roderick Hall, Senior Analyst
• Allyson Dohan, Graphic Designer
Best Best & Kreiger LLP (BBK)
• Paula de Sousa, Co-General Counsel
• Mike Maurer, Co-General Counsel
MDG Associates
• Rudy Munoz
• Chris Andrews
• Darlene Mathews
LeSar Development Consultants
• Natalie Donlin-Zappella
• Edwin Peart
• Farzad Mashhood
LACAHSA Staff
• Ryan Johnson, Interim CEO
• Tommy Newman, Chief of Staff
• Claudia Lima, Managing Director of
Investments
• Julie Leadbetter, Chief of Programs
• Louisa Amott, Chief of Human Resources
• Ryan Olson, Controller
• Shawna Glover, Executive Assistant
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 70Acknowledgements ATTACHMENT 2 - 83
423
Appendices
ATTACHMENT 2 - 84
424
Appendix A. Housing Needs Data T ables
Table A1 below shows the number of households with low and very -low income (AMI<80%) for each jurisdiction as determined by RHNA and CHAS datasets.

Table A1. Households with low & very low income (AMI <80%) by j urisdiction NO. JURISDICTION ELIGIBLe JURISDICTION RHNA CHAS
1 Agoura Hills Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments 199 380 2 Alhambra San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
2,810 10,970
3A r c a d i a San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
1,672 4,355
4 Artesia Gateway Cities Council of Governments 480 1,240 5 Avalon Gateway Cities Council of Governments 13 495
6 Azusa San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
1,128 4,395
7 Baldwin Park San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
851 5,170
8 Bell Gateway Cities Council of Governments 67 5,265
9 Bell Gardens Gateway Cities Council of Governments 129 6,340 10 Bellﬂower Gateway Cities Council of Governments 1,503 10,480 11 Beverly Hills Westside Cities Council of Governments 1,688 3,930 12 Bradbury San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
25 30
13 Burbank Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Regional
Housing Trust
3,971 14,055
14 Calabasas Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments 203 1,485 15 Carson South Bay Cities Council of Governments 2,683 4,515 16 Cerritos Gateway Cities Council of Governments 1,024 1,320 17 Claremont San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
866 2,160
18 Commerce Gateway Cities Council of Governments 77 1,230 19 Compton Gateway Cities Council of Governments 356 8,920 20 Covina San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
882 4,385
21 Cudahy Gateway Cities Council of Governments 116 4,345 22 Culver City Westside Cities Council of Governments 1,712 3,520 FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 72Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 85
425
NO. JURISDICTION ELIGIBLe JURISDICTION RHNA CHAS
23 Diamond Bar San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
1,278 2,270
24 Downey Gateway Cities Council of Governments 3,025 11,815 25 Duarte San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
414 1,740
26 El Monte San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
2,650 13,800
27 El Segundo South Bay Cities Council of Governments 277 1,250 28 Gardena South Bay Cities Council of Governments 2,246 7,560 29 Glendale City of Glendale 5,602 30,270
30 Glendora San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
1,121 3,215
31 Hawaiian Gardens Gateway Cities Council of Governments 105 1,575 32 Hawthorne South Bay Cities Council of Governments 649 14,710 33 Hermosa Beach South Bay Cities Council of Governments 359 1,125 34 Hidden Hills Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments 25 10 35 Huntington Park Gateway Cities Council of Governments 460 8,910 36 Industry San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
10 29
37 Inglewood South Bay Cities Council of Governments 2,768 16,410 38 Irwindale San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
47 50
39 La Cañada Flintridge San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
387 210
40 La Habra Heights Gateway Cities Council of Governments 113 120 41 La Mirada Gateway Cities Council of Governments 976 2,080 42 La Puente San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
819 2,615
43 La Verne San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
653 2,160
44 Lakewood Gateway Cities Council of Governments 1,933 3,655 45 Lancaster North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
3,418 18,385
46 Lawndale South Bay Cities Council of Governments 1,043 3,940 47 Lomita South Bay Cities Council of Governments 363 2,405 FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 73Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 86
426
NO. JURISDICTION ELIGIBLe JURISDICTION RHNA CHAS
48 Long Beach City of Long Beach 11,188 66,795
49 Los Angeles City of Los Angeles 184,721 568,690
50 Lynwood Gateway Cities Council of Governments 516 6,660 51 Malibu Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments 47 320 52 Manhattan Beach South Bay Cities Council of Governments 487 770 53 Maywood Gateway Cities Council of Governments 102 3,620 54 Monrovia San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
781 3,625
55 Montebello San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
2,021 7,740
56 Monterey Park San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
2,146 7,140
57 Norwalk Gateway Cities Council of Governments 2,305 6,035 58 Palmdale North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
2,712 12,410
59 Palos Verdes Estates South Bay Cities Council of Governments 126 200 60 Paramount Gateway Cities Council of Governments 135 6,435 61 Pasadena Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena
Regional Housing Trust
4,409 16,665
62 Pico Rivera Gateway Cities Council of Governments 445 3,890 63 Pomona San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
4,138 15,025
64 Rancho Palos Verdes South Bay Cities Council of Governments 392 1,080 65 Redondo Beach South Bay Cities Council of Governments 1,444 4,275 66 Rolling Hills South Bay Cities Council of Governments 29 14 67 Rolling Hills Estates South Bay Cities Council of Governments 124 70 68 Rosemead San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
1,792 5,060
69 San Dimas San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
604 1,880
70 San Fernando San Fernando Valley Council of Governments 734 2,110 71 San Gabriel San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
1,261 4,095
72 San Marino San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
240 90
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 74Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 87
427
NO. JURISDICTION ELIGIBLe JURISDICTION RHNA CHAS
73 Santa Clarita City of Santa Clarita 5,131 12,740
74 Santa Fe Springs Gateway Cities Council of Governments 412 1,445 75 Santa Monica Westside Cities Council of Governments 4,466 14,350 76 Sierra Madre San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
118 910
77 Signal Hill Gateway Cities Council of Governments 239 1,385 78 South El Monte San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
195 1,865
79 South Gate Gateway Cities Council of Governments 3,130 10,780 80 South Pasadena San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
1,155 1,885
81 Temple City San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
980 2,905
82 Torrance South Bay Cities Council of Governments 2,467 11,915 83 Unincorporated
LA County
Unincorporated Los Angeles County 39,339 76,368
84 Vernon Gateway Cities Council of Governments 9 65
85 Walnut San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/
San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
652 690
86 West Covina San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments/ San Gabriel Valley Regional Housing Trust
2,503 7,020
87 West Hollywood Westside Cities Council of Governments 1,755 8,645 88 Westlake Village Las Virgenes/Malibu Council of Governments 87 2 00 89 Whittier Gateway Cities Council of Governments 1,562 8,365 TOTAL 340,295 1,155,521
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 75Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 88
428
Table A2 below shows the aggregated number of households with l ow and very-low income (AMI<80%) by Eligible Jurisdiction using RHNA and CHAS datasets .

Table A2. Households with low & very low income (AMI <80%) by E ligible Jurisdiction NO. ELIGIBLe JURISDICTION JURISDICTION COUNT RHNA CHAS
1 Unincorporated Los Angeles County 1 39,339 76,368
2 Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena
Regional Housing Trust
2 8,380 30,720
3 City of Glendale 1 5,602 30,270
4 City of Long Beach 1 11,188 66,795
5 City of Los Angeles 1 184,721 568,690
6 City of Santa Clarita 1 5,131 12,740
7 Gateway Cities Council of Governments 25 19,232 116,470 8 Las Virgenes/Malibu Council
of Governments
55 6 1 2 , 3 9 5
9 North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
2 6,130 30,795
10 San Fernando Valley
Council of Governments
1 734 2,110
11 San Gabriel Valley Council of
Governments/San Gabriel Valley
Regional Housing Trust
30 34,199 117,484
12 South Bay Cities Council of Governments 15 15,457 70,239 13 Westside Cities Council of Governments 4 9,621 30,445 TOTAL 89 340,295 1,155,521
*Subject to change once COG assignment is ﬁnalized.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 76Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 89
429
Table A3. below shows the housing need based on the share of lo w and very-low income (AMI<80%) households in each Eligible Jurisdiction using Table A2 estimat es.

Table A3. Share of housing needs for LAHCASAʼs Measure A fundin g allocation by Eligible Jurisdiction NO. ELIGIBLe JURISDICTION JURISDICTION COUNT RHNA CHAS
1 Unincorporated Los Angeles County 1 11.6% 6.61%
2 Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena
Regional Housing Trust
2 2.5% 2.66%
3 City of Glendale 1 1.6% 2.62%
4 City of Long Beach 1 3.3% 5.78%
5 City of Los Angeles 1 54.3% 49.22%
6 City of Santa Clarita 1 1.5% 1.10%
7 Gateway Cities Council of Governments 25 5.7% 10.08%
8 Las Virgenes/Malibu
Council of Governments
5 0.2% 0.21%
9 North Los Angeles County
Transportation Coalition JPA
2 1.8% 2.67%
10 San Fernando Valley
Council of Governments
1 0.2% 0.18%
11 San Gabriel Valley Council of
Governments/San Gabriel Valley
Regional Housing Trust
30 10.0% 10.17%
12 South Bay Cities Council of Governments 15 4.5% 6.08% 13 Westside Cities Council of Governments 4 2.8% 2.63%
TOTAL 89 100% 100%
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 77Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 90
430
Appendix B. Acronym Index
ACRONYM DeSCRIPTION
AMI Area Median Income
CDFI Community Development Financial Institution
CHAS Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy
COG Council of Governments
CRA Community Reinvestment Act
EDC New York City Economic Development Corporation
HAF San Francisco Housing Accelerator Fund
HAP Housing Assistance Payments
HCD California Department of Housing and Community Development HDC New York City Housing Development Corporation
HUD U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
KCHA King County Housing Authority
LACAHSA Los Angeles County Affordable Housing Solutions Agency LIHTC Low-Income Housing Tax Credit
NOAH Naturally Occurring Affordable Housing
PBV Project-Based Voucher
PPO Production, Preservation, & Ownership
PSH Permanent Supportive Housing
QAP Qualiﬁed Allocation Plan
RHNA Regional Housing Needs Assessment
RPHP Renter Protection & Homelessness Prevention
SB Senate Bill
TA Technical Assistance
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 78Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 91
431
Appendix C. Glossary
Area Median Income (AMI): represents the midpoint in the distribution of household incom es within a certain geographic region. HUD publishes annual AMI levels fo r regions, adjusted for family size.

The HUD-provided AMI is used to determine applicantsʼ eligibili ty for both federally and locally funded housing programs where participation is dependent on inc ome levels. See 2025 AMI income limits here.

California Debt Allocation Committee: Government entity created to set and allocate Californiaʼs annual debt ceiling and administer the Stateʼs tax-exempt bond program to allocate the debt authority.

Community Development Block Grant (CDBG): The Community Development Block Grant program provides annual grants to participating state and local jurisdi ctions, called “non-entitlement” and “entitlement” communities respectively. At least 70% of CDBG fu nds must be used for activities that beneﬁt low- and moderate-income persons. In addition, each activity must meet one of the following national objectives for the program: beneﬁt low- and moderate-income persons, prevention or elimination of slums or blight, or address commun ity development needs having a particular urgency because existing conditions pose a serious a nd immediate threat to the health or welfare of the community for which other funding is not availab le.

Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) Data: Data from the U.S. Census Bureau that demonstrates the extent of housing problems and housing ne eds, particularly for low-income households. Data is typically used by local government to plan how to spend HUD funds. Data is also used by LACAHSA to determine funding allocations.

California T ax Credit Allocation Committee: Government entity created to administer the federal and state Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Programs. Both programs were created to promote private investment in affordable rental housing for low-income Californians.

Deed-Restricted Units: Otherwise known as subsidized units or covenanted units, these homes may receive forms of government subsidy and typically have some form of covenant that restricts rent growth.

Equity: Equity is the portion of a propertyʼs value that a property ow ner and/or investor owns. It is determined by the difference between the market value of a prop erty and the debt owed against it.

Extremely Low Income: Persons and families whose incomes do not exceed 30 percent of the area median income as deﬁned in Section 50106 of the California Health an d Safety Code.

Hard-Pay Subordinate Loan: Financial tool where capital is structured as debt with a mand atory ﬁxed monthly (hard-pay) payment, often with below-market intere st rates and repayment secondary to senior debt. Debt service payments come from the p rojectʼs residual income and can include both interest and principal payments. The outstanding l oan balance is due when the loan term ends or when the property is sold or reﬁnanced. For these loans, the loan-to-value ratio (LTV) is higher, meaning the loan amount is a larger percentage of th e propertyʼs value. Most properties, especially deeply affordable ones, do not have sufﬁcient residu al income to cover payments, making hard-pay subordinate loans uncommon.

HOME Investment Partnership Program: HOME Investment Partnership (HOME) was authorized by the federal government in 1990. It is a federal block grant to participating jurisdictions, which FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 79Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 92
432
then use the funds to provide affordable rental and homeownersh ip housing to low- and moderate- income families. When HOME funds are used for rental activities , at least 90% of the units must be occupied by households with incomes at or below 60% of AMI, with the remaining 10% to be occupied by households with incomes at or below 80% of AMI. In rental properties with ﬁve or more HOME units, 20% of the units must be set aside for households w ith incomes at or below 50% of AMI. Depending on the amount of HOME subsidy per unit, HOME fun ding applies 5- to 20-year affordability restrictions on units.

Housing Choice Voucher (HCV): The Housing Choice Voucher (HCV) Program, also known as Section 8, is a federal program administered at the local level . These vouchers are Tenant-Based Vouchers, in which the voucher moves with the tenant, and the t enant is responsible for ﬁnding rental housing. Administered by HUD and managed at the local le vel by public affordable housing agencies (PHAs), it is the largest HUD rental assistance progra m.

Limited Cashﬂow Loan: Financial tool where capital is structured as subordinate, sof t-pay debt for small investments to increase affordability in moderate inc ome projects of $10,000 per unit.

Payments on the debt are made only from surplus project cash ﬂo w with any unpaid interest deferred and accruing.

Low Income: Persons and families whose incomes do not exceed 80 percent of the area median income as deﬁned in Section 50079.5 of the California Health a nd Safety Code.

Low-Income Housing T ax Credit (LIHTC): The Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Program is a federal program that provides a dollar-for-dollar tax credit to support the development of affordable rental housing. The LIHTC program distributes federal income tax credi ts to developers through state housing ﬁnance agencies, which are responsible for determining which projects receive tax credits under the stateʼs allocation. There are two general types of cr edits that can be awarded. 9% credits are higher-value credits that cover a greater percentage of pro jectsʼ development costs and are awarded on a competitive basis. 4% credits are lower-value cred its that cover a lower percentage of projectsʼ development costs and are generally awarded to any projects that meet speciﬁc programmatic requirements and are ﬁnancially feasible. 4% credi ts are usually paired with tax- exempt bond ﬁnancing to make up the difference.

Moderate Income: Persons and families whose incomes do not exceed 120 percent o f the area median income as deﬁned in Section 50093 of the California Health a nd Safety Code.

Multifamily Housing: For the purposes of this document, multifamily housing is deﬁn ed as a residential building consisting of more than two housing units.

Naturally Occurring Affordable Housing (NOAH): Naturally occurring affordable housing is deﬁned as housing that is priced by market forces at rates that are affordable to low-income households. Housing is traditionally considered affordable if t he total housing cost (rent or mortgage plus utilities) for the household represents no more t han 30% of its income. NOAH often makes up a signiﬁcant portion of a jurisdictionʼs affordable ho using stock, in addition to publicly subsidized housing.

Non-Proﬁt Equity Investment: A fund designed to cover a portion of the equity investment ne eded to acquire a building or site. It can work in place of or in ad dition to an Acquisition Strike Loan. The fund supports non-proﬁt affordable housing developers who are l imited in their ability to quickly raise equity and acquire larger portfolios of land or affordabl e buildings.

Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) or Notice of Funding Oppo rtunity (NOFO): A public notice of funding available, in this case, to support affordable housing.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 80Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 93
433
Permanent Supportive Housing (PSH): Supportive housing is affordable housing that also includes support services designed to help tenants stay stably housed and build necessary life skills. Supportive housing can be designed either to be permane nt or temporary for residents, with temporary housing targeted towards individuals who may be able to transition to traditional housing without support services over time. Supportive housing has been a successful tool to house populations that may be difﬁcult to serve with traditiona l housing, such as chronically homeless adults.

Predevelopment /Acquisition Strike Loan: Financial tool where capital is structured as low-cost debt that is available for costs associated with a projectʼs ac quisition and predevelopment for a short term (1 to 5 years). Strike funds or acquisition funds al low affordable housing developers to compete with market-rate developers for preservation and develo pment opportunities.

Preferred Equity: Preferred equity is prioritized before common equity in the ca shﬂow distribution when the loan term ends or when the property is sold or reﬁnanc ed. Preferred equity increases the chance for the equity holder to beneﬁt from the projectʼs incom e and earn more from property sales or reﬁnancing than residual receipts loans. In exchange for red uced risk, preferred equity investors expect smaller returns.

Project Based Voucher (PBV): The Project-Based Section 8 Program, as it is now known, was established in 1974. HUD entered into Housing Assistance Paymen ts (HAP) contracts with private owners to serve low-income tenants. Under these contracts, tena nts pay 30% of their adjusted monthly income for rent and utilities and HUD pays the owner th e difference between the tenantʼs payment and the agreed-upon contract rent. New residents of Pro ject-Based Section 8 units can have incomes of no more than 80% of AMI, and 40% must have inco mes below 30% of AMI.

Public Housing: Public housing is a type of affordable housing that has been t raditionally owned by a local government agency or authority. In most places, this is a public housing authority. HUD provides federal aid to local housing authorities to operate ho using for residents, who pay rents that they can afford. In the United States today, there are approxim ately 1.2 million households living in public housing units, managed by some 3,300 housing authorities (HUD).

Qualiﬁed Allocation Plan (QAP): Per federal requirements, every jurisdiction receiving tax cre dits must develop an annual Qualiﬁed Allocation Plan (QAP) to compet itively allocate LIHTC across the jurisdiction. This includes geographic and income speciﬁc requi rements. In the state of California, regulations set forth by the California Tax Credit Allocation C ommittee serve as the QAP.

Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA): The RHNA process is the ﬁrst two steps (Determination and Allocation) of a multi-step process that California governm ents utilize to plan for housing needs in each region of the state.

Rental Arrears: The amount of back rent a tenant owes a landlord.

Residual Receipts Loans: Financial tool where capital is structured as subordinate, sof t-pay construction-to-permanent debt with below-market interest rates . Payments on the debt are made only if there is surplus project cash ﬂow, with any unpaid inte rest deferred and accruing. The outstanding loan balance is due when the loan term ends or when the property is sold or reﬁnanced.

In most cases, residual receipts loans are underwritten with th e expectation that the loan will not be fully repaid at maturity, rather extended, and resubordinated i n exchange for continued affordability.

Residual receipts loans are the most common existing tool for L IHTC gap ﬁnancing currently.

Senior Debt (A Note): Senior debt is the highest priority for repayment.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 81Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 94
434
Social housing: Initiatives implemented by nonproﬁts or public agencies, ensur ing a mission-driven approach to development and property management. A key componen t of social housing initiatives is the meaningful participation of residents in decision-making and governance, fostering a sense of agency and community. Where feasible and desirable, opportun ities for resident ownership are also encouraged to further empower tenants.

Soft Pay: Debt that is paid from a percentage of cash ﬂow. While soft pa y is typically due at maturity, itʼs often assumed that soft pay from public sources will extend or forgive at maturity.

Subordinate Debt (B Note): Subordinate debt is the voluntary acceptance of a lower mortga ge repayment priority by a debt and/or equity holder that they wou ld otherwise be entitled to.

Underwriting: The process by which the ﬁnancial risk of a deal is evaluated to determine before approving a loan or investment.

Very Low Income: Persons and families whose incomes do not exceed 50 percent of the area median income as deﬁned in Section 50105 of the California Health a nd Safety Code.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 82Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 95
435
Appendix D. Financial Analysis Assumptions
HR&A developed prototypical pro formas that modeled a variety o f ﬁnancing tool and project types.

This analysis estimated how much public funding would be requir ed across a range of different:
• Senior debt
• Subordinate Debt and Gap Financing
• Rent and Operating Subsidies Structures
• Affordability Mixes
• Development and Operating Cost Structures
• Annual Inﬂation Assumptions

Financial Product T erms Assumptions
The following table details the range of product terms tested w ithin the feasibility modeling.

SeNIOR DeBT LACAHSA A-NOTe
Max LTV 80%
Interest Rate 5.00%
Amortization 35
Term 15
Minimum DSCR 1.15-1.30*
*DSCR is 1. 15 if no must-pay subordinate debt at 1.30 if there is must-pay subordinate debt (i.e. Mini-Perm Acquisition Fund.) SUBORDINATe DeBT
AND GAP FINANCING LACAHSA B-NOTe
MINI-PeRM

ACQUISITION FUND
ReSIDUAL
ReCeIPTS LOAN
Interest Rate 5.00% 3.00%-4.00% Undeﬁned
IRR Return Target N/A N/A N/A
Amortization I/O I/O I/O
Term 15 7 15
Combined DSCR N/A 1.10 N/A
Combined LTV N/A 85% N/A
Payment Terms From Cash Flow Must-Pay From Cash Flow
Assumptions at maturity Must be repaid Must be repaid Assume exten sion or forgiveness
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 83Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 96
436
Rent and Operating Subsidy Assumptions
ReNT AND OPeRATING SUBSIDY
Description Rent and operating subsidy provide ongoing payments to pay for expenses such as utilities, maintenance, taxes, management, as well as debt service payments.

AMI 30% and 50% AMI Units
Term 15
Prototypical Project Assumptions
Introduction of Prototypical Deals
HR&A reviewed proformas from across LA County to ascertain typi cal development costs. This included contributions from the San Gabriel Valley COG, TCAC LI HTC Applications, and proformas directly from existing affordable housing developers. For all p rototypical deals we assume a baseline assumption of 200 units in mid-rise, Type 5 constructi on. Across Los Angeles County, there are major variations in total development costs, land cos ts, and affordable rent levels.

LACAHSA will need to undergo additional analysis to understand these variations to inform ﬁnal ﬁnancial product development. Prototypical deals within this se ction are intended to estimate average subsidy costs across a range of deal types and understa nd sensitivities to different cost structures.

This analysis resulted in the production of ﬁve prototypical de als:

High T otal
Development
Costs (TDC)
High development hard costs and high ﬁnancing costs. Existing h ard cost and soft cost structure as found on 2023 and 2024 LIHTC 4% and 9% LIHTC sample.

Moderate T otal
Development
Costs (TDC)
High development hard costs and lower ﬁnancing costs. Baseline hard costs from LIHTC sample, with reduced ﬁnancing costs and higher devel oper fee under the assumption that the developer/asset manager is pr imarily compensated via fees. Intended for modeling LACAHSA Mortgage.

Low T otal
Development
Costs (TDC)
Low development hard costs, low ﬁnancing costs. Lower hard cost s from LIHTC sample in line with non-LIHTC sample projects. Due to ﬁnancing structures, assumes reduced ﬁnancing costs and developer fees. If Assumes l ow land acquisition costs. If the developer/asset manager is primarily compensated via fees rather than a return on equity, developer fee is highe r. Intended for modeling LACAHSA Mortgage and Impact Fund.

Acquisition
and Light
Renovation
Based on average acquisition costs for LA County affordable pro perties over the last 10 years. Includes a light renovation budget per unit. As a caveat, this renovation budget is likely optimistic and renovation cost s may vary substantially. If the developer/asset manager is primarily comp ensated via fees rather than a return on equity, developer fee is higher.

Acquisition
and Substantial
Renovation
Based on average acquisition costs for LA County affordable pro perties over the last 10 years. Includes larger renovation budget per unit. As a caveat, this renovation budget is likely optimistic and renovation cost s may vary substantially. If the developer/asset manager is primarily comp ensated via fees rather than a return on equity, developer fee is higher.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 84Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 97
437
Five T otal Development Cost Scenarios Representing a Variety of Deal Typologies TDC SCeNARIO HIGH TDC
MODeRATe

TDC LOW TDC

ACQUISITION
AND

SUBSTANTIAL
ReHAB

ACQUISITION

AND LIGHT
ReHAB
Development Costs
Development
Cost per GSF
$836 $815 $598 - $652 $502 - $560 $455 - $508
Development
Cost - T otal
$159M $140M $96M -
$104M
$86M - $96M $78M - $87M
Development
Cost per Unit
$795K $700K $479K -
$521K
$430K - $480K $390K - $435K
Hard Costs $98,500,000 $88,500,000 $70,500,000 $14,000,000 $6,000,000 Hard Costs
per GSF
$517 $517 $441 $82 $35
Land and/
or Property
Acquisition Costs
$5,480,000 $5,480,000 $5,480,000 $70,000,000 $70,000,000 Soft Costs
Relative to HC

23.5% 23.5% 23.5% 0% 0%
Developer Fee
Relative to
HC + Acquisition

13.0% 12% 0%-12% 0%-12% 0% - 12%
Financing
Costs Relative
to HC

17.0% 13.0% 8.0% 0% 0%
Bulding Characteristics
Average AMI 72% 72% 72% 72% 50%
Gross
Building Area
190,476 GSF 171,429 GSF 160,000 GSF 171,429 GSF 171,429 GSF Building
Efﬁciency
63% 70% 75% 75% 70%
Net Residential
Area
120,000 NSF 120,000 NSF 120,000 NSF 120,000 NSF 120,000 NSF Avg. Unit Size 600 SF 600 SF 600 SF 600 SF 600 SF
# of Units 200 200 200 200 200
FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 85Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 98
438
Unit Mix Assumptions
BR SIZe PeRCeNTAGe OF TOTAL UNITS UNIT SIZe (SQUARe FeeT) Studio 25% 400
1 BR 50% 600
2 BR 25% 800
3 BR + 0% 1000
AMI
NeW CONSTRUCTION

AND ACQUISTION /
SUBSTANTIAL ReHAB ACQUISITION / LIHTC ReHAB
30% 10% 0%
50% 10% 50%
80% 80% 0%
Weighted
Average AMI
72% 50%
Operating Assumptions
ASSUMPTION VALUe NOTeS
Operating Expenses $9,300 - $12,400 Range dependent on the affordability level of the building.

Property Tax Rate 1.19% Effective property tax rate ranges from

1.08% to 1.25%.

All prototypical pro formas assume a 100%
property tax abatement.

Vacancy 5.00% Using HR&A standard assumption.

Affordable Rents –
Annual Increase

2.50% - 3.00% Varied rent growth to test sensitivity
of public funding / unit to rent
growth assumptions.

Rent and Operating Subsidies
Payments – Annual Increase

2.50% Using HR&A standard assumption.

Operating Expense and
Replacement Reserve –
Annual Increase

3.00% Using HR&A standard assumption.

Exit Year 15 or 7 Using HR&A standard assumption.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 86Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 99
439
Appendix E. RFI Responses
LACAHSA released a Request for Information (RFI) to seek input from affordable housing developers, service providers, nonproﬁts, and other stakeholder s regarding funding guidelines, program development, and other factors to consider. The RFI rec eived comments on a range of topics, including regional collaboration & policy leadership , mechanisms for accountability & transparency, centralized data & risk monitoring, governance & legal structures, innovation in housing types & construction, and relationships with existing i nstitutions.

For the purposes of this Expenditure Plan, ﬁve key themes emerg ed:

KeY THeMeS ALIGNMeNT WITH EXPeNDITURe PLAN
Need for Dedicated, Centralized, & Flexible Funding

1. Strong recommendation for a dedicated
preservation fund, ideally with recurring
local or regional sources.

2. Emphasis on ﬂexible capital that can be
quickly deployed for acquisitions and
rehabilitation.

3. Interest in layered ﬁnancing structures
and public-private partnerships.

The Expenditure Plan provides several Eligible Uses
that can be used for preservation, including tools
within the Direct Project Investment category and
the Impact Fund category, which includes a Mini-
Permanent Loan a Predevelopment/Acquisition
“Strike Loan” to enable affordable housing
developers to compete with market rate developers
for preservation and development opportunities.

Several of the Eligible Uses are designed to be
layered with other ﬁnancial tools. The Impact Fund is
speciﬁcally design to partner with private investors.

Capacity Building & Technical Assistance

1. Support for expanding the capacity of
mission-driven developers (especially
small and BIPOC-led) to engage
in preservation, as well as TA and
policy support to cities and Councils
of Government (COGs), especially
smaller jurisdictions with limited
staff or expertise.

2. Need for technical assistance,
predevelopment resources, and
streamlined access to preservation tools.
5% of LACAHSAʼs funding is dedicated to technical
assistance, plus an additional allocation dedicated
to technical assistance for small cities. Technical
Assistance funding can be used for a wide range
of Eligible Uses, including developing internal
staff capacity and infrastructure to design,
operate, monitor, and evaluate programs, as
well as consultant services related to program
implementation. LACAHSA may also provide
direct Technical Assistance programming, such
as technical workshops, training sessions,
regulatory compliance support, and education on
best practices.

Streamlining & Certainty in Development Process

1. Need for faster permitting, inspection,
and plan check timelines.

2. Request for regular, predictable
NOFAs/RFPs to introduce stability
for developers.

3. Support for centralized application
portals across agencies (e.g., LACDA,
LAHD, LACAHSA).

A core component of LACAHSAʼs value proposition
is shorter timelines, with fewer sources of
ﬁnancing and open solicitations. Coupled with
local control and lower cost capital, LACAHSA is
positioned to make the affordable housing process
faster and cheaper.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 87Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 100
440
KeY THeMeS ALIGNMeNT WITH EXPeNDITURe PLAN
Anti-Displacement & Tenant Protections

1. Focus on ensuring that preservation
efforts are equity-centered, prioritizing
anti-displacement and tenant stability.

2. Recommendations to include tenant
organizing, legal protections,
and clear communication during
ownership transitions.

Preventing displacement and increasing tenant
stability are critical to LACAHSAʼs work, both
for its Production, Preservation, and Ownership
(PPO) funding and the Renter Protection and
Homelessness Prevention (RPHP) funding. PPO
funds include several Eligible Uses designed to
support preservation and ongoing rent subsidies,
and the LACAHSA Act sets clear parameters
reserving a share of funds for extremely low-income
and very low-income households. RPHP funding is
designed to help households below 80% AMI and is
being designed with at-risk households in mind.

Funding & Financial Sustainability

1. Identifying and securing multi-
source funding (state, federal,
philanthropic, private).

2. Clarifying initial capitalization, operating
funds, and long-term sustainability.

3. Leveraging existing resources (e.g.,
bond proceeds, pooled funds, mortgage
revenue bonds).

The Expenditure Plan aims to address this by taking
an “all tools in the toolbox” approach, identifying
Eligible Uses that can be selected and layered
based on each Eligible Jurisdictionʼs unique needs.

Additionally, several Eligible Uses are focused on
LACAHSAʼs unique ability to leverage private capital
through partnerships with private investors and
access to capital markets, such as the LACAHSA
Mortgage and the Impact Fund.

FY 2025-26 Expenditure Plan and Agency Strategy | 88Appendices ATTACHMENT 2 - 101
441
14 EXHIBIT B: HOUSING TRUST BUDGET

ATTACHMENT 2 - 102
442
Attachment A – Current (Revised Format/Version) of the Trust’s FY 2025-26 Measure A Budget Category Total Pasadena
Allocation
Funding Use
Notes
Burbank
Allocation
PPO New Construction(1)(5) 3,058,288$ 1,609,068 $ 1,449,220 $ Program 2,370,173 1,247,028 1,123,145
Soft Costs (10%) (2) 305,829 160,907 144,922 Member City Program Admin. (10%) 305,829 160,907 144,922 Trust Program Admin. (2.5%) 76,457 40,227 36,230 PPO Flex(1)(5) 900,661$ 473,868 $ 426,793 $ Program 698,012 367,248 330,765
Soft Costs (10%) (2) 90,066 47,387 42,679 Member City Program Admin. (10%) 90,066 47,387 42,679 Trust Program Admin. (2.5%) 22,517 11,847 10,670 RPHP(3)(4)(5) 2,243,852$ 1,266,132 $ 977,720 $ Legal Requirement (20%) 448,770 253,226 195,544 Emergency Rental & Flexible
Financial Assistance Requirement
(40%)
897,541 506,453 391,088
Other Programs (3) 617,059 348,186 268,873 Member City Program Admin. (10%) 227,056 129,284 97,772 Trust Program Admin. (2.5%) 53,425 28,982 24,443 TA(2)(4)(5) 356,167$ 193,214 $ 162,953 $ Technical Assistance 311,646 169,062 142,584 Member City Program Admin. (10%) 35,617 19,321 16,295 Trust Program Admin. (2.5%) 8,904 4,830 4,074 6,558,968$ 3,542,282 $ 3,016,686 $ TOTAL
(1) PPO allocations for Burbank and Pasadena are determined by each city’s share of the combined RHNA allocation for the two cities to match LACAHSA’s allocation methodology. Burbank makes up 47.4% of allocations and Pasadena makes up

52.6%.
(2) There is not a definitive set aside for activity delivery costs for PPO or TA activities, but PPO funds can be used to fund necessary and associated soft costs with the proposed activity. (3) Inclusive of funding to eligible categories outside of specified minimums, including a) Marketing, Assessment, Eligibility, and Referral, b) Legal Services and Renter Education, c) Emergency Rental and Flexible Financial Assistance, d) Temporary Rental Assistance, and e) Short-Term Income Support. "ADC" refers to activity delivery costs.

BGPRHT FY 2025-26
Measure A Budget
PPO New Const.

PPO Flex
(4) RPHP and TA allocations for Burbank and Pasadena are determined by each city's share of the combined CHAS metrics for the two cities to match LACAHSA's allocation methodology. Burbank accounts for 45.8% of the metrics, and Pasadena accounts for 54.2%. Figures in this category reflect the 5% in additional RPHP funding provided to the City of Pasadena through its participation in LACAHSA's RPHP Integrated Service Model (ISM) planning initiative. The City of Burbank elected not to participate in the RPHP ISM planning initiative. (5) A 12.5% total Program Administration allocation, the maximum limit allowed within LACAHSA’s Transitional Program Guidelines dated September 2025, is applied within each programmatic category.

RPHP
TA
ATTACHMENT 2 - 103
443
15 EXHIBIT C: PRODUCTION, PRESERVATION, AND OWNERSHIP PROGRAM

REQUIREMENTS

To increase the number of affordable housing units throughout Los Angeles County, Measure A and SB 679 provide for affordable housing production, preservation, and ownership by Eligible Jurisdictions subject to the program requirements detailed in Section 4 of the Program Guidelines. Subrecipients may invest PPO funds to create new affordable housing units and/or maintain the existing stock of affordable units provided that the projects or programs comply with each of the applicable program requirements enumerated in Measure A and the Act.

I. New Construction
Measure A Section 29B mandates that 60 percent of funding is used for PPO. Of this amount, 77.25% is mandated for construction of new affordable housing (PPO-New Construction), which includes new construction of affordable housing units (inclusive of renter and owner housing), creation of new affordable housing units where there is no preexisting residential use (e.g., conversion of hotel/motel or adaptive reuse of commercial property), and rent or operating subsidies that support new construction. The remaining 22.75% is a flexible category (PPO-Flexible) that may be spent on any eligible PPO program including construction, preservation (expansion or deepening of affordability for an existing residential unit), acquisition, rehabilitation, ownership, and rent and operating subsidies.

New construction must comply with the Program Guidelines requirements for affordability, prevailing wage and project labor agreements requirements, and relocation unit replacement.

II. Approved Eligible Uses of Funding – PPO Products
Subrecipient may use PPO funds in the following manner. Further details are provided in the Program Guidelines.

A. Direct Project Investments
Subrecipient may use direct project investments to address financing gaps for affordable new construction and preservation projects. Examples of direct project investments include grants, loans, equity, interest rate subsidies, or other appropriate financing tools.

B. Rent and operating subsidies
Assisted units receiving an operating subsidy or Capital Operating Subsidy Reserve may only be occupied by households at or below 80 percent of AMI. Assisted units in a master leasing program OR receiving rental assistance through a shallow subsidy or project-based rental assistance program may only be occupied by extremely low-income households. If through the course of time a household’s income exceeds 30% for rent subsidy or 80% for operating subsidy, the household can no longer be assisted with rent or operating subsidy respectively. However, in ATTACHMENT 2 - 104
444
16 accordance with the enabling legislation the household cannot be evicted. Subrecipient may structure rent or operating subsidy activities to allow for assistance to float to another unit if a unit is no longer income qualified.

C. LACAHSA Mortgage
The LACAHSA Mortgage is intended to reduce costs and development finance timelines, develop an avenue to finance affordable housing without tax credits, and deploy Measure A revenue quickly. The LACAHSA Mortgage is a financing tool to raise lower-cost capital through the bond market and provide tax-exempt debt financing for 100 percent affordable and mixed- income projects. If the Housing Trust elects to provide this product, it must work with bond counsel to ensure that projects qualify for tax-exempt bond financing and determine if the tax- exempt bond financing is exempt from the California volume cap for private-activity bonds.

LACAHSA Mortgage funding may be awarded to developers throughout the county.

D. Impact Fund
A public entity seeds a new impact fund by attracting mission-driven capital sources including philanthropy (such as through program-related investments, impact investors, and Community Reinvestment Act motivated funding). The fund may be held by a qualified Community Development Financial Institution, jurisdiction or municipality, or other financial institution pursuant to an agreement between with the Housing Trust, specifying the parameters for investment and use of the fund. The focus of the impact fund will be on preserving existing subsidized affordable housing, acquiring and preserving Naturally Occurring Affordable Housing, and increasing homeownership opportunities. Impact funds offer below-market financial terms and greater flexibility than typical financing, by raising impact-driven investments that serve as first-loss capital.

E. Social Housing
Social housing initiatives can either be new construction or preservation activities.

Projects that include units serving homeowner households earning up to 120% of AMI (Area Median Income) are encouraged as part of social housing activities. Social housing rental activities are limited to serving units designated up to 80% of AMI that are not already income restricted due to development incentives, density bonuses, or similar programs.

F. Ownership Products
Programs to enable low- or moderate-income households to become or remain homeowners, including, but not limited to, below market rate ownership programs, down payment assistance programs, residential rehabilitation loan programs, and grants or loans to assist in the acquisition, rehabilitation, or replacement of existing mobile homes located in a mobile home or manufactured home park, are eligible uses of PPO funds not otherwise reserved for construction of new affordable housing. Ownership products include a variety of financing structures to improve the affordability of existing ownership opportunities or to increase the ATTACHMENT 2 - 105
445
17 production or preservation of affordable homeownership opportunities, including but not limited to: community land trust investments; soft second mortgages; interest rate subsidies; new affordable homeownership products; foreclosure prevention assistance; or limited or shared equity cooperatives investments.

Burbank City CouncilJune 16, 2026

Burbank City Council
June 16, 2026